WALTER SISULU UNIVERSITY

Transcription

1 WALTER SISULU UNIVERSITY BUFFALO CITY CAMPUS Faculty of Business Sciences Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology

2 WALTER SISULU UNIVERSITY BUFFALO CITY CAMPUS Prospectus 2015 Faculty of Business Sciences Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology

3 MAIN How to use this prospectus Note that this prospectus contains material and information applicable to the whole campus. It also contains detailed information and specific requirements applicable to programmes that are offered by the campus. This prospectus should be read in conjunction with the General Prospectus which includes the University s General Rules & Regulations, which is a valuable source of information. Students are encouraged to contact the Academic Head of the relevant campus if unsure of a rule or an interpretation. Disclaimer Although the information contained in this prospectus has been compiled as accurately as possible, WSU accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions. WSU reserves the right to make any necessary alterations to this prospectus as and when the need may arise. This prospectus is published for the 2015 academic year. Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as described in this prospectus is not guaranteed and may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available. Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page i

4 MAIN IN THIS PROSPECTUS 1 CAMPUS STAFF Campus management & staff, academic staff & qualifications administrative & support staff page 1 2 CAMPUS CONTACTS page 1 3 WELCOME MESSAGE FROM CAMPUS RECTOR page 2 4 INTRODUCTION Campus delivery sites page 3 5 CAMPUS VISION AND MISSION Vision Mission Campus research niche areas page 4 6 FACULTIES, DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMMES Faculties: Business Sciences Science, Engineering & Technology page 7 7 OTHER CAMPUSES CONTACTS page 11 8 BUFFALO CITY CAMPUS GOVERNANCE AND ACADEMIC CALENDAR page 12

5 MAIN 1 CAMPUS STAFF 1.1 Campus management and staff Acting Campus Rector: Buffalo City Mr F Gerber [email protected] Potsdam Site Pr Eng(ECSA), M Sc(Eng)(UDW), B Eng(Civil) (Stell), MSAICE, FWISA, MSASEE PA to Campus Director Mrs B Tamakloe [email protected] 1.2 Campus academic staff and qualifications See faculty prospectuses. 2 CAMPUS CONTACTS Unit Section Contact person Contact number Registrar's Office General enquiries Ms U Mqongwana Mr S Ntari Contact address [email protected] [email protected] Admissions Ms N Mathimba [email protected] Exams Mr S Khohliso [email protected] Finance General enquiries Ms Z Mnqumevu [email protected] Accounts Ms N Tshazibana [email protected] Bursaries Ms N Tshazibana [email protected] Student Fees Mr S Songca [email protected] Financial Aid Ms C Joshua [email protected] Student Affairs Deputy Director: Student Affairs General enquiries: Potsdam Chiselhurst College Street Ms N Nohako-Mtiki [email protected] Ms F Ramela Ms T Guzi Ms K Mbali [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 1

6 MAIN Health Care: Potsdam Chiselhurst College Street Ms L Kula Ms V Soldati Ms N Peter [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Counselling Ms P Mahali [email protected] Sport Mr B Nontshinga [email protected] Residences: Potsdam College Street Mr S Ntwanambi Mr D Mafu [email protected] [email protected] Human Resources Human Resources Mr R Angelbeck [email protected] Operations & ICT Services Secretary Ms P Kuboni [email protected] ICT Services Mr C Naude [email protected] General ICT enquiries Ms A Ngogela [email protected] Facilities Management Mr A Nemutandani [email protected] Marketing, Communications and Advancement General enquiries Ms S Leve [email protected] Student Recruitment Ms M Hendricks [email protected] Media, Communications Mr T Cezula [email protected] Website, Facebook Mr S Hermans [email protected] Events Ms F Nczia [email protected] Graphic Design Ms L Mynhardt [email protected] Research & Innovation Learning & Teaching Development Library & Information Services General enquiries Ms S Nombewu [email protected] General enquiries: Mr M Ngcweleshe [email protected] Chiselhurst General enquiries: Ms L Mzalisi [email protected] Potsdam Acting Deputy Director: Ms N Ntsiko [email protected] LIS services LIS: Potsdam Ms S Lubbe [email protected] LIS: Chiselhurst Mr S Mzamo [email protected] LIS: College Street Ms A Qomfo [email protected] LIS: Cambridge Ms P Mpambani [email protected] Quality Enhancement General enquiries Ms G Langley [email protected] 3 CAMPUS RECTOR S MESSAGE It is my pleasure to welcome you to Walter Sisulu University s Buffalo City campus, located on six different delivery sites and has a large footprint within the Buffalo City Metropolitan area. The campus has two faculties, namely the Faculty of Business Sciences and the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology. As a campus we offer a wide range of relevant, affordable and quality programmes aimed at meeting the needs of the labour market and in line with local and national industry and commerce needs. It is the explicit goal of Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 2

7 MAIN the management, the academic division and the administrative and support services of the Buffalo City Campus to assist the students who are enrolled for programmes on the campus. It is our collective wish and goal that students will complete their studies successfully and achieve this goal within the minimum stipulated study period. This prospectus aims to provide new and returning students with an understanding of the academic and support structures at the Buffalo City Campus. It is specifically aimed at providing detailed information on the academic programmes that are offered by the two faculties on the campus. Through this prospectus, the campus seeks to assist and guide students in the selection and rules of the programmes that they envisage to follow. The aim is to keep the prospectus in an easy-to-read format. It is, however, acknowledged that students may have unanswered questions even after reading the prospectus. Should a student have the need for more information on a programme, for clarification on the interpretation of the rules, or find it difficult to select a course using the prospectus, then they are encouraged to approach the Head of the Department or the Dean of the Faculty for assistance. While academic work should always be the cornerstone of a student s focus there are, however, many other activities that students can engage in while they are enrolled at this university. During their spare time students are encouraged to participate in extramural activities that are offered by the university and by the various student societies. It is our desire as a campus that students will engage in entrepreneurial activities and expand their views on employment beyond that of becoming only an employee to that of becoming a creator of jobs. This will mean that students do not only restrict their learning to their subject knowledge but constantly seek and explore opportunities to inculcate skills that will help them to start their own businesses once they have graduated. On behalf of the Buffalo City Campus management and its staff I once again welcome all students to this campus. It is our hope that you will maximise the opportunities that are offered to you while studying at the Buffalo City Campus of WSU and that your studies within your selected programme will be a stimulating, rewarding and life-changing experience. Mr F Gerber, Pr Eng Acting Buffalo City Campus Rector 4 INTRODUCTION 4.1The Campus and its Delivery Sites The Buffalo City Campus has a student population of approximately 6,500. The campus of Buffalo City has six delivery sites, which are located as follows: Potsdam College Street Cambridge Street Chiselhurst Buffalo City Stadium Heritage Building Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 3

8 MAIN Students are encouraged to familiarise themselves as to the delivery site where their selected programme is offered. 4.2 The Buffalo City Campus as part of the Divisional Governance Model of WSU Walter Sisulu University is a multi-campus, comprehensive university, with campuses in Mthatha, Butterworth, Buffalo City and Queenstown. The Buffalo City Campus is, therefore, fundamentally linked to the other campuses of WSU through the recently approved divisional management system and its related academic structures. 4.3 Campus Governance Structure The governance and leadership structure of the campus is a three-tier structure comprising the Campus Rector, the Dean of the Faculty and the Heads of the Departments. The Heads of the Departments have the overall responsibility for the programmes offered by their departments. This includes being responsible for the management of the academic courses and modules offered by the department, together with all aspects relating to learning, teaching and ensuring that quality assurance measures are maintained. 4.4 Nature of the programmes offered at the Buffalo City Campus In line with the shape that the Department of Higher Education and Training has prescribed for Walter Sisulu University, the Faculties at Buffalo City offers a programme and qualification mix that consists of undergraduate certificates, national diplomas and bachelors degrees. The scope of academic programmes offered at the Buffalo City Campus covers a wide range of qualifications along the vertical perspective of the National Qualifications Framework. The Faculty of Business Sciences and the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology. 5 CAMPUS VISION AND MISSION 5.1 Vision of the Buffalo City Campus The Buffalo City Campus will be a leading centre offering a wealth of innovative programmes to produce suitably trained human capital and engage such human capital in creating appropriate enterprises for sustainable development and the eradication of poverty. 5.2 Mission of the Buffalo City Campus In pursuit of its vision, the campus aims to generate highly skilled graduates, by incorporating innovative and critical thinking approaches in the teaching and learning of the courses and programmes that are offered. The Campus and its Faculties aim to capacitate our students to gain marketable knowledge that will enable them to apply their newly acquired skills to develop new products and services and further Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 4

9 MAIN incubate these to generate profitable SMMEs (Small, Micro and Medium Enterprises). It is our mission to nurture our students in developing a mindset that will enable for them to achieve their dreams and in the process become a creator of job opportunities and thereby diffuse their knowledge, products and technologies in a manner that will promote the well-being of the community that we serve and contribute to the body of research knowledge. 5.3 Campus Research Niche Areas NICHE AREA 1 NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Projects Theme Participants Problem Articulation Analysis of indigenous clays and minerals for different applications (cosmetic, ceramics and ceramic art forms and nano technology). Rural environmental pollution management NICHE AREA 2 Chemical Technology and Fine Art. The value of indigenous clays and minerals for different applications such as medicine, nutrition, cosmetics, and ceramic art forms. Chemical Technology, Maths and Information Technology. Water pollution, Soil pollution and Noise pollution. ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Projects Theme Participants Problem Articulation Settlements and housing in rural and semi-urban areas Creation of infrastructure to and in rural and semi-urban areas including access roads, power and water supply, sanitation and waste management. Maintenance and maintenance management systems for infrastructure in rural and semiurban areas. Communications to, and in, rural and semi-urban areas. Sustainable power generation Information Security Information and Communication Technology for Development Planning units, engineering units, geographers, GIS units, Town planners and Information system analysts. Civil engineering, building & construction management, project management quantity surveying, electrical and mechanical engineering and Information system analysts. Civil, electrical and mechanical engineering, project management and Information system analysts. Information and communication technology. Electrical Engineering, Maths and Information Technology. All Engineering disciplines and Chemical Technology. Information Technology, Computer Science, Electrical Engineering and Maths. Information Technology, Computer Science, all Engineering disciplines and Maths. Rural development, Town & Regional planning, Engineering services, Urbanisation, Geographical information systems Rural development, Town & Regional planning, Engineering services, Urbanisation, Geographical information systems Local government management, Engineering services, Urbanisation, Geographical information systems Telephone networks, wireless networks, internet and advanced communications, rural logistics Sources of renewable energy and optimisation of energy utilisation. Wind, solar biofuels, gas and petrochemicals Identity authentication, Network and Data security ICT for socioeconomic development, Enhance human rights, Open Educational Resources (OER) and Technology-assisted Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 5

10 MAIN learning NICHE AREA 3 APPLICATION OF INDIGENOUS SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Projects Theme Participants Problem Articulation Geophagia Indigenous clays and minerals Indigenous health systems: medicinal, health care, nutritional plants and herbs and food prospecting Food production: nutrition and sustenance in rural and semiurban areas Coastal management Food security and management systems Indigenous Fashions, Arts and associated materials: Traditional wear and materials. Nutrition & food technologies, patterns and sustenance in rural and semi-urban areas Appropriate use of indigenous materials for building and support Chemical Technology and Fine Art Chemical Technology & Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition Chemical Technology, Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition and Information Technology Chemical Technology, Civil Engineering Chemical Technology, Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition and Information Technology Fashion, Fine Art and Chemical Technology Chemical Technology, Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition and Information Technology All Engineering disciplines and Chemical Technology Uses and value of indigenous soils, clays and minerals, safety and health in geophagia. Value of indigenous flora, Nutrition from indigenous plants, Health care High cost of imported systems and technologies and Exploration of indigenous materials and technologies. Diets and crop, preparation of foods, storage of foods Sustainable utilisation of marine, estuarine flora and fauna and ecosystems Communal and village systems, Homestead systems Documentation of indigenous fashions, arts and associated materials, Promotion of indigenous fashions, and arts Diets and crops, Indigenous methods & technologies of food, and storage of food preparation Appropriate use of indigenous materials for building and support, Exploration of indigenous materials and technologies NICHE AREA 4 MODELING AND SIMULATION OF LINEAR AND NONLINEAR SYSTEMS WITH APPLICATIONS Projects Theme Participants Problem Articulation Mathematics of Finance Mathematics, Applied Mathematics and Statistics Symmetry Analysis and other Mathematical and Statistical Applications to Finance NICHE AREA 5 EDUCATION FOR SCIENCE, ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY Projects Participants Problem Articulation Development of expertise in educational methodologies in areas of Science, Engineering & Technology All disciplines in Science, Engineering & Technology faculty Problem-Based Learning, Project- Based Learning, Active Learning, Appropriate Teaching Styles, Appropriate use of technological resources in teaching of Science, Engineering & Technology NICHE AREA 6 GOVERNANCE, ACCOUNTING & COMMUNICATION CAPACITY BUILDING Projects Participants Problem Articulation Develop expertise in the management of municipalities Management and Governance, Accounting and Finance Improve management of municipalities and service delivery. Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 6

11 MAIN Application of the General Accepted Accounting Principles, Application of International Financial reporting standards with emphasis on Internal and Computer Auditing Promote Community-based media. Enhance Local Government Communications Promote Government Communication Information and Services. Assist in developing Public Relations Agencies. People Development and Technology, Corporate Communication and Marketing, Tourism and Hospitality Accounting and Finance Corporate Communication and Marketing Corporate Communication and Marketing Corporate Communication and Marketing Corporate Communication and Marketing Promote correct utilisation of funds for both the private and public sectors and the attainment of clean audits. Use Community-based radio stations and Community newspapers to access news and information and to empower communities. Assist local government Public Relations Departments to structure and develop public relations strategies. Work with GCIS to promote Development Communication in Rural Areas. Work with different Public Relations Agencies/consultants in Public Relations, Advertising, and Branding related areas. NICHE AREA 7 TOURISM FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Projects Participants Problem Articulation Promote Tourism and the Hospitality industry. Tourism, Hospitality and Sports Management Develop tourism and encourage tourism and hospitality to be utilised as a source of creation of wealth and sustainable development Develop and manage SMMEs. Tourism and Hospitality, Corporate Communication and Marketing, Management and Governance, Accounting and Finance, People Development and Technology Promote economic growth through SMME. 6 FACULTIES, DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMMES 6.1 Faculty of Business Sciences Departments within this Faculty include: Department of Accounting and Finance Department of Corporate Communication and Marketing Department of Management and Governance Department of People s Development and Technology Department of Tourism, Hospitality and Sports Management Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 7

12 MAIN The Faculty of Business Sciences offers a wide variety of qualifications that covers the following areas: Cost and Management Accounting, Internal Auditing, Financial Information Systems, Accountancy, Taxation, Business Administration, Human Resources Management, Admin Management, Management of Training, Office Management and Technology, Management, Public Management, Local Government Finance, Policing, Public Management, Small Business Management, MBA, Journalism, Marketing, Versatile Broadcasting, Public Relations Management, Tourism Management, Hospitality Management and Sport Management 6.2 Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology Departments within this Faculty include: Department of Applied Informatics and Mathematical Sciences Department of Applied Sciences Department of Built Environment Department of Civil Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering Department of Information Technology Department of Visual Arts The Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology offers qualifications in Chemical Technology, Information Technology, Food and Consumer Sciences, Fashion Design, Fine Art, Construction Management and Quantity Surveying, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Details of the programmes offered are indicated in the table below. Faculty Department Programmes offered Minimum Duration Delivery Sites Business Sciences Accounting and Finance N H Cert: Financial Information Systems 2yrs Potsdam N H Cert: Accountancy (ECP) 3yrs Potsdam N H Cert: Accountancy 2yrs Potsdam N Dip: Internal Auditing 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Financial Information Systems 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: CMA 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Accounting 3yrs Potsdam B Tech: Internal Auditing 2yrs (Part-Time) Potsdam B Tech: CMA 1yr (Full-Time) Potsdam Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 8

13 MAIN B Tech: CMA 2yrs (Part Time) Potsdam Corporate Communication and Marketing Management and Governance People s Development and Technology Tourism, Hospitality and Sports Management N Dip: Public Relations Management (ECP) N Dip: Public Relations Management 4yrs 3yrs Chiselhurst Chiselhurst N Dip: Marketing 3yrs College Street N Dip: Marketing 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Journalism 3yrs Cambridge N Cert: Versatile Broadcasting 1yr Cambridge B Tech: Journalism 1 or 2 years Cambridge B Tech : Public Relations Management 1 or 2 years Chiselhurst B Tech : Marketing 2yrs (Part-Time) College Street N Dip: Small Business Management 3yrs College Street N Dip: Small Business Management 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Public Management 3yrs (Full-Time) Potsdam N Dip: Public Management 3yrs (Evening) Potsdam N Dip: Policing 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Management 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Local Government Finance 3yrs Potsdam B Tech: Public Management 1yr Chiselhurst B Tech : Management 1yr Potsdam N Dip: Office Management & Tech 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Management of Training 3yrs Potsdam N Dip: Human Resources Management N Dip: Human Resources Management N Dip: Admin Management: General B Tech: Human Resource Management 3yrs 3yrs 3yrs 1yr College Street Potsdam Potsdam Potsdam B Tech: Business Administration 1yr? Potsdam N Dip: Tourism Management 3yrs College Street N Dip: Sport Management 3yrs College Street Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 9

14 MAIN N Dip: Hospitality Management 3yrs College Street B Tech : Tourism 1yr College Street B Tech: Human Resource Management 1yr Potsdam Faculty Department Programmes offered Minimum Duration Delivery Sites Science, Engineering & Technology Built Environment ND: Building (Extended programme) Civil Engineering Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Applied Sciences Information Technology 4yrs Chiselhurst ND: Building 3yrs Chiselhurst ND: Engineering: Civil (Extended programme) 4yrs College Street ND: Engineering: Civil 3yrs College Street BTech: Engineering: Civil 2yrs (Part Time) College Street ND: Engineering: Electrical (Extended programme) 4yrs College Street ND: Engineering: Electrical 3yrs College Street B Tech: Engineering: Electrical 2yrs (Part Time) College Street ND: Engineering: Mechanical (Extended programme) 4yrs Chiselhurst ND: Engineering: Mechanical 3yrs Chiselhurst ND: Analytical Chemistry (Extended programme) 4yrs Potsdam ND (Analytical Chemistry) 3yrs Potsdam B Tech (Analytical Chemistry) 1yr Potsdam ND: Food and Consumer Science (Extended programme) 4yrs College Street ND: Food and Consumer Science 3yrs College Street ND:IT (Extended programme) 4yrs Chiselhurst, Potsdam ND: IT (Business Applications) 3yrs Chiselhurst ND: IT (Communication Networks) 3yrs Chiselhurst ND:IT (Software Development) 3yrs Potsdam ND: IT(Support Services) 3yrs Potsdam B Tech: IT (Communication Networks) Full Time B Tech: IT (Software Development) Full Time 1yr 1yr Chiselhurst Chiselhurst Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 10

15 MAIN B Tech: IT (Communication Networks) Part Time B Tech: IT (Software Development) Part Time 2yrs 2yrs Chiselhurst Chiselhurst Visual Arts ND: Fine Art 3yrs Cambridge ND: Fashion 3yrs Cambridge B Tech: Fine Art 1yr Cambridge 7 OTHER CAMPUS CONTACTS Head Office address Walter Sisulu University Private Bag x1 Nelson Mandela Drive MTHATHA 5117 Campuses Butterworth Ibika Mthatha Nelson Mandela Drive /2844 Zamulungisa Nkululekweni /2844 Queenstown Whittlesea WSU Website Facebook Twitter Instagram WalterSisuluUniversity Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 11

16 MAIN 8 BUFFALO CITY CAMPUS GOVERNANCE AND ACADEMIC CALENDAR: 2015 Day Date Institutional Academic Institutional Committees BC Campus Activities Activities Thursday 1 Jan New Year s Day Friday 2 Jan Saturday 3 Jan Sunday 4 Jan Monday 5 Jan University Administration Opens BC Administrative Staff report for duty. Tuesday 6 Jan Wednesday 7 Jan Thursday 8 Jan Friday 9 Jan Saturday 10 Jan Sunday 11 Jan Monday 12 Jan First Term Commences Interviews / Tests for selection Commence/ Supplementary Examinations Commence Tuesday 13 Jan Interviews / Tests for selection Wednesday 14 Jan Interviews / Tests for BC Academic Staff report for duty. selection Academic Staff Report for duty Thursday 15 Jan Interviews / Tests for selection Friday 16 Jan Interviews / Tests for selection Supplementary Examinations Last day for students to submit appeal forms against academic exclusion. End Last day for students to submit appeals forms against academic exclusion. Saturday 17 Jan Sunday 18 Jan Monday 19 Jan Registration of New Students Commences. Amendments to registration information Commences. Tuesday 20 Jan Registration of New Students continues. Opening date: Applications for Special Exams Wednesday 21 Jan Registration of New Students continues. Thursday 22 Jan Registration of New Students Faculty FRAC meetings (BC) continues. Friday 23 Jan Registration of New Students ends Saturday 24 Jan Sunday 25 Jan Monday 26 Jan Registration of Returning Students Commences Tuesday 27 Jan Registration of Returning All Departmental Boards Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 12

17 MAIN Day Date Institutional Academic Activities Students continues Amendments to registration information continues Wednesday 28 Jan Registration of Returning Students continues Thursday 29 Jan Registration of Returning students continues Friday 30 Jan Registration of Returning students continues Saturday 31 Jan Sunday 1 Feb Monday 2 Feb Registration of Returning students continues Publication of Supplementary Exam Results Tuesday 3 Feb Registration of Returning students continues Wednesday 4 Feb Registration of Returning students continues Thursday 5 Feb Registration of Returning students continues Friday 6 Feb Registration of Returning Students Ends Saturday 7 Feb Sunday 8 Feb Monday 9 Feb Lectures commence Late Registration commences (late registration charges apply) Institutional Committees Academic Advisory Committee 09:00 Institutional Management Committee 09:00 BC Campus Activities Departmental Exam Board Meetings (to approve supplementary exam results) Faculty Exam Board Meeting (to approve supplementary exam results) Campus Senex Exam Board Meeting (to approve supplementary exam results) Student Orientation Student Orientation FACEX (BC) Student Orientation Campus Research Committee Campus Quality Assurance Committee Campus Teaching & Learning Committee Tuesday 10 Feb Late Registration continues Faculty Boards - 09:00 Wednesday 11 Feb Late Registration continues Thursday 12 Feb Late Registration continues Friday 13 Feb Late Registration Ends Closing date: Application for Special Exams Saturday 14 Feb Sunday 15 Feb Monday 16 Feb Due Date for Submission of Question Papers & Memoranda for Special Examinations Tuesday 17 Feb Wednesday 18 Feb Student Support Services Council 09:00 Thursday 19 Feb Campus SENEX 09:00 Friday 20 Feb Amendments to Registration information Ends Saturday 21 Feb Sunday 22 Feb Monday 23 Feb Tuesday 24 Feb Opening Date: Applications & Registration for Exam Only Wednesday 25 Feb Campus Senate 09:00 Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 13

18 MAIN Day Date Institutional Academic Institutional Committees BC Campus Activities Activities Thursday 26 Feb Writing of Special Examinations Friday 27 Feb Closing Date: Cancellation of registration information (Year Executive Committee of Council 09:00 and 1 st semester with refund) Saturday 28 Feb Sunday 1 Mar Monday 2 Mar Opening date: Cancellation of Year and 1 st semester courses with NO refund Opening date: Academic Applications for nd semester and 2016 Academic Year Tuesday 3 Mar Wednesday 4 Mar Due date : Submission of Special Exam Marks Thursday 5 Mar Friday 6 Mar Human Resources Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 7 Mar Sunday 8 Mar Monday 9 Mar Tuesday 10 Mar Wednesday 11 Mar Publication of Special Exam Institutional Senex 09:00 Results Thursday 12 Mar Friday 13 Mar Finance Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 14 Mar Sunday 15 Mar Monday 16 Mar Tuesday 17 Mar Wednesday 18 Mar Thursday 19 Mar Friday 20 Mar Deadline for Submission of Graduation Lists to Planning and Infrastructure Committee of Council 09:00 Examinations Department Saturday 21 Mar Human Rights Day Public holiday Sunday 22 Mar Monday 23 Mar Tuesday 24 Mar Wednesday 25 Mar Deadline for Submission of 1 st Semester Tests/Assignment Marks for capturing Professorial Inaugural Lecturer Thursday 26 Mar Friday 27 Mar First Term Ends Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 28 Mar Sunday 29 Mar Monday 30 Mar Closing date for registration of Postgraduate students Tuesday 31 Mar Call for submission of original NSC or Senior or Matriculation Certificates Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 14

19 MAIN Day Date Institutional Academic Institutional Committees BC Campus Activities Activities Wednesday 1 Apr Submission of Original Certificates for 1. NSC or, 2. NCV or 3. Matriculation to Admissions Office Thursday 2 Apr Friday 3 Apr Good Friday Public holiday Saturday 4 Apr Sunday 5 Apr Monday 6 Apr Family Day Public holiday Tuesday 7 Apr Wednesday 8 Apr Thursday 9 Apr Friday 10 Apr Institutional Forum Executive Committee 09:00 Saturday 11 Apr Sunday 12 Apr Monday 13 Apr Second Term Commences Tuesday 14 Apr ECSA accreditation visit Wednesday 15 Apr Institutional Senate 10:00 ECSA accreditation visit Thursday 16 Apr ECSA accreditation visit Friday 17 Apr Deadline for Submission of Institutional Forum (IF) ECSA accreditation visit Examination Question Papers & Memoranda for 1 st Semester Examinations 09:00 Saturday 18 Apr Sunday 19 Apr Monday 20 Apr Tuesday 21 Apr Wednesday 22 Apr Thursday 23 Apr Friday 24 Apr Council 09:00 Saturday 25 Apr Sunday 26 Apr Monday 27 Apr Freedom Day Public Holiday Tuesday 28 Apr Professorial Inaugural Lecturer Wednesday 29 Apr Graduation : Buffalo City Campus Thursday 30 Apr Graduation : Buffalo City Campus Closing date: Cancellation of 1 st semester courses with NO refund Closing Date: Work Integrated Learning (Experiential Training) 1 st semester registration Friday 1 May Workers Day Public Holiday Saturday 2 May Sunday 3 May Monday 4 May Graduation : Mthatha Campus Tuesday 5 May Graduation : Mthatha Campus Wednesday 6 May Graduation : Butterworth Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 15

20 MAIN Day Date Institutional Academic Institutional Committees BC Campus Activities Activities Campus Thursday 7 May Graduation : Butterworth Campus Friday 8 May Saturday 9 May Sunday 10 May Monday 11 May Closing Date for Application & Registration for Examinations Only Tuesday 12 May Institutional Management Committee 09:00 Wednesday 13 May Thursday 14 May Publication of DP Marks Lodging of DP Appeals Commences Friday 15 May Saturday 16 May Sunday 17 May Monday 18 May Tuesday 19 May Wednesday 20 May Lodging of DP Appeals Ends Thursday 21 May Student Support Services Council 09:00 Friday 22 May Saturday 23 May Sunday 24 May Monday 25 May Study Week for Examination Tuesday 26 May Study Week for Examination Wednesday 27 May Study Week for Examination Thursday 28 May Study Week for Examination Friday 29 May Study Week for Examination Saturday 30 May Sunday 31 May Monday 1 June 1 st Semester Examinations Commence Tuesday 2 June Wednesday 3 June Thursday 4 June Friday 5 June Executive Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 6 June Sunday 7 June Monday 8 June Tuesday 9 June Wednesday 10 June Thursday 11 June Friday 12 June Saturday 13 June Sunday 14 June Monday 15 June 1 st Semester Examinations End Tuesday 16 June Youth Day Public Holiday Wednesday 17 June All Departmental Boards Thursday 18 June Academic Advisory Committee 09:00 Friday 19 June Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 16

21 MAIN Day Date Institutional Academic Institutional Committees BC Campus Activities Activities Saturday 20 June Sunday 21 June Monday 22 June Deadline for Submission of 1 st Semester Examination Marks Tuesday 23 June FACEX (BC) Wednesday 24 June Thursday 25 June Friday 26 June Second Term Ends Publication of 1 st Semester Human Resources Committee of Council 09:00 Examination Results Opening Date: Application for Special Examinations Saturday 27 June Sunday 28 June Monday 29 June Tuesday 30 June Closing Date: Registration of Masters by Dissertation Wednesday 1 July Thursday 2 July Friday 3 July Saturday 4 July Sunday 5 July Monday 6 July Tuesday 7 July Wednesday 8 July Thursday 9 July Friday 10 July Saturday 11 July Sunday 12 July Monday 13 July Tuesday 14 July Wednesday 15 July Thursday 16 July Friday 17 July Saturday 18 July Sunday 19 July Monday 20 July Third Term Commences Lectures commence Tuesday 21 July Writing of Supplementary Examinations Commences 2nd Semester Registration commences Amendments 2 nd Semester registration commences Wednesday 22 July 2nd Semester Registration commences Thursday 23 July 2nd Semester Registration continues Friday 24 July 2nd Semester Registration Ends Saturday 25 July Sunday 26 July Finance Committee of Council 09:00 Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 17

22 MAIN Monday 27 July Writing of Supplementary Examinations ends 2 nd Semester Late Registration commences Tuesday 28 July 2 nd Semester Late Registration continues Wednesday 29 July 2 nd Semester Late Registration continues Lectures commence (2 nd semester courses in Engineering programmes) Thursday 30 July 2 nd Semester Late Registration commences Deadline for Submission of Supplementary Examination Marks Friday 31 July 2 nd Semester Late Registration Ends Amendments 2 nd semester registration Ends Saturday 1 Aug Sunday 2 Aug Monday 3 Aug Opening Date: 2016 Applications by returning/continuing students Tuesday 4 Aug Institutional Forum Executive Committee 09:00 Wednesday 5 Aug Institutional Forum Executive Committee 09:00 Thursday 6 Aug Friday 7 Aug Publication of Supplementary Examinations Planning and Infrastructure Committee of Council 09:00 Campus Research committee Campus Quality Assurance Committee Campus Teaching & Learning Committee BC Faculty Boards 09:00 Saturday 8 Aug Sunday 9 Aug National Woman s Day Public Holiday Monday 10 Aug Public Holiday Tuesday 11 Aug Deadline for Applications for Special Examinations Wednesday 12 Aug Campus Senate 09:00 Thursday 13 Aug Friday 14 Aug Due Date for Submission of Special Examination Question Institutional Forum (IF) 09:00 Papers & Memoranda Saturday 15 Aug Sunday 16 Aug Monday 17 Aug Tuesday 18 Aug Wednesday 19 Aug Institutional SENEX 09:00 Thursday 20 Aug Friday 21 Aug Writing of Special Examinations Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 22 Aug Sunday 23 Aug Monday 24 Aug Tuesday 25 Aug Wednesday 26 Aug Deadline for Submission of Special Examination Marks to Institutional Senate 10:00 Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 18

23 MAIN Examinations Department. Thursday 27 Aug Friday 28 Aug Council 09:00 Saturday 29 Aug Sunday 30 Aug Monday 31 Aug Closing date: Cancellation of Year courses with NO refund Closing date: Cancellation of 2nd semester courses with refund Publication of Special Examination Results Deadline for Submission of Graduation Lists for September Graduation to Examinations Department. Tuesday 1 Sept Institutional Management Committee 09:00 Wednesday 2 Sept WSU Research Conference Thursday 3 Sept WSU Research Conference Friday 4 Sept WSU Research Conference Saturday 5 Sept Sunday 6 Sept Monday 7 Sept Tuesday 8 Sept All Departmental Boards Wednesday 9 Sept Thursday 10 Sept Friday 11 Sept Student Support Services Council 09:00 Saturday 12 Sept Sunday 13 Sept Monday 14 Sept Tuesday 15 Sept FACEX (BC) Wednesday 16 Sept Academic Advisory Committee 09:00 Thursday 17 Sept Friday 18 Sept Closing date: Cancellation of 2 nd Semester courses with Executive Committee of Council 09:00 NO refund Saturday 19 Sept Sunday 20 Sept Monday 21 Sept Campus Research Committee Campus Quality Assurance Committee Campus Teaching & Learning Committee Tuesday 22 Sept Graduation : Mthatha Campus Wednesday 23 Sept Third Term Ends Thursday 24 Sept Heritage Day Public Holiday Friday 25 Sept Saturday 26 Sept Sunday 27 Sept Monday 28 Sept Tuesday 29 Sept Wednesday 30 Sept Closing Date: 2016 Academic Applications: All Faculties Thursday 1 Oct Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 19

24 MAIN Friday 2 Oct Institutional Forum Executive Committee 09:00 Saturday 3 Oct Sunday 4 Oct Monday 5 Oct Fourth Term Commences Deadline for Submission of Year End Examination Question Papers & Memoranda Tuesday 6 Oct BC Faculty Boards 09:00 Wednesday 7 Oct Thursday 8 Oct Friday 9 Oct Human Resources Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 10 Oct Sunday 11 Oct Monday 12 Oct Tuesday 13 Oct Wednesday 14 Oct Campus SENEX 09:00 Thursday 15 Oct Friday 16 Oct Finance Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 17 Oct Sunday 18 Oct Monday 19 Oct Tuesday 20 Oct Wednesday 21 Oct Due Date for Submission of Campus Senate 09:00 Last Test/Assignment Marks Thursday 22 Oct Friday 23 Oct Planning and Infrastructure Committee of Council 09:00 Saturday 24 Oct Sunday 25 Oct Monday 26 Oct Tuesday 27 Oct Publication of DP Marks Lodging of DP Appeals Commences Wednesday 28 Oct Professorial Inaugural Lecturer Thursday 29 Oct Institutional SENEX 09:00 Friday 30 Oct Closing Date: Work Integrated learning (Experiential Training) 2 nd Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee of Council 09:00 semester registration Closing Date: 2016 Academic Applications by Returning/ Continuing students Lodging of DP Appeals End Saturday 31 Oct Sunday 1 Nov Monday 2 Nov Study Week for Examinations Tuesday 3 Nov Study Week for Examinations Wednesday 4 Nov Study Week for Examinations Thursday 5 Nov Study Week for Examinations Friday 6 Nov Study Week for Examinations Saturday 7 Nov Sunday 8 Nov Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 20

25 MAIN Monday 9 Nov Year End Examinations Commence Tuesday 10 Nov Institutional Senate 10:00 Wednesday 11 Nov Thursday 12 Nov Friday 13 Nov Saturday 14 Nov Sunday 15 Nov Monday 16 Nov Tuesday 17 Nov Wednesday 18 Nov Thursday 19 Nov Friday 20 Nov Saturday 21 Nov Sunday 22 Nov Monday 23 Nov Tuesday 24 Nov Wednesday 25 Nov Thursday 26 Nov Friday 27 Nov Last day of Year End Council 09:00 Examinations Saturday 28 Nov Sunday 29 Nov Monday 30 Nov Tuesday 1 Dec Wednesday 2 Dec Thursday 3 Dec Friday 4 Dec Due Date for submission of Examination Marks Saturday 5 Dec Sunday 6 Dec Monday 7 Dec Tuesday 8 Dec All Departmental Exam Boards Wednesday 9 Dec Faculty Exam Board Thursday 10 Dec BC Campus SENEX Exam Board Friday 11 Dec Saturday 12 Dec Sunday 13 Dec Monday 14 Dec Special Institutional SENEX 09:00 (for approval of examination results) Tuesday 15 Dec Publication of Exclusion lists for BC students Wednesday 16 Dec Reconciliation Day Public Holiday Thursday 17 Dec Publication of Year End Results. Friday 18 Dec Fourth Term Ends Saturday 19 Dec Sunday 20 Dec Monday 21 Dec Tuesday 22 Dec Wednesday 23 Dec University Closes Thursday 24 Dec Friday 25 Dec Christmas Day Public Holiday Saturday 26 Dec Day of Goodwill Public Holiday Sunday 27 Dec Monday 28 Dec Tuesday 29 Dec Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 21

26 MAIN Wednesday Thursday Monday Monday 30 Dec 31 Dec 4 Jan Jan 2016 University Administration opens Academic Staff report for duty BC Academic Staff report for duty Buffalo City Campus prospectus l Page 22

27 CONTACT DETAILS Mthatha Campus Nelson Mandela Drive Site: +27 (0) /2844 Zamukulungisa Site: +27 (0) Nkululekweni Site: +27 (0) /2844 Butterworth Campus Ibika Site: +27 (0) Buffalo City Campus Potsdam Site: +27 (0) College Street Site: +27 (0) Cambridge Street Site: +27 (0) Chiselhurst Site: +27 (0) Buffalo City Stadium Site: +27 (0) Heritage Building Site: +27 (0) Queenstown Campus Whittlesea Site: +27 (0)

28 WALTER SISULU UNIVERSITY BUFFALO CITY CAMPUS Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology

29 WALTER SISULU UNIVERSITY BUFFALO CITY CAMPUS Prospectus 2015 Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology

30 How to use this prospectus Note that this prospectus contains material and information applicable to the whole campus. It also contains detailed information and specific requirements applicable to programmes that are offered by the campus. This prospectus should be read in conjunction with the General Prospectus which includes the University s General Rules & Regulations, which is a valuable source of information. Students are encouraged to contact the Academic Head of the relevant campus if unsure of a rule or an interpretation. Disclaimer Although the information contained in this prospectus has been compiled as accurately as possible, WSU accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions. WSU reserves the right to make any necessary alterations to this prospectus as and when the need may arise. This prospectus is published for the 2015 academic year. Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as described in this prospectus is not guaranteed and may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available. Page i

31 IN THIS PROSPECTUS 1 FACULTY STAFF Faculty management & staff, academic staff & qualifications administrative & support staff Page 1 2 FACULTY CONTACTS Page 1 3 WELCOME MESSAGE FROM DEAN PAGE 3 4 INTRODUCTION page 3 5 FACULTY VISION AND MISSION Vision Mission Faculty research niche areas page 4 6 DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMMES page 8 PAGE 8 PAGE DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATICS & MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 6.2 DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED SCIENCES PAGE DEPARTMENT OF BUILT ENVIRONMENT PAGE DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING PAGE DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PAGE DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PAGE DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PAGE DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL ARTS Page ii

32 1 FACULTY STAFF AND QUALIFICATIONS 1.1. Faculty Management Staff Dean Dr M Siswana BSc (UFH), BSc (Hon), MSc, PhD (Rhodes) 1.2. Faculty Administrative and Support Staff Faculty Officer Ms KG Skiti NDip: Office Admin (BT), BTech: BA (WSU) Faculty Secretary Ms NN Njoli NDip: Information Technology (WSU), CCNA I & II: CISCO Faculty Administrator Vacant 2 MAIN CONTACTS IN THE FACULTY Name Title Phone Fax Site OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dr M Siswana Dean: FSET [email protected] Chiselhurst Mrs GK Skiti Faculty Officer [email protected] College Ms NN Njoli Faculty Secretary [email protected] Chiselhurst Vacant Faculty Administrator FACULTY SUPPORT STAFF Vacant Teaching & Learning Officer BCC Vacant Research Champion BCC DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED INFORMATICS AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Dr T Ngqondi HoD: Applied Informatics [email protected] Potsdam Mrs L Bester HoD: Mathematics [email protected] College Ms N Mlomo Secretary [email protected] Potsdam DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED SCIENCES Mr MD Manamela HoD: Chemical Technology [email protected] Potsdam Ms S Pikini Secretary: [email protected] Potsdam Ms N Rebe HoD: Con Sciences: Food & Nutrition [email protected] College Ms L Kentane Secretary [email protected] College Faculty overview l Page 1

33 DEPARTMENT OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT Mr L Ncunyana HoD: Built Environment [email protected] Chiselhurst Ms NF Nemutandani Secretary [email protected] Chiselhurst DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING Mr P Hatitye HoD: Civil Engineering [email protected] College Ms L Mphahlele Secretary [email protected] College DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Mr S Friempong HoD: Electrical Engineering [email protected] College Ms M Kula Secretary [email protected] College DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Mr B Ndovie HoD: Information Technology [email protected] Chiselhurst Mr T Ngetu HoD: Information Technology [email protected] Potsdam Vacant Secretary DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Ms L Ntwatwa HoD: Mechanical Engineering [email protected] Chiselhurst Ms N Sonamzi Secretary [email protected] Chiselhurst DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL ARTS Mr AS Sepeng HoD: Fashion [email protected] Cambridge Mr P Mbanya HoD: Fine Art [email protected] Cambridge Ms N Kula Secretary [email protected] Cambridge Faculty overview l Page 2

34 3 MESSAGE OF WELCOME FROM DEAN OF FACULTY It is my pleasure to welcome all students to Walter Sisulu University in general and specifically to the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology. The aim of the faculty is for all students to complete their studies successfully within the stipulated period, and to graduate with a qualification that meets their needs and those of society, including industry and commerce. It is also a passion of the FSET to inculcate skills that students will need in order to start their own businesses and establish themselves as service providers to society, including industry and commerce. This prospectus aims to provide new and returning students with an understanding of the Faculty structure and the programmes offered by the various departments. It is the aim of the faculty, through this prospectus, to guide students in the selection of the programmes they envisage to follow. However should students find it difficult to select a course using the prospectus, they are encouraged to approach the Head of Department of the respective Department for assistance. While academic work should be the cornerstone of a student s focus, there are, however, many other activities that students can engage in at university. During their spare time students are encouraged to participate in activities that are offered by the various student societies. In addition, all student class representatives in the classes, Departments, the Faculty are encouraged to take their roles very seriously, attend all the scheduled meetings and participate in all the discussions for the benefit of the students they represent and for the benefit of both the Faculty and Walter Sisulu University. On behalf of all members of the Faculty staff I once again welcome all students. It is our hope that you will find your studies a stimulating and rewarding experience in INTRODUCTION 4.1 Two-Tier Governance Structure of the Faculty The governance and leadership structure of the Faculty is a two-tier structure comprising the Dean, and the Heads of the Departments. Under the Faculty, there are eight departments: Department of Applied Informatics & Mathematical Sciences, Department of Applied Sciences, Department of Built Environment, Department of Civil Engineering, Department of Electrical Engineering, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Department of Information Technology and Department of Visual Arts. The Heads of Departments have overall responsibility for the programmes offered by their departments. They also concentrate on the management of the academic courses and modules together with the learning, teaching and quality assurance thereof. 4.2 Nature of the Faculty The programme and qualification mix of the Faculty consists of undergraduate certificates, national diplomas and bachelor degrees, providing a suitable wealth of qualifications along the vertical perspective of the national qualifications framework. There are qualifications in the applied sciences of chemistry and and chemical technology, food and consumer sciences, statistics, applied mathematics, information technology, fashion designing and fabric technology and fine arts. There are also qualifications in the engineering sciences of construction management and quantity surveying, civil, electrical and mechanical engineering. These provide an additional wealth of qualifications suitable for the mission and vision of Water Sisulu University along the horizontal perspective of the national qualifications framework. Faculty overview l Page 3

35 3. FACULTY VISION & MISSION 3.1. Vision of the Faculty The faculty will be a leading centre offering a suitable wealth of innovative programmes to produce suitably trained human capital and engage such human capital to create appropriate enterprises for sustainable development and the eradication of poverty Mission of the Faculty In pursuit of its vision, the faculty will generate highly skilled graduates, innovative new products and knowledge through courses, programmes, and community and research projects that are carefully designed for this purpose. The Faculty will actively engage many of these graduates in applied research and innovation utilising the envisaged WSU Science, Engineering and Technology Campus to generate marketable new knowledge and products. The Faculty will, therefore, maintain a high level of research activity, which should help position the FSET Complex as a notable research facility, as well as a producer of highly skilled graduates Faculty Research Niche Areas See the Buffalo City campus main prospectus, page 5 & 6, for a list of the campus research niche areas. 4. THE PROGRAMME AND QUALIFICATION MIX OF THE FACULTY See the Buffalo City campus main prospectus, page 10 & 11, for a list of the campus programme and qualification mix. 5. FACULTY PROGRAMME RULES 5.1. General Entry Requirements The Higher Education Act No 101 of 1997, amended in May 2008, stipulates the following minimum entry requirements for university programmes as of January 2009: a) Minimum Admission Requirements for Higher Certificate, Diploma & Bachelor s Degree Programmes requiring a National Senior Certificate. b) Policy Considerations: Page 2 of the Government Gazette c) This policy will be applicable to all higher education institutions with effect from January d) The policy outlines the statutory minimum admission to higher education at the National Senior Certificate (NSC) level. e) Though NSC (National Senior Certificate) is the primary gateway, it does not guarantee admission to any Programme of study in higher education. f) Within the context of this policy, WSU exercises its right as a higher education institution to set up specific admission requirements. Faculty overview l Page 4

36 A full list of recognised National Curriculum subjects is available on the website: under Student Admissions Minimum Admission Requirements Matric & NSC Requirements School/Programme Prospectuses set out the detaied NSC and Matric requirements for each programme Admission Point Score Applicants who have obtained an NSC qualification must meet the required Admission Point Score (APS) that is set for each programme. NSC results are translated into points for each NSC subject. Results of interviews and other assessments may also be taken into account in determining the total APS or Admission Point Score. Unless otherwise stated within a departmental programme, the Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology has, in terms of the New National Senior Certificate (NSC), allocated a rating system according to levels as follows: Level Percentage Symbol Status of achievement APS % A+ Outstanding achievement % A Outstanding achievement % B Meritorious achievement % C Substantial achievement % D Moderate achievement % E Adequate achievement % F Elementary achievement % G Not achieved - Fail General Rules and Comments a) In keeping with Act 101 of 1997 for minimum requirements, revised in May 2008, meeting the minimum requirements does not guarantee admission to Programmes in the Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology. b) Due to the large number of applications for a limited number of places, there is a competitive selection process. c) SATAP tests are conducted for all applicants to the Faculty of Science, Engineering & Technology d) The assessment by SATAP tests/portfolio presentation (where applicable) is equally weighted with academic results in Matric or NSC. e) Admission in terms of recognition of prior learning (RPL) is in accordance to Walter Sisulu University policy. f) Transfer from other institutions will be considered on merit. g) Under exceptional circumstances, the Dean may exercise his discretion. h) Applicants who have been excluded from other institutions on academic grounds will not be considered. Faculty overview l Page 5

37 5.3. Admission from Other Degree and Diploma Programmes Students with appropriate degrees will be considered for admission to postgraduate programmes. A limited number of students with incomplete degrees will be considered for admission to all graduate programmes Progression and Exclusion Rules Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 as contained in the WSU 2015 General Prospectus on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under the WSU 2015 General Prospectus rules (with specific reference to G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2) the respective School/Programme Prospectuses set out minimum progression requirements for each programme in FSET. A student who progresses at a slower rate than that what is specified for the specific programme will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. Students who, if registered, would exceed the maximum duration of any programme will not be permitted to register for that or any other programme Exit/Completion Rules Students should note that the respective School/Programme Prospectuses set out the detail requirements that must be met for each programme in order to qualify for the award of the certificate, diploma or degree. The following additional requirements apply in general in addition to any programme requirements: a) Students must pass all modules and/or courses and satisfy all other requirements in order to qualify for the award of the certificate, diploma or degree. b) In addition to any other year level requirements, the minimum year level credits of the programme must be achieved or exceeded for each year level. c) In addition to any other year level requirements, the minimum credits of the entire programme must be achieved or exceeded. 6. FACULTY COMMITTEE STRUCTURE COMMITTEE Department of Applied Sciences Department of Built Environment Department of Civil Department of Electrical Department of Mechanical Department of Information Technology Department of Informatics & Mathematical Sciences Department of Visual Arts Academic Planning Mrs V Dyeshana Mr A Madumane Mr H Pfende Mr R Stander Dr C van Zyl Mr T Tuyikeze Dr T Ngqondi Mrs L Mclaren Community and International Partnerships Mrs N Xamlashe Mrs V Ngalwa Mr A Gangerdine Dr P Malindi Mr S Mawisa Mr A Fosu Dr B Mgijima Ms S Nodada Faculty overview l Page 6

38 COMMITTEE Department of Applied Sciences Department of Built Environment Department of Civil Department of Electrical Department of Mechanical Department of Information Technology Department of Informatics & Mathematical Sciences Department of Visual Arts FET Colleges Mr J Valiathazhel Mr B Ndaba Mr M Kwababa Mr O Ndondo Mr X Mdlalo Ms MC Mokoka Mrs L Bester Mr A Monyepao Higher Degrees Ms N Dlova Mr I Moss Mrs F Nleya Mr S Adjei-Frimpong Mr I Sunjka Mr A Fosu Dr K Sibanda Ms H Osner Library and Information Services Mrs VG Mazwi Mr B Ndaba Mr C Clack Mr S Adjei-Frimpong Mr Z Mpeta Mrs S Twetwa-Dube Mrs H Coetzee Mrs D Leach Quality Assurance Mrs T Mafu Dr M Manthe Mr W Dicks Mr P Nkeotane Dr C Louw Ms C Goche Mr A Kantore Mr P Mbanya Research Mrs C Toma Dr C Goldswain Mr B Valentyn Dr P Malindi Dr D Bessinger Mr E Frauenstein Dr K Sibanda Dr J Steele Research Ethics & Mentoring Ms N Dlova Dr M Manthe Mrs N Mfabane Dr Piet Janse van Rensburg Dr D Bessinger Mr B Ndovie Dr T Ngqondi Mr S Mbatha Rural Development & Urban Renewal Mr T Hasheni Mr L Ncunyana Mr J van Heerden Mr Z Swana Mr Z Mpeta Mr P Mwansa Ms G Phingilili Mr SA Sepeng Short Learning Mrs L Van Heerden Mr C Elliott Mr T Manthe Mr Z Swana Mr M Mapoloba Mr M Majova Ms T Kangapi Ms B Weyer Learning and Teaching Development Mrs C Toma Mr C Elliott Mr R Kieck Mr V Ntsinde Ms L Ntwatwa Mr P Mwansa Ms Z Wiliams Mr C Madikida Technopark & Facilities Mr C Manamela Mr I Moss Mr B Manthe Mr L Ewers Dr D Bessinger Mr Y Murugan Mr S Tshemese Mr L Ncokazi Timetable & ICT Ms J Wilkinson Mr I Moss Mr C Clack Mr R Stander Dr C Louw Mr T Ngetu Mr M Mofoka Ms S Sotewu Youth Gender & Disability Ms N Rebe Ms V Luthuli Mr M Kwababa Mr M Sibanda Mr B Parastaran Ms MC Mokoka Mr B Mtiya Mrs M Akrasi- Boateng HIV/AIDS Mrs V Melane Ms V Luthuli Ms P Hlaba Mr P Nkeotane Mr M Mbola Mr J Samudzi Mr N Mbhele Ms B Malotana Faculty overview l Page 7

39 DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMMES 1. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED INFORMATICS AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 1.1. INTRODUCTION AND WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF DEPARTMENT The department is pleased to welcome all students. Our department values the contributions of students, families and communities for the effective execution of the departmental mandate of achieving the university mission and vision. Although the university is still recovering from the strain of the administration process, the department is striving to deliver quality and uncompromised education by providing relevant skills for students within our limited resources. Students, parents/guardians are welcomed to visit our offices on appointment. Generic information for will be communicated through learner guides. The Applied Informatics and Mathematics Department (AIM) cooperates very well with other departments. Students are advised to work hard, plan their study schedule in good time and utilise all available resources to support their learning to their maximum ability. Together in excellence, we can make a difference and contribute effectively to our country s economy. Applied Informatics and Mathematics Department (AIM) is a service department that services students from different faculties in the university. It is a department under the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology in the Buffalo City Campus. It was constituted through the merger of the Department of Applied Informatics and Mathematics after the implementation of the university turnaround strategy. The integration of these departments is anticipated to be a solution in addressing the scarcity of mathematical and computational skills in the university, Eastern Cape Province and nationally. The university location is partly urban and partly rural which gives the department an opportunity to champion and lead research activities pertaining to the mathematical and computational challenges in schools, industry and communities in the province. Some staff members in the department commute between sites since we service programmes at various sites. The department services programmes for both faculties: The Faculty of Business Management and Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology. Over and above the core academic services, the department offers computer literacy short learning courses for students, staff and communities. Research as an overarching component of teaching and learning in high education is highly embraced and executed at different levels for students teaching and learning and for staff academic development. The Department of Applied Informatics and Mathematics operates under the following values: Excellence Integrity Justice Honesty Humility 1.2. GENERAL Vision and Mission of the Department The Department of Applied Informatics and Mathematics aims to contribute to the achievement of local, regional and national goals of social and economic upliftment by creating a conducive environment for the development of sufficiently sophisticated graduates in mathematics and technology. We encourage students to acquire research and entrepreneurial skills. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 8

40 Promotion Rules The completion of each subject at a lower level is a requirement for registration of the same subject at a higher level. Students performing poorly will be informed in terms of Rule G7 in the General Prospectus. Students should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, they automatically become members of the University and agree to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the General University Prospectus Class Attendance All lectures and tutorials are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. Lecturers will keep a register of class attendance by students, which may be used as part of the assessment of student performance Assessments and Assignments Students who are absent from major assessments or who fail to submit assignments before, or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment/assignment. If the lecturer is provided with a signed certificate from a medical practitioner within 3 working days after the assessment to confirm that he/she was ill and/or incapacitated, then the assessment will be re-administered. See course information for further details Course Evaluation Students will be required to complete evaluation forms on Course Offering & Lecturer for each course at the end of the course Code of Conduct Other The main focus is for students to study & learn. The lecturer and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning. Students should: Undertake to be respectful to lecturers and other students. Commit themselves to perform the work in a diligent and responsible manner. Understand that students are encouraged to ask questions and get feedback. Undertake to be punctual in attendance of all learning/teaching activities. Undertake to keep venues clean & tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside the classroom. Undertake to take care of the documentation & equipment issued and of the equipment and/or other resources that are used in the classroom. Students will receive learner guides during the first of lectures. Learner guides capture additional rules on assessment methods, work schedules and computer laboratories and lecture halls Department Academic and Administration Structure The Department consists of academic, administrative and technical staff as in Table 1. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 9

41 1.2.9 Table 1: Staff Details Administrative and Support Staff Positions Names Qualifications Academic Secretary Ms N Mlomo NHC:IT (BT) Academic Secretary Ms M Kula ND: OMTECH, BTech: Bus Admin Lab Technician Mr M Wetu ND:IT (BT), Cert Proj Mgt Plan Lab Technician Vacant Academic Staff Acting HOD - AI Dr T Ngqondi ND:IT (BT), BTech (PETech), MTech IT (NMMU), PhD IS (UFH), Adv Proj Mgt Cert (UFH) Snr Lecturer Dr K Sibanda MScEd (JS Cuba), MSc (NUST, Zimbabwe), PhD CS (UFH) Snr Lecturer Vacant Lecturer Mr A Kantore ND:IT (BT), BTech: IT, MTech IT (NMMU) Lecturer Dr B Mgijima BCom Hons IS, MCom IS, PhD IS (UFH) Lecturer Ms Z Williams BCom, BCom Hons IS, MCom IS (UFH) Jnr Lecturer Ms G Phingilili ND:IT, BTech IT (ECT), BCom Hons IS, MCom IS (UFH) Jnr Lecturer& SHOD Ms T Kangapi ND: IT (BT), BTech IT (WSU) Jnr Lecturer Ms V Mbekeni BCom, BCom Hons IS (UFH) Jnr Lecturer Mr L Mafanya ND: IT (BT), BTech IT (TUT) Jnr Lecturer Mr S Tshemese ND: IT (BT), BTech IT (WSU) Jnr Lecturer Ms N Zide ND: FIS, BTech IT (ECT) Acting Site HOD / Lecturer Ms J Coetzee BSc(UP), BSc (Hons)(UNISA), HDE(UNISA), BEd (RAU), MSc (Math) Ed) (UNISA) Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 10

42 Senior Lecturer Vacant Lecturer Ms M Mbebe MBA (NMMU), BSc (RHODES), BSc (Hons) (UWC) Lecturer/Temporary Mr. NE Mbhele BSc (UFH), BSc (Hons) (UFH) Lecturer Mr M Mofoka BSc (UFH), BSc (Hons)(UFH), NTD Mech Eng Lecturer Ms L Bester BSc (UP), BSc (Hons)(UP), MSc (UNISA) Lecturer/Temporary Ms E Oberholster MEd (RHODES), BCom (UNISA), BEd (UCT), UED(RHODES), BSc (RHODES) Lecturer Mr B Mtiya BSc (Hons) (UFH), BSc (UFH) Lecturer Ms S Stofile BSc BSc (Hons)(UNITRA), HDE UNITRA Lecturer Ms F Tonjeni BSc BSc (Hons)(UNITRA), HDE UNITRA 1.3 Service Modules offered by the Department Table 2 outlines all mathematics-related modules and Table 3 outlines computational related modules. Table 2: Breakdown of Mathematics Modules Mathematics Modules Module Name Code Credits Level (Sem) Semester offered Faculty/ Department served Mathematics MATH1/ Civil Eng Coll. MATH2/ Civil Eng Coll. EATH1/ Year Course Civil Eng Coll. EATH2/ Year Course Civil Eng Coll. Mathematics MATH1/ Mechanical Eng Chisel MATH2/ Mechanical Eng Chisel MATH3/ Mechanical Eng Chisel EMTM1/ Year Course Mechanical Eng Chisel EMTM2/ Year Course Mechanical Eng Chisel Mathematics MATM1/ & 2 Electrical Eng Coll. MATM2/ & 2 Electrical Eng Coll. MATM3/ & 2 Electrical Eng Coll. MATM4/ Electrical Eng Coll. Mathematics MAT Analytical Chem Pots MAT Analytical Chem Pots MAT11E Year Course Analytical Chem Pots Site Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 11

43 Module Name Code Credits Level (Semester) Mathematical Literacy Semester offered Faculty/ Department served EMATL Year Course Department of Applied Sciences Site Coll. Quantitative Techniques Module 1 Quantitative Techniques Module 2 Business Calculations for Taxation Business Calculations for Financial Information Systems Business Calculations for Auditing Business Calculations for Extended Business Calculations for Cost & Management Accounting Business Calculations (Financial Information Systems), Extended Stream Statistics II (Auditing) Business Statistics II (C.M.A) QAT1A Marketing Coll. & Pots QAT1B Marketing Coll. & Pots BUC BMSL; Accounting Pots BUC BMSL; Accounting Pots BUC BMSL; Accounting Pots BUC10E BMSL; Accounting BUC BMSL; Accounting Pots BUC10E BMSL; Accounting Pots STA BMSL; Accounting Pots BST BMSL; Accountancy Pots Table 3: Breakdown of Computational Modules Module Name Course Code Credits Offer ing Level Offering Year/ Semester Serviced Department Site Offered Business Information Systems BIS ST Accounting Pots BIS ND Accounting Pots BIS EXT 1 ST Accounting Pots BIS Ext 2nd Accounting Pots BIS st Accounting Pots BIS nd Accounting Pots Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 12

44 Module Name Course Code Credits Offer ing Level Offering Year/ Semester Serviced Department Site Offered Financial Information Systems FIS ST Accounting Pots FIS ND Accounting Pots FIS ST Accounting Pots FIS ND Accounting Pots FIS ST Accounting Pots FIS ND Accounting Pots Software Skills SOS ST Accounting Pots SOS ND Accounting Pots SOS ST Accounting Pots SOS ND Accounting Pots Accounting AIS nd Accounting Pots Information Systems End User EUC Year Human Resource Pots Computing Management End User EUC Year Human Resource Coll. Computing Management End User EUC Year Marketing Pots Computing End User Computing EUC Year Marketing Coll. End User Computing Sport Management End User Computing Admin Management End User Computing - Management End User Computing Policing Management Information Systems End User Computing EUC Year Marketing ABSA Stadium EUC Year Management Pots EUC Year Management Pots EUC Year Management Pots MIS ST Management Coll. PIN Year Management of Pots Training Computer Skills 1 CCP ST Analytic Chemistry Pots End User EUC Year Tourism Coll. Computing Computer Skills 1 COMP1/ Year Fashion Coll. Computer Studies COMP2/ Year Fashion Coll. 1 Computer Skills I CSKI1/ ST Coll. Civil Engineering Computer Skills I ECSKI/ Year Civil Engineering Ext Coll. Computer Skills I 10 1 Year Electrical Coll. CCP1120 Engineering Ext Computer Skills I CCP st Electric Engineering Coll. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 13

45 Module Name Course Code Credits Offer ing Level Offering Year/ Semester Serviced Department Site Offered Computer Skills I Computer Skills I Computer Applications Computer Applications End User Computing End User Computing Hospitality Information Systems Hospitality Information Systems Software Analysis & Maintenance st Mechanical Chisel CAPS1/0 Engineering 10 1 Year Mechanical Chisel CAPS1/1 Engineering Ext CAPP1/ Year Building Chisel ECRP1/ Year Building Ext Chisel 6 1 Year Consumers Science Coll. CCPN110 Ext 6 1 Year Consumers Science Coll. CCPN110 HINS st & 2 nd Hospitality Coll. Management HINS st Hospitality Management HINS3A st & 2 nd Hospitality Management Coll. Coll. 1.4 Breakdown of Course Information in AIM Note: Some courses are identical for different programmes. Identical course structures will not be duplicated Mathematics I, II, III and IV for Electrical and Mechanical Engineering MATHEMATICS I for Electrical & Mechanical Engineering MATM1/0 (Elec Eng) EMAT1/0 (Elec Eng Ext) MATH1/0 (Mech Eng) EMTM1/0 (Mech Eng Ext) See above 5 12 for Elec Eng 10 for Mech Eng Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Module 1: Determinants, Radian Measure, Natural Logs, Trigonometry; Module 2: Complex Numbers; Module 3: Differentiation I; Module 4: Integration I. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 14

46 projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See Prospectuses for Electrical & Mechanical Engineering MATHEMATICS II for Electrical & Mechanical Engineering MATM2/0 (Elec Eng) EMAT2/0 (Elec Eng Ext) MATH2/0 (Mech Eng) EMTM2/0 (Mech Eng Ext) See above 5 12 for Elec Eng 10 for Mech Eng Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Matrix Algebra; Differentiation II; Integration II; Differential Equations I (1 st order); Parametric functions; Newton s method. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: MATHEMATICS I MATHEMATICS III for Electrical and Mechanical Engineering MATM3/0 (Elec Eng) MATH3/0 (Mech Eng) (see above) 6 12 for Elec Eng 10 for Mech Eng Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Laplace transforms; Differential Equations III; Fourier Analysis; Harmonic motion. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 15

47 Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: MATHEMATICS II MATHEMATICS IV for Electrical and Mechanical Engineering MATM4/0 (Elec Eng) MATH4/0 (Mech Eng) (see above) 7 12 for Elec Eng 10 for Mech Eng Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hours None None /100 Content/ Elements of Complex Analysis; Matrices; Linear Difference Equations; Transforms and their Applications; Harmonic motion. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: MATHEMATICS III Mathematics I & II for Civil Engineering & Analytical Chemistry MATHEMATICS I for Civil Engineering & Analytical Chemistry MATH1/0 (Civil Eng) EATH1/0 (Civil Eng Ext) MAT1113 (Analytical Chem) MAT11E0 (Analytical Chem Ext) See above 5 10 Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Module 1: Determinants, Radian Measure, Natural Logs, Trigonometry; Module 2: Descriptive Statistics; Module 3: Differentiation I; Module 4: Integration I. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 16

48 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See Prospectus for Civil Engineering. MATHEMATICS II for Civil Engineering & Analytical Chemistry MATH2/0 (Civil Eng) MAT2113 (Analytical Chem) (see above) 5 10 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Matrix Algebra; Differentiation II; Integration II; Differential Equations I (1 st order); Parametric functions; Newton s method. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: MATHEMATICS I Mathematical Literacy for Food & Nutrition MATHEMATICAL LITERACY for Food and Nutrition EMATL10 See above 5 12 Year Course Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 2 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Decimals; Metric system; Fractions; Percentages; Ratio & Proportion; Conversion; Changing the yield of a recipe; Macronutrients; Calories and Kilojoules; Product Costing. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Grade 12 Mathematics OR Mathematical Literacy Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 17

49 1.4.4 Quantitative Techniques for Marketing QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES for Marketing Module I QAT1A13 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Quantitative Techniques; Graphical Representation of Statistical Results; Measures of Central Location and Dispersion; Basic Probability Concepts; Probability Distributions. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: 50% or more for Grade 12 Mathematics or 70% or more for Grade 12 Mathematical Literacy QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES for Marketing Module II QAT1B14 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Quantitative Techniques; Graphical Representation of Statistical Results; Measures of Central Location and Dispersion; Basic Probability Concepts; Probability Distributions. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: 50% or more for Grade 12 Mathematics or 70% or more for Grade 12 Mathematical Literacy Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 18

50 1.4.5 Business Calculations BUSINESS CALCULATIONS for Accounting (FIS, CMA, Taxation, Auditing & Extended) BUC1001 (Main stream) BUC10E1 (Extended) See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Basic Mathematics; Working with fractions; Decimal numbers; Percentages, Ratios and Proportions; Equations and Formulas; Financial Calculations; Descriptive Statistics; Index Numbers. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: For BUC10E1: Basic Business Calculations BBC10E1 For BUC1001: Statistics II for Accounting STATISTICS II for Accounting STA2002 (Auditing) See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Financial Calculations; Simple Linear Regression and Correlation Analysis; Time Series Analysis; Basic Probability; Probability Distribution; Sampling; Estimating with Confidence Intervals; Hypothesis Testing and Chi-Square. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: BUC1001 Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 19

51 BUSINESS STATISTICS for Accounting BST2002 (CMA) See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Financial Calculations; Simple Linear Regression and Correlation Analysis; Time Series Analysis; Basic Probability; Probability Distribution; Sampling; Estimating with Confidence Intervals; Hypothesis Testing and Chi-Square. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and major tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: BUC1001 APPLIED STATISTICS 2 AST2110 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6X45 minutes None 2 x 45 minutes Content Number systems; Sets; Logic; Functions; Introduction to Statistics and Probability; Graphs and Trees. Assessment: Year Mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based major tests and class tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark(DP) x 40%+Exam Mark x 60% Financial Information Systems Modules Financial Information Systems- Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS1011 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2x 45 min Content/ Theory: Fundamentals of Information Systems, CPU structure, Introduction to software and hardware components, communication and networks concepts and Windows concepts. Practical: Basic skills on Windows concepts and file management, Introduction MS Excel, MS, and Internet, Intermediate skills on MS PowerPoint and MS Word. Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply Assessment and progression Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory):2 Practical tests (20%) and 2 theory tests (80%). Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 20

52 rules 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Financial Information Systems 1- Module 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS1022 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory 1: Intermediate concepts of SDLC, data manipulation, first level normalisation, basic principles of databases, Data Flow diagrams Classes and Entity relation diagrams. Practical 2: Intermediate MS Excel, introduction to MS Access and MS Visio. Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Project (20%) and 2 theory tests (80%). Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Financial Information Systems 2 - Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS2011 See above 6 12 Semester Practicals per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Understanding the role of systems analyst and systems analyst approaches to system development. Investigate Systems requirements and Use Cases, Domain Modelling and extending the requirements models. Practical: Fundamentals of MySQL: Building a Database, Data Manipulation and using select and functions. Introducing advance Database Management Systems using MS Access. Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Pass FIS Module 1 & 2 Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Practical Assignments (20%) and 2 theory tests (50%), 1 Presentation (10%) and Theory Assignment (20%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Financial Information Systems 2 - Module 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS2022 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: Elements of systems design, the traditional approach to design, objectorientation, design principles, design databases, implementation and support. Practicals: Ado.Net and Asp.Net Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 21

53 Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Pass FIS Module 1 & 2 Assessment Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Practical Assignments (20%) and 2 and theory tests (50%), 1 Presentation (10%) and Theory Assignment (20%) progression Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x rules 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Financial Information Systems 3 - Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS3011 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: Fundamentals of Project Management, Project integration management, Project scope management and Project time management. Practicals : Fundamentals of MS Project Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Financial Information Systems 2 (Module 1 & 2) Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Project (10%) and 3 theory tests (90%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Financial Information Systems 3 - Module 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS3022 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Project cost management. Project quality management, Project human resources management, Project communication management, Project risk management and Project procurement management Pracs: Advanced Principles of MS Project Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Financial Information Systems 2 (Module 1 & 2) Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Project (10%) and 3 theory tests (90%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 22

54 1.4.8 Software Skills Module Software Skills 1 - Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration SOS1011 See above Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Introduction to computers, systems and programming, General problem solving, Data processing: concepts pseudocode, problem solving tools, Iteration control structures, input validation, Modularisation Practicals: Principles of programming: flow charts and speudocode Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply. Assessment and progression rules Software Skills 1 - Module 2 Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4Quiz test (20%), 1 Practical tests (10%) and 3 theory tests (70%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS1012 Financial 6 12 Semester Information Systems Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 2 x 45 min per 4 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Practicals: Principles of Visual Basic.NET,.NET Framework and VB IDE, Variables and data types in VB.NET, User Interface Design, Selection Statement, Repetition and Arrays. Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Software Skills 1 (Module 1) Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Project (10%), 4 Quiz tests (20%) and 3 theory tests (70%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 23

55 Software Skills 2 Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration SOS2011 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 2 x 45 min per 4 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Database systems, Data modelling, ERDs Modelling, Practicals: Introduction to structured Query Language (SQL) and Advanced SQL. Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Software Skills 1 (Module 1) Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Practical tests (10%), 3 theory tests (90%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Software Skills 2 Module 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FIS2011 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 2 x 45 min per 4 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Normalisation of Database tables, Transaction management and Concurrency Control and Database administration. Practicals: Retrieving data using SQL select statement, Restricting and sorting data, Using single-row functions to customise outputs and Reporting aggregated data using group functions. Entry Rules Pre-requisite: Software Skills 1 (Module 1 & 11) Assessment and progression rules Business Information Systems Modules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Practical tests (10%), Project (20%) 3 theory tests (70%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Business Information Systems 1 Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration BIS1011/BIS See above 5 12 Semester 10E1 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min per 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Information Technology, IS basic concepts, the Internet WEB and Electronic commerce, Application software, operating systems, software and hardware components, storage devices and communications and networks. Practicals: Windows concepts and file management, Spreadsheets, PowerPoint, Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 24

56 Entry Rules Assessment and progression rules Word Processor. Admission Rules Apply. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 Practical tests (40%), 2 theory tests (60%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Business Information Systems 1 Module 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration BIS1012/ See above 5 12 Semester BIS10E2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min per 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Business Information Systems Strategies, Systems analysis and design, databases, Privacy and Security, IT and your Future. Practicals: Advanced MS Excel, Access Intermediate. Entry Rules Admission RULES Apply Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 1 Assignment (20%), 1 Practical test (20%) and 2 theory tests (60%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Business Information Systems 2 Module 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration BIS2011 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min per 4 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Introduction to IS, IS in organisations, Organising data and information, Enterprise Systems, Information and management support systems, knowledge management systems. Practicals: Advanced MS Excel, Access fundamentals. Entry Rules Business Information Systems (Module 1 & 2) Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 Practical tests (30%) and 3 theory tests (70%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 25

57 Business Information Systems 2 Module 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration BIS2022 See above 6 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min per 4 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Introduction to Project management, Project management and IT context, Systems investigation & analysis, Systems design, implementation, maintenance and review, Security, privacy and ethical issues of IS. Practicals: Advanced Access and MS Project. Entry Rules Business Information Systems (Module 1 & 2) Assessment and progression rules End User Computing Modules End User Computing Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 Practical tests (30%) and 3 theory tests (70%) Examination (Compulsory): Year mark (DP) is obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 49%. Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EUC1110 See above 5 6 Year HINS110 ECOS210 CCPN110 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 3 x 45 min Content/ Practicals: IT Concepts, Windows concepts and file management, Intermediate concepts for: Word processing, spreadsheets and presentation, and Internet Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Practical exercises (10%) and 4 Practical tests (90%) Examination (Compulsory): None students to obtain at least 50% to pass the module Re-examination NONE End User Computing Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EUC1110 See above 5 24 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 5 x 45 min Content/ Practicals: IT Concepts, Windows concepts and file management, Intermediate concepts for: Word processing, spreadsheets and presentation, and Internet basic and intermediate principles of databases using Access Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply. Assessment and Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Practical exercises (10%), 1 Presentation (10%) and 4 Practical tests (80%) Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 26

58 progression rules Examination (Compulsory): None students to obtain at least 50% to pass the module Re-examination NONE End User Computing Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EUC1110 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 3 x 45 min 1 Tutorial Content/ Practicals: IT Concepts, Windows concepts and file management, Intermediate concepts for: Word processing, spreadsheets and presentation, and Internet basic and intermediate principles of databases using Access Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply. Assessment and progression rules Computer Skills Modules Computer Skills Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Practical exercises (10%), 1 Presentation (10%) and 4 Practical tests (80%) Examination (Compulsory): None students to obtain at least 50% to pass the module Re-examination NONE Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CCP1120 See above 5 10 Semester CCP1123 CAPS1/0 CCP1/1 ECRP1/0 CCP1113 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min Content/ Practicals: IT Concepts, Windows concepts and file management, Intermediate concepts for: Word processing, spreadsheets and presentation, and Internet Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Practical tests (100%) Examination (Compulsory): None students to obtain at least 50% to pass the module Re-examination NONE Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 27

59 Computer Skills Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CCP1120 See above 5 10 Year CCP1123 CCP1113 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 4 x 45 min Content/ Practicals: IT Concepts, Windows concepts and file management, Intermediate concepts for: Word processing, spreadsheets and presentation, and Internet Entry Rules Admission Rules Apply. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Practical tests (100%) Examination (Compulsory): None students to obtain at least 50% to pass the module Re-examination NONE Hospitality and Computer Studies Modules Hospitality Information Systems /Computer Studies Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration HINS3A3 See above 5 6 Semester COMP2/0 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 3 x 45 min Content/ Practicals: Introduction to databases, database principles: creating tables, queries, reports and forms using MS Access. Entry Rules Hospitality Information Systems (1 & 2) Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Practical tests (100%) Examination (Compulsory): None students to obtain at least 50% to pass the module. Re-examination NONE Department of Informatics and Mathematical Sciences l Page 28

60 2. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED SCIENCES 2.1. INTRODUCTION & WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF DEPARTMENT Welcome to the Department of Applied Sciences which offers a range of academic programmes at diploma and BTech levels. Academic programmes offered include Consumer Sciences and Analytical Chemistry. The food industry is the largest industry in the world and needs highly trained professionals in food science and technology to ensure the supply, quality and safety of food. This field offers diverse and challenging careers and has been designed to provide professional training to those that are interested to pursue their career within the Food Industry, those who are already employed in the food industry and those in other science fields such as: agriculture, nutrition, environmental health, consumer science and other related disciplines. It is ideal for those wishing to increase their professional status and to diversify their career opportunities by providing an increased knowledge base in the food science and technology field. As per the Mining Qualifications Authority report of February 2014, Analytical Chemistry is listed as one of the fields of expertise identified as scarce skills and hence the need to produce more technicians, technologists, analysts, etc. to meet the demands of the economy of the country. Analytical Chemists use their knowledge of chemistry, instrumentation, information technology and mathematical attributes to provide solutions in almost all areas of chemistry and other industries including pharmaceuticals, mining, water, forensics, petrochemicals, health sector, consumer products, polymer world, etc. Students wishing to pursue their careers in Analytical Chemistry can register for the Diploma in Analytical Chemistry and proceed to a BTech programme which will further enhance their knowledge in advanced wet chemistry and instrumentation techniques. The Department operates from two delivery sites, namely, Potsdam and College Street. In Potsdam, the Department offers National Diploma in Analytical Chemistry and Bachelor of Technology in Chemistry programmes. In College Street, the Department offers Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition General Mission of the Department The mission of the department is to become a centre of excellence both in teaching and research and serve as a provincially recognised leader in undergraduate and graduate programmes that prepare students for leadership roles in academia. Our direct aim is to give young people in the Eastern Cape and beyond the hope and opportunity to realise their scientific aspirations and at the same time, foster economic growth that will create job opportunities. The Department focuses on creating a future cadre of professionals trained within the broad continuum of food and nutrition by coupling deep expertise within specific focus areas Vision of the Department The vision of the Department is to direct its efforts to becoming a nationally-ranked department that advances and integrates nutrition and food science through excellence in learning. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 29

61 Goals of the Department The Department will serve as a major research centre, with well-equipped laboratories and highly qualified and competent staff. It applies marketing and advertising principles to describe consumer behavior in food selection in order to build and achieve excellence in teaching and engage actively in community partnership programmes Staffing Academic Staff Academic Staff Senior Lecturer Senior Lecturer Senior Lecturer Senior Lecturer Lecturer Dr TN Mandindi, [PhD-Ethnobotany-Indigenous Food and medicinal plant Science]: (University of Fort Hare-SA) MSc. Nutritional Science, Food Science and Food Technology: (University of Western Sydney-Australia); BHome Economics: (University of Zululand-SA); FDET[Further Diploma in Technology Education]: Rhodes University-SA) Mr MD Manamela, MSc (UFH) Mr Z Rahman, MSc ChemEng (King Abdul Aziz) Mr J Valiathazhel, BSc (Kerala), Med (Rhodes), N5 Computer Prac, FDE Mathematics & Science, CertPrac Physical Science (RAU) Ms T Mafu, BSc [Honours] Home Economics (Univ. of Stellenbosch) Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer (contract) Lecturer (contract) Lecturer (contract) Ms J Wilkinson, HDE Home Economics (UCT), Specialised Diploma in School Media Science, certificate in general management Mrs N Xamlashe, B Home Economics (UZ) Mrs C Toma, MSc ChemEng (Univ. Polytechnic Bucharest) Vacant Mrs V Dyeshana, ND: AnalChem (PET), BTech (ML Sultan), MTech (NMMU) Mrs E Mopp, BSc Hons, MSc (Rhodes) Mrs V Mazwi, BSc Hons (UFH) Ms N Caga, BSc Hons, MSc (UFH) Mr T Hasheni, BSc Hons, PGCE (UFH) Ms N Rebe, MTech: Education (CPUT), BTech: Technology (CPUT), ND: Education: Home Economics (BT) Ms N Sidzamba, BA Human Ecology (Univ. of Western Cape) Mrs L van Heerden, BSc Home Economics (Univ. of Orange Free State) Lecturer (contract) Ms N Dlova, BTech Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition (CPUT); ND: Department of Applied Sciences l Page 30

62 Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition (BT) Lecturer (Part-time) Vacant Administrative & Academic Support Staff Academic Secretary Academic Secretary Laboratory Technician Laboratory Technician Ms L Kentane ND OMT (ECT) Ms S Pikini, ND OMT, BTech Business Admin (WSU) Mr W Mopp, ND: AnalChem (Pentech) Vacant Laboratory Technician Mrs V Melane, B Tech Tourism, [BT], ND: Education: Home Economics [Border Technikon] Laboratory Assistant (contract) Ms S Mbulawa, ND: Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition (BT); B-Tech Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition(CPUT) 2.4. STUDENT SOCIETIES IN THE DEPARTMENT Analytical Chemistry SCIENTECH, a society for science students, represents the aspirations and needs of students of Analytical Chemistry. They host a variety of activities during the course of the year including inspirational talks from leaders in industry and recognise academic excellence by awarding certificates and other prizes for outstanding performance. Participation of students in such activities ultimately reveals their somewhat hidden leadership and organisational skills which can be honed and become useful in future Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition The students of Consumer Sciences have joined forces with others from Fine Art and Fashion to form a strong society of Technologists, called the Art, design and Food Science Society. The society is independently managed by the students with guidance from the SRC. There is an exciting yearly programme that is followed for the furtherance of educational activities of the students. These programmes enhance leadership and organisational qualities as well as help to unleash other potential talents of students, as it is where students express themselves freely in all aspects of their educational activities. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 31

63 2.5 PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry Programmes offered Duration (years) Delivery Sites National Diploma Analytical Chemistry: Extended 4 Potsdam National Diploma Analytical Chemistry 3 Potsdam Bachelor of Technology: Chemistry 1 Potsdam National Diploma: Food And Consumer Sciences Department Programmes offered Duration Delivery Sites Consumer Science: Food & Nutrition ND: Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition Extended Programme 4 yrs College Street Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where Programmes are offered Accredited by SAQA. 2.6 PURPOSE OF QUALIFICATION National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry National Diploma (Analytical Chemistry, EDP) Graduates of this course may work as chemists and technicians in product and process development and quality control. Employment may be in a laboratory, production, or sales environments. Industries such as petrochemical, pharmaceutical, mining, metallurgy and educational institutions employ graduates from this course. Opportunities exist for graduates to pursue further educational qualifications. Graduates may apply for full membership of SACI (South African Chemical Institute). Bachelor of Technology (Chemistry) Graduates of this course are able to devise and apply specialised strategies and relevant management principles in quality control (QC) and research and development (R & D). They may work as chemists, supervising technicians and technologists in product and process development and quality control. Employment may be in a laboratory, production, or sales environments. Industries such as petrochemical, pharmaceutical, mining, metallurgy and educational institutions employ graduates from this course. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 32

64 National Diploma: Consumer Science: Food & Nutrition The course provides learners with knowledge, specific skills and applied competence in the field of the Nutrition and Food Science Industry that provide opportunities for continued personal intellectual growth, gainful economic activity and rewarding contributions to society. To provide South Africa with a significant number of Food Scientists, assistant Nutritionists and Food Quality Control personnel and towards further training to become Food Scientists, Nutritionists and to promote food products. If students take a further qualification in education, they can teach Consumer Studies in the GET and FET bands to ensure a widening of the local innovative and knowledge-based entrepreneurial base. The course is designed to train students for the food manufacturing and retail industries and small entrepreneurial food operations [SMMEs]. Students specialise in various aspects of fresh convenience food development, production, management and marketing for the industry. It provides the educational base required for eligibility for registration as candidate practising as Food Scientist/Technologists. 2.7 Entrepreneurship and professional development of students Analytical Chemistry The National Diploma is not only aimed at producing graduates who may be employed as chemists and technicians in industries such as the petrochemical, pharmaceutical, mining, metallurgy and educational institutions, but also producing job-creators or employers in their fields of study as entrepreneurs. Subjects such as Entrepreneurial Skills offered by the qualification encourage this kind of development of students. Professional membership of staff and graduates with bodies, such as the South African Chemical Institute (SACI), the South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions (SACNASP), is encouraged Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition As the name of the Department/Programme suggests, coupled with the vision and mission statement of the Department, we as the Department strive to contribute to the development of entrepreneurial skills of the students by a continuous exposure to entrepreneurial lectures, as well as theoretical principles in order to entrench the enterprise principles. The programme culminates in four months internship / integrative education in the industry. After obtaining the diploma in the qualification, students are encouraged to join professional bodies, and to consider the possibilities for further study. [Please contact the relevant Department for more information regarding this]. The Department also encourages students and staff to become student members of the various professional and institutional bodies. Those we currently receive support from are SAAFECS and SAAFoST. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 33

65 2.8 Career Opportunities Analytical Chemistry Chemical, agricultural, pharmaceutical, mining and textile industries Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition The National Diploma: Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition may lead to various career paths with the following employment opportunities in a variety of roles: In food companies as customer development consultant in sales In the marketing department including brand management and market research In channel management; product development; recipe development Fresh produce development technologist or a consumer affairs consultant In food companies as Quality Controllers/ Quality Assurers to ensure that the products are of good quality (HACCP). 2.9 PROGRAMME INFORMATION Minimum admission requirements (Analytical Chemistry) National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry (Mainstream or Extended) A Senior Certificate or equivalent qualification with a minimum of a D-symbol in Mathematics, Physical Science and English (SG or HG) or, E-symbol in Mathematics, Physical Science and English(HG). A prospective student must have an NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40 % to 49%) in each the subjects; English (as a home language or first additional language level), Mathematics and Physical Science. Admission Point Score (APS) required: 30 However, applicants with an APS of between 24 and 29 will be invited for standardised assessment tests for admission and placement (SATAP). All the admitted students will then be subjected to a standardised assessment test for admission and placement (SATAP) OR National Benchmarking Tests (NBT). Based on the Matric symbols and SATAP OR NBT results, students will be placed either into the mainstream or extended programme. Please note: If the symbol attained in one of the three subjects (English, Mathematics or Physical Sciences) is one level below the entrance requirement (e.g. NSC rating 3 instead of rating 4), the applicant will not be considered for the extended programme pending the outcome of the SATAP/NBT. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 34

66 Minimum Admission Requirements (Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition) National Senior Certificate Accumulated Point Score Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not compulsory) Other 29 NSC achievement rating of at least 3 English (4) Life Sciences(3) Physics(3) Grade 12/ Matric Consumer/Hospitality studies (3) Mathematics/ Maths literacy (3)/ Accounting (3) NCV-4 from the FETs - Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met. A Senior Certificate or equivalent qualification with a minimum of: E symbol or (3-4)(HG) in English (Second Language) D symbol (SG) or (3-4)E symbol (HG) in Life Sciences/Biology and D symbol (SG) or (3-4)E symbol (HG) in Physical Sciences FET Colleges Graduates from FET Colleges with a N6 qualification in the related field, of which all N5 and N6 subjects/courses obtained a minimum of 50%, are allowed to submit their academic records and apply for the credits for the first year of study in the ND Consumer Sciences: Food and Nutrition. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL is undertaken by WSU in line with the principles of the National Qualifications Framework (NQF). It is undertaken within the context of the University s commitment to broaden access to higher education and increase the number of graduates. RPL can accelerate progress through learning programmes and contribute to the increased mobility of students across higher education institutions and other learning contexts. RPL takes at least three months to process depending on whether or not all the requirements have been submitted. RPL candidates/applicants need to gather all the evidence required by the Institution to prepare for the assessment. Secondly, WSU needs time to assess your application. Once approved, there are administrative procedures that the application must go through, before the successful RPL applicant can register as a student. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Department of Applied Sciences l Page 35

67 Mature Age Endorsement [as per General Prospectus Rule G1.6] Good scores will be are required in the following subjects: D symbol or (4-7 for 3 yr Dip, 4-7 for 4 yr dip) (HG) in English (Second Language) C symbol (SG) or (3-7 for 3 yr Dip, 3-7 for 4 yr Dip) E symbol (HG) in Life Sciences/Biology and C symbol (SG) or (3-7 for 3 yr Dip, 3-7 for 4 yr Dip) E symbol (HG) in Physical Sciences For any queried results, interviews will be arranged PROGRAMME RULES General Programme Rules National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry Compulsory 6 months experiential training is part of this programme Progression rules National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry Extended Programme Unless a student achieves at least 75 % of credits of the subjects offered in year 1 (including Chemistry 1), he/she will be excluded from the ND: Analytical Chemistry (Extended Programme). Core subjects include Chemistry I, Analytical Chemistry I, Physics I and Mathematics I and skills subjects include Life Skills and Communication Skills. The maximum number of years that a student may take in the first two years (extended part) of the programme is three years National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry Students registered for the National Diploma in Analytical Chemistry will only progress to the next semester (S2) after achieving at least 50 % of the credits of the subjects registered for, including Chemistry I. From S2 to S3, the student must have completed at least 50 % credits or more of the overall year 1 (S1 & S2) subjects. Students from S3 can proceed to S4 provided they successfully complete all the subjects from S1 and have pass at least 50 % of the credits of the subjects registered for in S2 and S3. From S4 to S5, a student must have successfully completed all First year subjects (S1 & S2) and passed at least 50 % credits or more of the subjects in Second year (S3 & S4). Department of Applied Sciences l Page 36

68 Students can only register for experiential training provided they have successfully completed all the exit level subjects, namely, Organic Chemistry III, Physical Chemistry III, Inorganic Chemistry III, Analytical Chemistry III (theory and practical). Students will be allowed to register for subjects in higher levels provided prerequisites for the subjects are met. A student who fails a subject twice will not be allowed to re-register for the same subject at WSU. Students are not allowed to register for subjects in all three semester periods simultaneously, i.e. S1, S3 and S Completion Rules Students must complete a minimum of 360 credits for both Bachelor of Science and Diploma programmes in Analytical Chemistry. Students must complete a minimum of 480 credits for the 4 year BSc (Chemistry) programme General Programme Rules (Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition) A student should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, he/she automatically becomes a member of the University and agrees to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University (as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the General Prospectus) Class Attendance All classes, including tutorials and site visits are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. The lecturer will keep a register of students class attendance that is used as part of the assessment of student performance Semester Tests, Laboratory Work, Site Visits and Assignments Students who are absent from semester tests, practical /laboratory work, site visits, or who fail to submit assignments or projects before or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment unit, unless the lecturer is provided with a written certificate (within 7 days after the test) from a medical doctor/dentist to confirm that he/she was ill. No more than one semester major assessment (e.g. test) may be missed. All of the institution s rules/regulations in this regard will also be applicable Course Evaluation Students will be required to complete Evaluation forms on Course Offering and Instructor for each subject at the end of the course Code of Conduct The main focus is for students to study and learn. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 37

69 The lecturer and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning. To promote such a learning environment the students and lecturer: Undertake to be respectful of each other. Commit themselves to perform our work in a diligent and responsible manner. Understand that students are encouraged to ask questions. Undertake to be punctual in attendance of all classes. Undertake to keep venues clean and tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside our classrooms. Undertake to take care for the documentation and equipment issued and of the equipment that is used in practicals or in the classroom Progression Rules Re-Admission of Existing Students Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students. In addition, the Department of Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition applies the specific criteria for re-admission, which are derived from the above-mentioned rules. In the case where a student has failed subjects, the subsequent subject enrolment will be determined by the following guidelines. Where a student has failed a subject in Extended 1 (One), he/she will be allowed to carry over the failed subject to Extended II (Two), depending on the number of subjects failed. If the failed subject (s) clashes with a certain subject in Extended II the student will do the failed subject (s) first, therefore, timetable clashes will NOT be permitted. If a student fails the same subject twice, the student is not allowed to re-register for that particular subject. Since the programme will be starting the recurriculated programme in 2016, the students who will be admitted in the 2015 extended programme will be required to automatically follow the new curriculum in Exit Rules A student who at the end of their year of graduation has only one outstanding course to complete, and the course was done but failed the previous year, could be allowed to write a special exam. Special exam rules will apply: Students should have completed all their final year major subjects at WSU for them to graduate in the Programme and can only be credited by up to 50% of the number of courses done outside the Institution- WSU, for them to qualify to graduate at WSU. It is compulsory to complete Work Integrated Learning before the student can qualify for graduation Completion Rules All courses and modules must be completed, including Experiential Training, before one qualifies for graduation Exclusion Rules Department of Applied Sciences l Page 38

70 The minimum period is three years. However a maximum of five years is allowed. If the student does not graduate after the maximum period, he/she will not be allowed to register. All other exclusion rules explained in the General Prospectus of the university will apply (Refer General Prospectus: Page 53, Rule G7 (7.1, 7.2, 7.3). (a) Extended Period At the end of Academic Period (year) Minimum credits that student must have obtained for Extended Programme PROGRAMME OFFERINGS Curriculum National Diploma Analytical Chemistry Table 1: Programme Curriculum Year level Semester Course or Module Code Credits CHEMISTRY I(T & P) CHM11P3 15 COMMUNICATION SKILLS I CSK MATHEMATICS I MAT PHYSICS I(T & P) I PHY ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 1 ACH11P ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II ACH21P3 12 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY: PRACTICAL II ANAP INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (T & P) INC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (T & P) ORC PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (T & P) PHC COMPUTER SKILLS I CCP PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III (T & P) INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III (T & P) PHC INC Department of Applied Sciences l Page 39

71 Year level Semester Course or Module Code Credits ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III (T & P) ORC CHEMICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE CQA ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY III ACH31P4 24 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY:PRACTICAL III ANAP PHYSICS II PHY MATHEMATICS II MAT POLYMER CHEMISTRY POCH CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES II CPI ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS I ENS OR CHEMISTRY PROJECT III CHE EXPERIENTIAL TRAINING CHEMPRA Pre-Requisite and Co-Requisite Subjects for National Diploma Analytical Chemistry (Regular) and the National Diploma Analytical Chemistry Extended Programme. Table 1: Programme Curriculum: Pre-Requisite and Co-Requisite Subjects Subject Pre-requisite Co-requisite Semester 2 Analytical Chemistry II Analytical Chemistry I, Chemistry I Analytical Chemistry: Practical II Analytical Chemistry: Practical II Analytical Chemistry I Analytical Chemistry II Inorganic Chemistry II Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Chemistry I Physical Chemistry II Chemistry I, Physics I, Mathematics I Department of Applied Sciences l Page 40

72 Semester 3 Computer Skills I Inorganic Chemistry III Inorganic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry III Organic Chemistry II Physical Chemistry III Physical Chemistry II Semester 4 Analytical Chemistry: Practical III Analytical Chemistry: Practical II Analytical Chemistry III Analytical Chemistry III Analytical Chemistry II Analytical Chemistry: Practical III Chemical Quality Assurance Analytical Chemistry: Practical II Semester 5 Mathematics II Mathematics I Physics II Physics I Chemical Process Industries II Inorganic Chemistry II Polymer Chemistry Organic Chemistry II Entrepreneurial Skills Semester 6 Chemical Industry-Practical Analytical Chemistry III, Analytical Chemistry: Practical III Department of Applied Sciences l Page 41

73 National Diploma Analytical Chemistry (Extended Programme) Table 3: Programme Curriculum Year level Semester Course Code Credits EXTENDED CHEMISTRY (T & P) CHM11E EXTENDED COMMUNICATION SKILLS CSK11E EXTENDED MATHEMATICS MAT11E EXTENDED PHYSICS (T & P) PHY11E EXTENDED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 1 ACH11E EXTENDED LIFE SKILLS LIF11E EXTENDED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II ACH21E0 0.1 EXTENDED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL II ANAE EXTENDED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (T & P) INC21E0 0.1 EXTENDED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (T & P) ORC21E0 0.1 EXTENDED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (T & P) PHC21E0 0.1 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III (T & P) ORC COMPUTER SKILLS I CCP PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III (T & P) PHC INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III (T & P) INC ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY III (T) ACH31P ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL III ANAP CHEMICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE CQA ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS ENS MATHEMATICS II MAT PHYSICS II PHY CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES II CPI POLYMER CHEMISTRY II POCH OR CHEMISTRY PROJECT III* CHE3113/ CHEMICAL INDUSTRY: PRACTICAL CHEMPRA 0.5 Department of Applied Sciences l Page 42

74 Pre-requisites & co-requisites The prerequisites for the National Diploma Analytical Chemistry Extended Programme are the same as those for the National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry (regular) programme National Diploma: Food and Consumer Science Programme Structure and Curriculum Level Description Ext EXTENDED 1A 1 Business Management 1A EBMA Computer Skills 1A ECOS Communication: English Language 1A ECOMM Communication: Xhosa Language 1A ECOM1AO 12 1 Communication 1 Culinary French1A ECOM1BO 12 1 Physiology Food 1A EPHF Physical Science 1A EPHS Food And Food Science 1A EFFS Nutrition 1A ENUT Mathematical literacy 1A EMATL Life Skills 1A ELIFE Total Core modules Electives Required 0 Total level credits EXTENDED 1B Level Description Ext 1 Computer Skills 1B ECOS Communication: English Language 1B ECOMM Physiology Food 1B EPHF Physical Science 1B EPHS Department of Applied Sciences l Page 43

75 1 Food And Food Science 1B EFFS Nutrition 1B ENUT Total Core modules Electives Required 0 Total level credits EXTENDED 2 2 Food Microbiology FOM Food And Beverage Studies FOB Food Communication FOC Food And Food Science FFS Nutrition NUT Total Core modules Electives Required 0 Total level credits EXTENDED 3 3 Nutrition 3 NUT Food And Food Science 3 FFS Food Communication 3 FOC Consumer Behavior1 CON Behavioural Studies: Food Service 1 BFS Food: Experiential Training FEXPR Preliminary Wine Course [part of FFS 3113] PWC Total Core modules Electives Required Total level credits Department of Applied Sciences l Page 44

76 2.12 CORE SYLLABI OF PROGRAMME SUBJECTS National Diploma: Analytical Chemistry Chemistry I Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration CHM11P3 Chemistry I 5 15 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Chemistry and measurement, Atoms, molecules and ions, Calculations with chemical formulae and equations, Atomic Structure and Periodic table; Introduction to chemical reactions, Quantum theory of the atom, Electron configuration and periodicity, Chemical bonding, Chemical equilibrium in gaseous reactions, Acid baseequilibria, Introduction to Organic Chemistry. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Combination of Grade 12 symbols and SATAP s results Analytical Chemistry I Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ACH11P3 Analytical Chemistry I 5 15 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Introduction to chemical analysis; Titrimetric methods of analysis; Laboratory practice and safety; Analysis of real samples; Statistics; Aqueous solution chemistry; Introduction to electrochemistry; Sampling and sample handling; Decomposing and dissolving samples. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Combination of Grade 12 symbols and SATAP s results Department of Applied Sciences l Page 45

77 Mathematics I Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration MAT1013 See above 5 10 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 2 45 min Content or : Radian Measure; Complex Numbers; Logarithms; Differentiation; Applications of Derivatives; Integration; Determinants; Statistics. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Combination of Grade 12 symbols and SATAP s results Physics I Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration PHY1013 See above 5 10 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Physics and Measurement, Introduction to Vectors, Motion in one dimension, Motion in two dimensions, The laws of Motion, Work, Energy, Power, Momentum, Impulse and Elasticity; Fluid Statics and Dynamics; Heat and Temperature, Heat Transfer, The First Law of Thermodynamics, The Kinetic Theory of Gases, Gas Laws; Electricity and Magnetism, Optics. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Combination of Grade 12 symbols and SATAP s results Communication Skills I Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration CSK1113 See above 5 10 Semester Department of Applied Sciences l Page 46

78 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 2 45 min 2 45 min Content or : Study skills and Oral presentation (Academic Tertiary Skills, Communication Theory, Oral Communication, Business Correspondence, Technical Writing, Meetings, Visual Communication, Mass Communication and Advertising). Assessment: The final mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects and tests. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Combination of Grade 12 symbols and SATAP s results Analytical Chemistry II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ACH21P4 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Gravimetric methods of analysis; Elimination of interferences; Application of statistics to data treatment and evaluation; Acid Base titrations and theory behind titration curves; Precipitation titrations and theory behind titration curves; Complex-formation titrations and theory behind titration curves; Redox titrations and theory behind titration curves; Separation methods and Introduction to chromatography. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Chemistry I and Analytical Chemistry I Analytical Chemistry II Practical Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ANAP214 Analytical Chemistry Practical II 5 12 Semester Department of Applied Sciences l Page 47

79 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min Content or : Experiments based on the topics covered in Analytical Chemistry II (ACH21P4). Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Analytical Chemistry I Inorganic Chemistry II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration INC2114 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Chemical bonds, geometry, acids and bases, occurrences and extraction of metals, hydrogen and the alkali metals, the chemistry of group II-VII elements. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ORC2114 Organic Chemistry II 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Department of Applied Sciences l Page 48

80 Content or : Structure and bonding in Organic Chemistry; Saturated hydrocarbons; Unsaturated hydrocarbons, alkenes, alkynes and dienes; Benzene and its derivatives; Organic compounds with halogen; Alcohols, Phenols and ethers; Carbonyl compounds; Carboxylic acids; Derivatives of the carboxylic acids: Esters, Acid halides, Anhydrides, Amides and Nitriles; Amines. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Chemistry I Physical Chemistry II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration PHC2114 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min 15 Content or : Gases; Liquids; Reaction Kinetics; Chemical Equilibrium; Colloids; Electrochemistry; Colligative Properties of Solutions. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Chemistry I, Physics I & Mathematics I Inorganic Chemistry III Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration INC3113 Inorganic Chemistry III 5 17 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Department of Applied Sciences l Page 49

81 Content or : Bonding theories, coordination chemistry, chemistry of the first row transition metals, Chemistry of the group IA and IB metals. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Inorganic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry III Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ORC3113 See above 5 17 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min 15 Content or : Structure elucidation in Organic Chemistry; Stereochemistry; Organic Reactions; Aromatic chemistry; Reaction Mechanisms: a detailed approach; Chemistry of natural products: carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids and proteins. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Organic Chemistry II Physical Chemistry III Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration PHC3113 See above 5 17 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 6 45 min 4 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Thermodynamics (First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics the concepts); Phases, Solutions and Phase Equilibria; Electrochemistry; Reaction Kinetics; Surface Chemistry; Solid State. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 50

82 Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites : Physical Chemistry II Analytical Chemistry III Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ACH3114 See above 5 24 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Signal and noise; Properties of electromagnetic radiation; Instrumentation common to spectroscopic techniques; Atomic spectroscopy (absorption and emission); Molecular spectroscopy; Electro-analysis; Chromatography; Other separation methods; Thermal analysis. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Analytical Chemistry II Analytical Chemistry III Practical Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ANAP314 See above 5 24 Semester Practicals per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Signal and noise; Properties of electromagnetic radiation; Instrumentation common to spectroscopic techniques; Atomic spectroscopy (absorption and emission); Molecular spectroscopy; Electro-analysis; Chromatography; Other separation methods; Thermal analysis. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical reports and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Analytical Chemistry II Department of Applied Sciences l Page 51

83 Chemical Quality Assurance Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration CQA1114 See above 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Quality Assurance Systems; Laboratory Accreditation/Standards (ISO 17025/ISO 9000/ISO 14001); Advanced Statistical Treatment of Data in Analytical Chemistry; Optimisation and Calibration of Analytical Instruments. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Analytical Chemistry II Polymer Chemistry II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration POCH213 Polymer Chemistry 5 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Introduction to Polymer Science; Step-growth polymerisation; Free radical addition polymerisation; Ionic and coordination polymerisation; Stereo specific polymerisation; Polymerisation systems; Degradation of polymers; The poly-olefins and other carbon-chain polymers; Synthetic rubbers; Other hetero-chain step-growth polymers; Molar mass determination and characterisation of composition and molecular microstructure of polymers. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Organic Chemistry II Department of Applied Sciences l Page 52

84 Chemical Process Industries II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration CPI2113 See above 5 12 Semester Practicals per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Inorganic Chemicals; Coal Refining; Petroleum Refining; Iron and Steel; Paper and Pulp; Synthetic Rubber (optional extra); Plastics (optional extra); Vegetable Oils and Fats (optional extra); Other Chemical Related Industries (optional Extra). Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Organic Chemistry II Mathematics II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration MAT2113 See above 5 12 Semester Practicals per Tutorials per Number of s Notional Hours 8 45 min 1 45 min Content or : Matrix Algebra; Hyperbolic Functions; Parametric Equations; Newton's Method; Partial Differentiation and partial differentiation applications; Integration Techniques and integration applications; First Order Ordinary Differential Equations. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Mathematics I Department of Applied Sciences l Page 53

85 Physics II Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration PHY2113 Physics II 5 12 Semester Practicals per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 8 45 min 1 45 min 15 Content or : Quantum Physics; Optics; Optical Instrumentation; Magnetic Forces and Fields; Electronics; Flow Dynamics; Nuclear Physics. Assessment: Semester mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on tutorials, assignments, projects and tests. The final mark will be obtained from the semester mark and examination mark. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: Physics I National Diploma: Consumer Science: Food and Nutrition LEVEL 1A: EXTENDED PROGRAMME Based on the old FET credits Code Course NQF Level Credit Duration EFFS 110 FOOD AND FOOD SCIENCE 1A Food production per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min = 2.15 Content / 7 x 45 = per 2 s Theory: 1. Theory Recipes: analysis, evaluation, development Food production: Source: choice/purchasing; composition/structure; preparation/cooking methods; proportion/classics; chemistry/reactions/properties of: Cereals and grains, dough, batters and leavens, eggs, dairy products, fish, food production: preparation of basic dishes to reinforce theory. Emphasis on proportions, techniques, skills and presentation. Experimental work: The Experimental approach, sensory evaluation, wheat and grains, batters, doughs and raising agents, fruit and vegetables, salads, legumes, eggs dairy products and flour Department of Applied Sciences l Page 54

86 mixtures. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), Ten class tests (CT), Four assignments (AA). Eight tutorials = CA/DP=40% A practical assessment (PA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA) = 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) (practical and theory) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60% (CA) + 40% (CA/DP). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EPHF 110 PHYSIOLOGY 1A Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4x 0.45min Non non Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory Units: The foundation of Physiology, Cell Physiology, Plasma and Membrane Potentials, Neuronal & Hormonal Communication, Central Nervous system, Central nervous system, peripheral Nerves, Muscle Physiology, Cardiac Physiology, Blood vessels, blood, Body defenses, Respiratory system, Urinary system, Fluid and acid balance, Digestive system, Energy Balance, Principles & central endocrine glands, peripheral endocrine glands, reproductive system. Assignments: no assignments but six tests. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), Six class tests (CT), One assignment (AA), One presentation, an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = 40% + examination(ea) 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (= 40 %( CA) + 60 %( EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 55

87 Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ENUT 110 NUTRITION 1A Year 1+2 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 0.45min non 2x45min Content / Theory Units: Includes the way the body handles nutrients, their functions, requirements and dietary sources. It is divided into macronutrients (carbohydrates, lipids and proteins), micronutrients (vitamins, minerals and water), energy and food and nutrition guides (e.g. Food Group Guide, MyPyramid and Food-based Dietary Guidelines). Assignments: Consists of 2 assignments give in each semester. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), eight class tests (CT), three assignments (AA), 8 tutorial assignments (TA), an examination (EA) and a reexamination (RA). CA/DP = 40%(TT) + EA = 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EPHS110 PHYSICAL SCIENCE 1A Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 2x 0.45 NONE Content/ Theory: 1. Focuses on measurements, optics and electricity. Basic quantitative skills component: Includes calculations, ratios, and fractions. Inorganic chemistry component: A foundational study of matter, acids, bases and salts with some solution chemistry and strengths. The basic chemical principles are applied to the food processing environment. Biochemistry component: Includes the basics of organic chemistry with emphasis on major functional groups before dealing with carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, Department of Applied Sciences l Page 56

88 enzymes and DNA macro-molecules. Practical application: Includes measurements, acids, ph and laboratory tests on proteins, fats and carbohydrates. Practicals: Consist of 2 practicals every. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA), 2 tutorial assignments (TA), 1 practical assessment (PA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = (TT) + (PA)=40% + 60%(EA) Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment CA = 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%-49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ECOMM1A0 Communicatio n 1 Language Y- XHOSA year NONE NONE Number of s 3 x 45 min 2x Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Oral communication. Written communication. Meeting procedure. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA), 2 tutorial assignments Examination no examination Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ECOMM10 Communication 1 Language Y - ENGLISH Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s NONE NONE Content/ Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Types of communication, breakdown in barriers, demographics, non verbal communication, intercultural communication, report Department of Applied Sciences l Page 57

89 writing, memorandum writing, business letter, meetings, and oral presentation. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA) Examination (Compulsory): no examination given.). Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EBMA110 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min none none Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Introduction to management, planning, organising, leading, control. Business management, human resources management, starting your own business. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), fiver class tests (CT), four assignments (AA Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment CA = 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%-49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ECOS110 COMPUTER SKILLS 1 A Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x x1hr Content/ Assessment and progression Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Introduction theory on information and communications technology. MS Word, MS PowerPoint. Introduction to internet search engines and . Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA), 5 tutorial assignments (TA), (PA), an examination (EA) and a re- Department of Applied Sciences l Page 58

90 rules examination (RA). CA = (TT) + (PA)=40% + 60%(EA) Examination (Compulsory): no examination Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ECOM1B0 CONVERSATIONA L FRENCH Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s x 45 min x Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Oral communication. Written communication. Meeting procedure. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA), 2 tutorial assignments Examination (Compulsory): No examination given. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ELIF110 Life Skills Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s NONE NONE Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Module 1-26: Physical Well-being, Zoonotic Disorder and HIV / AIDS, Psychosocial Wellbeing, Spiritual Wellbeing, Goal Setting and Long term Planning Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Informal and Formative Tests, Assignments, Quizzes Examination (Compulsory): No examination given. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 59

91 Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EMATL10 MATHEMATICAL LITERACY Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min NONE NONE Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 7 in year Examination (Compulsory): No examination given. LEVEL 1B: EXTENDED PROGRAMME Based on the old FET credits Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EFFS 210 FOOD AND FOOD SCIENCE 1B Food production per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min = 2.15 Content/ Assessment and progression rules 7 x 45 = per 2 s Theory: 1. Theory Recipes: analysis, evaluation, development Food production: Source: choice/purchasing; composition/structure; preparation/cooking methods; proportion/classics; chemistry/reactions/properties of: Cereals and grains, dough, batters and leavens, eggs, dairy products, fish, food production: preparation of basic dishes to reinforce theory. Emphasis on proportions, techniques, skills and presentation. Experimental work: The Experimental approach, sensory evaluation, wheat and grains, batters, doughs and raising agents, fruit and vegetables, salads, legumes, eggs dairy products and flour mixtures. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), 6 class tests (CT), two assignments (AA). = CA/DP=40% A practical assessment (PA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA) = 60% Department of Applied Sciences l Page 60

92 Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) (practical and theory) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60% (CA) + 40% (CA/DP). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EPHF 210 PHYSIOLOGY 1B Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4x 0.45min None None Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory Units: The foundation of Physiology, Cell Physiology, Plasma and Membrane Potentials, Neuronal & Hormonal Communication, Central Nervous system, Central nervous system, peripheral Nerves, Muscle Physiology, Cardiac Physiology, Blood vessels, blood, Body defenses, Respiratory system, Urinary system, Fluid and acid balance, Digestive system, Energy Balance, Principles & central endocrine glands, peripheral endocrine glands, reproductive system. Assignments: no assignments but six tests. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), six class tests (CT), One assignment (AA), One presentation, an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = 40% + examination(ea) 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (= 40 %( CA) + 60 %( EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ENUT 210 NUTRITION 1B Lectures per Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3X 0.45min None 2x45min Content / Assessment and progression Theory Units: Nutrition concepts, Planning a healthy diet, Digestion, Carbohydrates, Vitamins, Water, Minerals Energy and Metabolism, and Alcohol Assignments: Consists of 2 assignments give in each semester. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), eight class tests (CT), Two assignments (AA), 8 tutorial assignments (TA), an examination (EA) and a re- Department of Applied Sciences l Page 61

93 rules examination (RA). CA/DP = 40%(TT) + EA = 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration EPHS210 PHYSICAL SCIENCE 1B Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 2 x 0.45 None Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry and physics Practicals: Consist of 2 practicals every. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA), 2 tutorial assignments (TA), 1 practical assessment (PA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = (TT) + (PA)=40% + 60%(EA) Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment CA = 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%-49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ECOMM20 COMMUNICATI ON 11- LANGUAGE Y: ENGLISH Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s None None Content/ Assessment and Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Types of communication, breakdown in barriers, demographics, non verbal communication, intercultural communication, report writing, memorandum writing, business letter, meetings, and oral presentation. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four Department of Applied Sciences l Page 62

94 progression rules assignments (AA), Examination (Compulsory): No examination given. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration ECOS210 COMPUTER SKILLS 1B Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4x x1hr Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Introduction theory on information and communications technology. MS Word, MS PowerPoint. Introduction to internet search engines and . Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), four assignments (AA), 5 tutorial assignments (TA), (PA), an examination (EA) and a reexamination (RA). CA = (TT) + (PA)=40% + 60%(EA) Examination (Compulsory): no examination EXTENDED 11 Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration NUT2110 NUTRITION Pracs per Tutorials per Number s of 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: The nutritional needs and dietary practices required for the maintenance and promotion of wellness throughout the life cycle are studied. Nutritional status assessment, allergies and intolerances and weight management. World food and nutrition problems, South African food choices and dietary habit are studied. Practical application: Meal and menu planning Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), two assignments (AA), two presentations, 8 tutorial assignments (TA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA/DP = 40%(TT) + EA = 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + Department of Applied Sciences l Page 63

95 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration FOC2110 FOOD COMMUNICATIO N Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 5 x 45 min - 32 Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Presentations. 2. Communication Methods 3. Demonstrations 4. Visual Aids. 5. Basic creative writing (press release, fax, ) 6. Sales Promotion. 7. Introduction to Food Styling Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), three class tests (CT), six presentations (AA), 2 tutorial assignments (TA), an examination (EA) and a reexamination (RA). CA/DP = 40%(TT) + EA = 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration FFS 2110 FOOD AND FOOD SCIENCE Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 7 x x 1hr Content/ Assessment and Theory: 1. Units, Module 1: Water, beverages, Frozen Desserts, Sugar and Cookery, Gelatine, Meat, Poultry, Stocks, Soup, Sauces, Fats and Oils, Preservation, Sandwiches. Practicals: Consist of two experiments and 10 practical chosen from approved food science sections. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), six class tests (CT), two Department of Applied Sciences l Page 64

96 progression rules assignments (AA), four presentations (P), 1 practical assessment (PA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = (TT) + (PA)=40% + 60%(EA) Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment CA = 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%-49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration FMI 111O FOOD MICROBIOLGY Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 0.45min None 6 x1hr Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory Units: Microbiology& food materials, growth& survival of microorganisms in food, food preservation, food commodities, bacterial agents of food borne illness, non bacterial agents of food borne illness, beneficial microorganism fermentation and controlling the microbiology quality of foods Assignments: Consists of 5 assignments. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), four class tests (CT), two assignments, one presentation (AA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = 40% + examination(ea) 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (= 40 %( CA) + 60 %( EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%. EXTENDED 111 Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration FFS 2110 FOOD AND FOOD SCIENCE Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 7 x x1hr Content/ Theory: 1. Sensory evaluation. 2. Recipe & Product development 3. Convenience foods 4. Cultural foods. 5. Food additives 6. Food packaging & Labelling. 7. Food Legislation 8. Quality Assurance 9. New Food Trends Department of Applied Sciences l Page 65

97 Practicals:: Application ( practical activities) based on theory lessons which include experiments and product development Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), two class tests (CT), three assignments (AA), 2 tutorial assignments (TA), 1 practical assessment (PA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = (TT) + (PA)=40% + 60%(EA) Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment CA = 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%-49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration FOC 3113 FOOD COMMUNICATI ON Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 0.45min 7 x 0.45 Non Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory Units: Market research, Advertising, Personal Selling, Sales Promotion. Public relations, Promotional copy, Visual merchandising, Assessed sensory laboratory work. Practical work: Recipe and new product development, photography Assignments: Consists of one assignment and one major project given in a semester. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Two equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), two class tests (CT), one assignment (AA), 1 project, an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = 40% + examination(ea) 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (= 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration NUT 3113 NUTRITION Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Department of Applied Sciences l Page 66

98 3 x 0.45min non 6x1hr 16 Content/ Theory Units: Influence on food habits, Religion, Assignments: Consists of 2 assignments give in each term. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), two class tests (CT), two assignments (AA), 1 presentation an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA = 40% + examination(ea) 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (= 40% (CA) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of 40%. 2ND LEVEL CORE PREQUISITE SUBJECTS Based on the old FET credit system Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration FOB 1110 FOOD AND BEVERAGE STUDIES Food production per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 5 x 45 = Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: Recipes, cost control, food production equipment, food purchasing, food commodities, safety in food, hygiene in food production, catering for functions, menu planning, banqueting, food production systems, culinary terminology, service styles and techniques, furnishings and decorating, protocol and etiquette, management and supervision of staff. Food production: Mass catering Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Four equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), ten class tests (CT), ten tutorial assignments (TA), an examination (EA) and a re-examination (RA). CA/DP = 40%(TT) + EA = 60% Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must Department of Applied Sciences l Page 67

99 obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. 3RD LEVEL CORE REQUISITE SUBJECTS Based on the old FET credits Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration BFS 1113 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min Content/ Assessment and progression rules Theory: The individual: Cognitive, Emotion and motivation. The individual within the family, The individual within the workplace, Diversity, Social influences, Group Dynamics., Team work, Stress, Conflict, The individual within the workplace: Leadership, Job satisfaction and productivity, Psychological disorders. Skills training, Stress Management, Conflict management, Problem solving, Personnel psychology, Industrial relations. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), Six class tests (CT), Eight tutorial assignment (AA). CA/DP= all marks accumulated. Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Code Course NQF Level Credits Duration CON1113 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min - 2 x Content/ Theory: Introduction to Consumer behavior, Culture & subculture, Consumer decision making, Market research, Sales promotion Assessment and Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Three equally weighted block assessments and a summative assessment (TT), Four class tests (CT), Two Department of Applied Sciences l Page 68

100 progression rules assignments (AA), 1 presentation. CA/DP= all marks accumulated. Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40% (CA/DP) + 60% (EA). Re-examination (Not compulsory): To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Department of Applied Sciences l Page 69

101 3 DEPARTMENT OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT 3.1. INTRODUCTION & WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT This Departmental Prospectus aims to provide students within the department with an understanding of the structure of the department and the programmes offered. It is our hope that it will guide the student in making informed decisions on course and programme selection. We trust that it will assist students with the successful completion of their academic studies and that it will lead to our ultimate goals for all of our students to be entrepreneurs and to graduate with a qualification of value that meets the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. While academic work should be the cornerstone of your focus at university there is however more to student life than only academic work. Students are therefore encouraged to combine their academic work with other facets of student life through participation in the various student societies. We trust that you will find your studies within the School of Engineering stimulating and rewarding in a journey of lifelong learning. 3.7 DEPARTMENTAL VISION & MISSION Vision of the Department The Department of Built Environment strives to be a leading centre offering innovative Construction Management & Quantity Surveying programmes responsive to national developmental priorities that address societal needs Mission of the Department The mission of the Department is to prepare high quality technological and vocational graduates to meet the career needs of our community and satisfy the requirements of industry and commerce to conduct basic and applied research to contribute to the body of scientific knowledge, to respond to the needs of society and to develop and promote entrepreneurial skills that will enable our graduates to create business enterprises Goals of the Department Working closely with the community and with the essential support of the government, public and private sectors, it seeks to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and physical resources, the department strives to unite students, staff and employers in common goal of improving the quality of life for all. Department of Built Environment l Page 70

102 3.4. Departmental Staff Academic Staff HOD/Senior Lecturer Mr L Ncunyana M Project Mgt. (RMIT Univ), PGDP Public Administration (UFH), B: Tech Education (TSA), NH Dip Building Surveying (PET), MAQS Senior Lecturer Dr MF Manthe PhD Constr. Management, MSc Construction (UPE), BSc (Build Man)(UPE) Senior Lecturer Dr CC Goldswain PhD Constr. Mgt. (NMMU) M- Arch (University of Melbourne), NHD Arch (CapeTech), ND Arch (PE Tech), SAIAT, SACAP Senior Lecturer Mr IT Moss MSc Built Env. (NMMU), PrQS, Pr.CPM, MRICS, PMAQS. Lecturer Mr BA Madumane MTech (Constr. Mgt) Swinburne Univ of Tech - Aus), NHDip Build Surv (PET) Lecturer Mr CJ Elliott PG Dip (Built Env.)(NMMU)NHD (BSurv)(PE Tech), ND (BSurv), MAQS Lecturer(Contract) Mrs V Ngalwa BTech(Constr. Mgt)(TUT) ND(Build)(BT) Lecturer Mr BG Ndaba B Tech (QS) (CPUT), ND(Build)(CPUT) Cum Laude, ND(Elec) (ECT)FDE(Mathematics) (Unitra) Administrative & academic support staff Academic Secretary (Contract) Lab Technician (Contract) Ms NF Nemutandani Miss V Luthuli BTech B Admin(WSU), ND OMTech (WSU), Post Grad Dip(ARM)(UFH) ND(Build)(WSU) 3.5. DEPARTMENTAL RULES General Students should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, they automatically become members of the University and agree to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the official prospectus Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as is described in this Prospectus are not guaranteed but may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available. Department of Built Environment l Page 71

103 Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. It essentially addresses mobility and recognition of units of learning already completed at Technical College, University or other accredited Institutions, as well as Experiential Learning undertaken in industry. Refer to individual programme rules for details. The Department has also drawn up specific guidelines that govern the articulation and outline the RPL requirements that must be met Class attendance Attendance of all classes, including practicals, laboratory work, tutorials and site visits is compulsory. All classes, including tutorials and site visits are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. The lecturer will keep a register of students class attendance that is used as part of the assessment of student performance Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments Students who are absent from semester tests, practicals/lab work site visits, or who fail to submit assignments or projects before or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment unit, unless the lecturer is provided with a written certificate (within 7 days after the test) from a medical doctor/dentist to confirm that he/she was ill. No more than one semester major assessment (e.g. test) may be missed. Any other of the university s rules/regulations in this regard will also be applicable Course Evaluation Students will be required to complete Evaluation forms on Course Offering and Instructor at the end of the course Code of Conduct The main focus for students is as follows: Study and learn. Lecturers and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning. Promote such a learning environment in which the students and lecturers undertake to be respectful of each other. Commit themselves to perform their work in a diligent and responsible manner. Understand that students are encouraged to ask questions. Undertake to be punctual in attendance of all classes. Undertake to keep venues clean and tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside the classroom. Undertake to take care for the documentation and equipment issued and also for the equipment that is used in practicals or in the classroom. Department of Built Environment l Page 72

104 3.6. Programme Information Summary of Programmes Offered Department Programmes offered Duration Delivery Sites Built Environment ND: Building, Main Stream Programme 3yrs Chiselhurst ND: Building, Extended Programme 4yrs Chiselhurst Details of Programmes: Level I : Main Stream (First Year) & Extended Programme Level II (Second Year) Level III (Third Year) Chiselhurst Delivery Site Offered Offered - Industry based Offered Notes 1: Subject to approval by DHET of new Extended Programme and revised enrolment plan NATIONAL DIPLOMA: BUILDING (MAIN STREAM, 3YRS) Accreditation Status of the programme The South African Council for Quantity Surveying Profession (SACQSP) conducted a site visit assessment on 19 and 20 August On completion of the visit the accreditation panel gave a preliminary report stating that they would accredit the programme for a 5-year cycle period as of August 2014 subject to reviewing of certain criterion annually. This, however, will only be confirmed by a written report that will issued by SACQSP in September The department also received accreditation from the South African Council for the Project and Construction Management Professions (SACPCMP) from 2012 until the end of A further accreditation visit is expected during Student Societies in the Department Students are encouraged to register with the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying Student Society at WSU. This is a student initiative that is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students It is part of the mission the Department of Built Environment to instil entrepreneurial skills into its students to support their talents. Therefore, compulsory on-going entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The Department also encourages its students to become student members of the various professional and institutional bodies. After obtaining the diploma qualification, students may apply for registration with the relevant professional bodies. Department of Built Environment l Page 73

105 Career Opportunities This is a broad-based qualification which leads toward two main career paths in the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying professions. Once qualified, students may be employed in construction companies or quantity surveying firms respectively in order to pursue their chosen careers. Other opportunities exist within Local Authority and Government employment as well as with material and equipment manufacturers and suppliers. The vast construction and related industries in South Africa also create opportunities for entrepreneurs to start their own businesses, possibly after gaining some post-qualification experience Purpose of Qualification The purpose of the National Diploma: Building is to train technicians who will display competence within construction and related industries through execution of technical tasks by using and applying their knowledge and independent judgment in the identification and solving of construction related problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in construction and related industries with the main focus on construction management and quantity surveying. Diplomates achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply their skills and related techniques to systematically plan and manage well-defined construction issues, while using appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations showing awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The programme s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: Ability to apply sound principles and technologies to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined construction related problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a construction related environment and to apply knowledge and skills ethically within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structures, style and graphic support. Acquire further knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the environment of the construction industry. Range: Management, Planning, Cost Effectiveness, Development, Construction, Maintenance, Operation, Safety, Quality Assurance, Environmental Concern. The graduate achieving this qualification should, therefore, be able to: Use appropriate quantity surveying techniques in the measurement of well-defined elements/components and undertake preparation of required documentation and cost estimates within applicable standards, codes of practice and legalities. Use appropriate management techniques to plan and manage construction projects, through the pre-contract, contract and post-contract phases of construction projects within application standards, codes of practice and legalities. Follow developments in the construction environment and critique the status of current knowledge. Department of Built Environment l Page 74

106 Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract in the workplace/community. Gather evidence from primary and secondary sources using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise and synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in a construction environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and cares opportunities, and to develop himself/herself professionally, including the ability to proceed to the B-Tech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environment factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. Relate construction activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: In the problem-solving process, the learner is expected to be both creative and critical while working effectively with others as a member of a group, organisation and community, e.g. by demonstrating effectiveness in: o o o o o Individual work and the ability to function in a team situation; Communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. Self-management by organising and management oneself and one s activities responsibly and effectively. Collecting, analysing, organising and critically evaluating information; Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and/or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigation; Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others; Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problemsolving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environment factors into account Programme Characteristics (Main Stream) Basis of Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education 150/15document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Building - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Career Orientated Academic Study The programme is career orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The courses in this programme are developed co-operatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis. Department of Built Environment l Page 75

107 Site Visits & Practical Work One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site hands-on work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various building, quantity surveying and construction management fields. It also provides students with a real feel of the built environment Teaching & Learning Methodology Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively Minimum Admission Requirements National Senior Certificate Minimum Accumulated Point Score Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Other 29 NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (50-59%) for English as a Home Language or First Additional Language level NSC Achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) NSC Achievement rating of at least 3 (40 49%) for Physical Science. Grade 12/Matric Engineering Graphics & Design Woodwork Accounting Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met. Applicants are required to participate in National Benchmarking and SATAPS Tests Senior Certificate: An E-symbol for English (2 nd language) on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol for English on the Standard Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. FET Colleges National Certificate An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4 National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette dated 26th November 2009 with specific Department of Built Environment l Page 76

108 requirements as set out below: Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: English, as it is the university s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) Life Orientation 50% in Physical Science 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): Construction Planning Construction Supervision Materials Carpentry and Roof Work Concrete Structures Carpentry and Roof Work Masonry Plumbing All NCV 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBT s) as conducted by the Department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through RPL processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and career path in building and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognised methods. Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage building qualification. Learners who already work in the building industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the Exit Level ooutcomes listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: HESA/Institutional guideline document, Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Department of Built Environment l Page 77

109 Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU s General Rules & Regulations Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will, however, be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (the other 50% forthcoming from SATAP s). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered enrolment entry into the National Diploma programme. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations. The department may, if deemed appropriate, also require applicants to participate in a structured interview Programme Rules As for Faculty rules (see section 8) Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (to the HOD) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU, except if otherwise approved by Senate. Any provisional approval by faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations - Rule G15 & G16]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria below, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other institution. Department of Built Environment l Page 78

110 The applications for students wishing to enrol for courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non-degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards degree/diploma have been accommodated, as such enrolment is subject to space being available. Students, who come from other higher education institutions are to be advised at registration by the HOD that their admission to the programme remains provisional and that they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. The required application forms must be completed in full and a copy of the syllabus guide of the course done at the other institution must be provided with the application. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits meeting all the set requirements and final approval of the application by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed Applications for Recognition of Credits form should be part of the graduation application, and must be received by the HoD before 15 January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non-processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students Progression Rules (Main Stream) Re-Admission of Existing Students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying has set the criteria for re-admission as per table in section 8.3 below Completion Rules The National Diploma: Building qualification will be awarded after completing all 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits), i.e. completion of all courses in the curriculum and compliance with all Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations. [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations] Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Building programme is as follows: A student who progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. At the end of academic period (year) Minimum credits that student must have obtained Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each year that the student was enrolled. Department of Built Environment l Page 79

111 A student will not be allowed to enrol for courses at Level 2 of the programme without having completed ALL the Level I courses. Registration requirements that must be met are set out below. First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at Yr 1/ Level 1). A student will not be allowed to enrol at multiple levels in the programme. All students re-admitted, i.e. continuing students will be subjected to the pre-requisite and co-requisite requirements, along with all other Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations Programme Registration Rules Students can only register for a maximum of 120 (1,00 FTE) credits per year. Ideally, all courses should be passed at all levels, prior to registering for the next level. Failure to do so could lead to timetable complications and clashes, thus the Department cannot guarantee that a student can repeat any specific course at a lower level while simultaneously taking courses at a higher level. In this case, the higher level may not be registered, or will be cancelled, and the lower level course/s will take preference Curriculum Structure National Diploma: Building. NATED Code: (3 Years) Level I : One year full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Course. Code Credit Construction Management I CMAN 1/0 20 (0,167) Construction Technology I COTE 1/0 20 (0,167) Quantity Surveying I QUSU 1/0 20 (0,167) Applied Building Science ABSC 1/0 20 (0,167) Site surveying SISU 1/0 20 (0,167) Computer Applications (Sem. 1) CAPP 1/1 10 (0,083) Communication (Sem. 2) CCAT 1/2 10 (0,083) Total Credits for Level I period 120 (1,0) Level II : One year part time (working in industry) Course Nat. Code Dept. Code Credit Work Integrated Learning : Building Practice Not listed ETBUI/1 60 (0,5) Construction Management II CMAN 2/0 20 (0,167) Department of Built Environment l Page 80

112 Construction Technology II COTE 2/0 20 (0,167) Quantity Surveying II QUSU 2/0 20 (0,167) Total Credits for Level II period 120 (1,0) Level III : One year full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Dept. Code Credit Construction Management III CMAN 3/0 20 (0,167) Construction Technology III COTE 3/0 20 (0,167) Quantity Surveying III QUSU 3/0 20 (0,167) Analysis of Pricing and Estimating APES 3/0 20 (0,167) Construction Accounting COAC 3/0 20 (0,167) Structures and Concrete STCO 3/0 20 (0,167) Total Credits for Level III period 120 (1,0) Work Integrated Learning To fulfil the requirements of the National Diploma: Building, a student must complete at least one year of applicable Work Integrated Learning as indicated in the curriculum. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Department of Built Environment upon registration. At this time, the manual will be explained to the students, and this will aid toward a successful outcome of Experiential Learning. The manual will also guide the students in terms of the Level II correspondence and on course assignments, which must be completed and submitted at prescribed dates during the academic year. These will be assessed on a continuous evaluation basis, i.e. there will not be an examination for these courses Pre-Requisite Courses Level Course Pre-Requisite Co-Requisite I Quantity Surveying I Construction Technology I II Work Integrated Learning Preferably all Level I courses Construction Technology II Construction Technology I Construction Management II Quantity Surveying II Construction Management I Quantity Surveying I Construction Technology I Construction Technology II III Construction Technology III Construction Technology II Construction Management III Construction Management II Department of Built Environment l Page 81

113 Quantity Surveying III Analysis of Pricing and Estimating Quantity Surveying II Construction Technology II Construction Technology II Construction Management II Quantity Surveying II Construction Technology III Construction Technology III Quantity Surveying III Construction Accounting Construction Management II Construction Management III Structures and Concrete Applied Building Science Construction Technology II Construction Technology III Available electives Electives are not available for this programme Award of Qualification See Completion Rule above Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor Technology, NQF Level 7, typically in the B-Tech: Construction Management or the B-Tech: Quantity Surveying. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: Professional development is possible through a programme of training to attain the competencies for professional registration with professional bodies, e.g. the South African Council for Quantity Surveyors, Council for Construction Management Core of Courses Offered CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT I CMAN 1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Programme Department of Built Environment l Page 82

114 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min Content/ SECTION 1 1. Organisations involved in the building industry. 2. Parties involved in the construction process. 3. Construction companies and their organisational structures. 4. Procurement of work. 5. Introduction to site administration and cost control. 6. Site meetings. SECTION 2 1. Management functions and components. 2. Materials management. 3. Management of plant and machinery. 4. Productivity and work study. 5. Introduction to project planning. 6. Introduction to personnel management. 7. Subcontractors. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY I COTE1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min Content/ Interpretation of drawings and setting out; Introduction to building enterprise and Construction of foundations; Concrete Technology and Brickwork; Timber, Roof Construction and Finishes; Building Services Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. QUANTITY SURVEYING I QUSU 1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40 min 0 2 x 40 min Content/ Introduction; Source of information and interpretation of drawings, Preparation of bills of quantities, Dimension preparation, Mensuration in quantities. Measurements and description of a single storey building in respect of foundations (including site clearance and simple demolitions), superstructure brickwork, solid floor construction, roofs, finishes (including plaster, paint and tiling to walls, conventional floors, Department of Built Environment l Page 83

115 plastered and boarded ceilings on brandering), stock steel, timber and aluminium windows, stock flush and hardwood doors (including timber and metal frames), adjustments for windows, doors and plain openings. Working up including squaring, abstracting and billing exercises. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. APPLIED BUILDING SCIENCE I ABSC 1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min Content/ 1. The use of the scientific calculator and the extension of basic arithmetical skills. 2. Basic applied mechanics in terms of the concepts of force, stress and deformation. 3. The development of an appreciation of the influences of loads on structures. 4. Expansion and contraction, convection and radiation of heat and orientation of buildings. 5. Sound. 6. Distribution and use of electricity. 7. Lighting of building. 8. Behaviour of fluids. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SITE SURVEYING I SISU 1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0.5 x 40 min 2.5 x 40 min Content/ 1. Linear Surveying. 2. Setting out. 3. Levelling. 4. Elementary Tachometry. 5. Contouring. 6. Surveying of land for construction. 7. Surveying of existing buildings. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Built Environment l Page 84

116 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS CAPP 1/1 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40min 2 x 40 min Content/ Introduction to computers; Operating system basics; Application programmes. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMMUNICATION CCAT 1/2 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40 min 2 x 40 min Content/ Introduction to course, methods and objectives; Communication Theory; Oral Presentation; Group communication and meeting procedure; Leadership skills; Technical writing and correspondence; Practical communication applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. WORK INTEGRATED LEARNING ETBUI/1 (see above) 6 60 (0,5) Year (in industry) Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Minimum of Content/ Work Integrated Learning: Students are expected to undertake suitable work integrated learning within the construction industry. The industry includes construction companies, quantity surveying firms, construction supply companies, construction manufacturing companies, applicable government and local authority departments etc. The employer details and the nature of the work to be undertaken Department of Built Environment l Page 85

117 by the student must be construction relevant and must be described on Form Appendix 1 in the official Logbook for approval by the Work Integrated Learning academic facilitator. Students and employers must complete and sign the monthly assessment return form Appendix 2 at the end of each working month. Assessment: Year mark will be obtained based on monthly reports. Final mark will be obtained from the average of monthly reports and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50% CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT II CMAN 2/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year (in industry) Assignments Consultations per Tutorials per Number of s x 40 min Content/ Submission of assignments covering: Communication in the micro-environment of the site; Co-ordination of sub-contractors; Application of management functions and procedures; Collection and application of information on plant etc.; Compliance with the Machinery and Occupational Safety Act; The requirements of the Industrial Council Agreements; Monitoring of trainee tradesmen; Meetings and negotiations with works council / union representatives. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY II COTE 2/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year (in industry) # of Assignments Consultations per Tutorials per Number of s x 40 min Content/ Submission of assignments covering: Formwork materials and re-use factors, Precast concrete beams and floors, Metal doors and windows, Timber doors and windows, Glass and its properties, Pre-fabricated timber trusses, Roof coverings, Eaves, flashings and rainwater goods, Dormer windows and the use of attic space in roofs, Fire places and chimneys, Fixings, fastenings and adhesives, Floor, wall and ceiling finishes, Drainage and plumbing details, Paint finishes to metal, plaster and timber, Industrial buildings. Department of Built Environment l Page 86

118 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. QUANTITY SURVEYING II QUSU 2/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year (in industry) Assignments Consultations per Tutorials per Number of s x 40 min Content/ Submission of assignments covering: 1. Measuring, abstracting and billing with full description and specifications (including precast and pre-stressed concrete beams and floors. 2 Standard metal doors and windows. 3 Standard timber doors and windows. 4. Glass and its properties. 5. Prefabricated timber trusses. 6. Roof Coverings. 7. Eaves, flashings and rainwater goods. 8. Drainage and plumbing details. Note: Assignments should be structured to develop an appreciation of: systems used to develop bills of quantities (including the traditional, the cut and shuffle and the computerised methods), model preambles and preliminaries, appointment of the members of the professional teams and their fee scales, standard forms used for certificates. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT III CMAN 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min Content / Module 1: Methodology for a mini-research assignment; Module 2: Mini-research assignment: Industrial Psychology as a basis for improved quality, health and safety, personnel management and public relations in the construction industry; Module 3: Construction Calculations; Module 4: Network diagrams and bar charts; Module 5: Line of balance techniques; Module 6: Site planning, administration and documentation; Module 7: Financial controls and construction budgeting; Module 8: Introduction to professional ethics in the construction industry; Module 9: Introduction to contract law and arbitration; Module 10: Industrial relations and labour law; Module 11. Introduction to the Construction Regulations of 2003; Module Department of Built Environment l Page 87

119 12. Introduction to the National Building Regulations Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY III COTE 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 3 x 40 min Content / 1. Definition of multi-floor concepts. 2. Demolishing and setting out. 3. Soils and excavations. 4. Foundations and piles. 5. Basements and retaining walls Formwork and concrete. 8. Steel structures. 9. Cladding. 10. Installation of services. 11. Finishes. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. QUANTITY SURVEYING III QUSU 3/0 (see above) (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 3 x 40 min Content/ Measurement and description of elements of multi-storey buildings including: Bulk earthworks and site clearance, Load bearing and framed concrete and brick structures, Flat roofs (waterproofing to concrete roofs and sheet-metal covering and boarded roofs), Staircases (including balustrades and finishes), Structural steelwork, Finishing (comprising: facings, in-situ terrazzo, patent plaster finishes, more complex tiling, panelling, other non-standard finishes and suspended ceilings), Purpose made timber and aluminium windows and doors (including sidelights, fanlights and adjustments), Joinery fittings, Plumbing and drainage complete. Prime cost and provisional sums (including final account adjustments), Builders work in connection with specialist installations, Practical working up and compilation of bills of quantities complete with trade preambles, Builders quantities, valuations and progress payments including basic principles of escalation. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Built Environment l Page 88

120 ANALYSIS OF PRICING AND ESTIMATING APES 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min Content/ Specifications; Estimating; Costing; Compiling Unit Rates; Evaluations and Certificates; Escalation; Final Accounts. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION ACCOUNTING COAC 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 3 x 40 min Content / The purpose of accounting; Records and first entries; Business transactions; Bank transactions; Transactions up to trial balance; Closing entries up to balance sheet; Contact accounts; Sole owners and partnership accounts; Limited companies and close corporation accounts; Application of a construction accounting computer programme. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURES AND CONCRETE STCO 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min Content/ 1. Theory of structures. 2. Concrete. 3. Formwork. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Built Environment l Page 89

121 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: BUILDING [EXTENDED PROGRAMME] Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Building (Main Stream) Purpose of Qualification The purpose for ND Building Extended Programme is to equip under-prepared students, who wish to study towards a ND Building. Additional modules are therefore introduced at Year 1 level, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. The programme aims to: Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake building (construction management and quantity surveying) studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Construction Management and Quantity Surveying studies at tertiary level with an opportunity. Gain a contextualised understanding of the field of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying. Become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims. The rationale for the ND Building Extended Programme is therefore, essentially the same as for the three year ND: Building programme but is specifically designed to provide support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Building. Students successfully completing the Extended Programme will thus be able to: Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying practices effectively. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Construction Management and Quantity Surveying academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the Year 1 towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Building Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Building Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at Year 1 level, hence the extended time period. The expected additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Building Extended Programme are: Department of Built Environment l Page 90

122 To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and building science and their application which forms part of the National Diploma: Building programme. To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. To enhance and develop the students academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the National Diploma: Building programme. To develop students life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies Critical Cross-Field Outcomes For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Programme Characteristics Basis of Programme Academic Structure Courses on the academic programme are offered in terms of the Department of Higher Education Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Building Career Orientated Academic Study For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Teaching & Learning Methodology In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by a year in the first level of study resulting in the first year of study being spread over two years. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the more difficult sections of work, assess more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to foundation students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students are considered to have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Level II and Level III courses without further foundational support Minimum Admission Requirements The National Diploma: Building Extended Programme targets applicants who are deemed to be under-prepared for the National Diploma programmes. Applicants in this category are assessed before the registration period. Assessment instruments include SATAP tests, weighting of NSC/Grade 12 results and interviews. Selection is subject to quotas not being exceeded Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who Department of Built Environment l Page 91

123 do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (the other 50% forthcoming from SATAPs). On completion of the SATAPs tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the extended programme (on sites where the extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations Programme Rules As for School rules (see Section 8) Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Progression Rules (Extended Programme) Re-Admission of Existing Students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Built Environment has set the criteria for re-admission as per table in section below Completion Rules For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on readmission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Building Extended programme are as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance At the end of academic period (year) Minimum credits that student must have obtained Notes Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each year that the student was enrolled. A student will not be allowed to enrol for courses at Level 2 of programme without having completed ALL the Level 1A & 1B courses. Department of Built Environment l Page 92

124 Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at Yr 1/ Level 1A). b) 1A student will not be allowed to enrol at multiple levels in the programme, other than at Level 1A & 1B. c) A student who fails to complete all the courses of Level IA and IB within three years will be excluded from the programme. d) All students re-admitted, i.e. continuing students, will be subjected to the pre-requisite and corequisite requirements, along with all other Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations Curriculum Structure Level IA : Year 1 - Full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Dept. Code Credit Construction Management I CMAN1E0 20 (0,167) Construction Technology I COTE1E0 20 (0,167) Computer Applications (Semester 1) CAPP1E0 10 (0,083) Communication (Semester 2) CCAT1E0 10 (0,083) Total Credits for Level 1A period 60 (0,5) Level IB : Year 2 - Full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Dept. Code Credit Quantity Surveying I QUSU1E0 20 (0,167) Applied Building Science ABSC1E0 20 (0,167) Site surveying SISU1E0 20 (0,167) Total Credits for Level 1B period 60 (0,5) Level II (Year 3 of this programme) and Level III (Year 4 of this programme) are described under the same section for National Diploma: Building. Once a student on this programme progresses to Level II and Level III they follow the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Building Work Integrated Learning For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. Department of Built Environment l Page 93

125 Pre-Requisite Courses Level Course Pre-Requisite Co-Requisite I Quantity Surveying I Construction Technology I Available electives Electives are not available for this programme Award of Qualification For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation For details see same section under National Diploma: Building Core of Courses Offered (Extended Program) For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Building (Main Stream). Note: Duration for completion of Level I courses in National Diploma: Building [Extended] are 2 years and includes foundational provision. Foundation component of curriculum Equivalent to mainstream curriculum CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT I CMAN1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 3 x 40 min Content / Introduction to the construction industry Organisations involved in the building industry Parties involved in the construction process Construction companies and their organisational structures Procurement of work Introduction to site administration Site administration and cost control Site meetings Department of Built Environment l Page 94

126 The theory of management Management functions and components Materials management Management of plant and machinery Productivity and work study Introduction to project planning. Office and Site Administration Introduction to personnel management Personnel management Subcontractors Costing and Cost Control Applications Case studies on practical applications WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site documents(foundation) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY I COTE1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 2 x 40 min 2 x 40 min Content / Explaining technology The application of Construction Technology Interpretation of drawings and setting out Introduction to building enterprise and Construction of foundations Concrete Technology and Brickwork; Timber, Roof Construction and Finishes; Building Services Practical Timber, Roof Construction and Finishes Building Services Field work Local Site visit 1 Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. QUANTITY SURVEYING I QUSE1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40 min 2 x 40 min Department of Built Environment l Page 95

127 Content / Introduction to Quantity Surveying Basic calculations and Quantity Surveying Applications and Practices; Source of information and interpretation of drawings Preparation of bills of quantities Dimension preparation Mensuration in quantities Measurements and description of a single storey building in respect of foundations (including site clearance and simple demolitions, superstructure brickwork, solid floor construction, roofs, finishes (including plaster, paint and tiling to walls, conventional floors, plastered and boarded ceilings on brandering), stock steel, timber and aluminium windows, stock flush and hardwood doors (including timber and metal frames), adjustments for windows, doors and plain openings. Working-up including squaring, abstracting and billing exercises. Practicing sessions in Quantity Surveying calculations and applications (spread throughout year). Field work Local Site visit 1 Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. APPLIED BUILDING SCIENCE I ABSC1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 2 x 40 min 2 x 40 min Content / Introduction to Basic Safety in the work environment; The use of the scientific calculator Basic arithmetical skills Basic applied mechanics in terms of the concepts of force, stress and deformation The development of an appreciation of the influences of loads on structures Expansion and contraction, convection and radiation of heat and orientation of buildings Sound The use of the scientific Distribution and use of electricity Lighting of building Behaviour of fluids Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Built Environment l Page 96

128 SITE SURVEYING I SISU1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 5 x 40 min 2 x 40 min Content/ Introduction to Construction Surveying The Basics of Survey Tools & Equipment Understanding and interpretation of results, degree of accuracy required and reporting Linear Surveying Setting out Levelling Elementary Tachometry Contouring Surveying of land for construction Surveying of existing buildings Introduction to the South African Co-ordinate System Introduction to Global Positioning System instruments. Field work Field based taping project. Field based levelling project Field based Theodolite project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS CAPP1E0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40min 2 x 40 min Content/ Introduction to the desktop computer keyboard and monitor application Fundamentals of the desktop computer the menu Basic Concepts of IT File Management Word Processing Spreadsheets Presentations Information and Communication Compilation of technical reports Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing Practical work Continuous throughout the semester Presentation module Department of Built Environment l Page 97

129 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMMUNICATION CCAT1E0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40 min 2 x 40 min Content / Academic literacy Computer literacy Process of Communication Organisational Communication Interpersonal Communication Non-verbal Communication Intercultural Communication. Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory Multimedia communication Practical work Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module Submission of a portfolio of work Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Department of Built Environment l Page 98

130 4 DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 4.1 INTRODUCTION AND WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF CIVIL ENGINEERING This Prospectus aims to provide students within the Department with an understanding of the structure of the programmes offered. It is our hope that it will guide the student in making informed decisions on course and programme selection. We trust that it will assist students with the successful completion of their academic studies and that it will lead to our ultimate goals for all of our students to be entrepreneurs and to graduate with a qualification of value that meets the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. While academic work should be the cornerstone of your focus at university there is, however, more to student life than only academic work. Students are therefore encouraged to combine their academic work with other facets of student life through participation in the various student societies. We trust that you will find your studies within the Department of Civil Engineering stimulating and rewarding on a journey of lifelong learning. 4.7 Purpose of the Qualification The purpose of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil is to train technicians who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional engineering technician by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgment in the identification and solution of complex civil engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of Civil Engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve well-defined Civil Engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment. 4.8 DEPARTMENTAL MISSION AND VISION Mission of the Department The Department of Civil Engineering strives to provide technologically and vocationally trained graduates and this enables the University to meet the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce Goals of the Department The goal of the Department of Civil Engineering to work closely with its community and with the essential support of both the public and private sector. We seek to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and other resources, the Department strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life of our community. Department of Built Environment l Page 99

131 4.9 Information about the Department The Department of Civil Engineering strives towards improving its leadership role in the higher education sector, with specific reference to planning, design, construction and maintenance of the civil engineering industry. It promotes excellence in appropriate research and application of technology, and offers career-orientated diploma and degree programmes, consonant with the requirements of the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), Council for Higher Education (CHE) and the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC). Its programmes are designed to be relevant to the socio-economic needs of the region. The following programmes are offered by the Department of Civil Engineering. Department Programmes offered Duration Delivery Sites Civil Engineering ND: Engineering: Civil, Extended Programme 4yrs College Street ND: Engineering: Civil 3yrs College Street B Tech: Engineering: Civil - Part Time 2yrs College Street 4.10 Accreditation Status As a statutory body, constituted in terms of the Engineering Profession of South Africa Act, 46 of 2000, ECSA has the power of setting and auditing of academic standards for purposes of registration through a process of accreditation of engineering programmes at universities. Following an ECSA visit in August 2011 ECSA has made the following resolutions regarding accreditation status of programmes offered by the Department of Civil Engineering 4.11 DEPARTMENTAL STAFF Academic Staff HOD/ Lecturer Mr H Pfende BSc (Civil Eng) (Hons) (Univ of Zimbabwe) Senior Lecturer Mr BG Manthe MPhil (Transportation) (UCT), BTech (Civil Eng) (ECT), ND (Civil Eng) (PET) Senior Lecturer Mr BE Valentyn MEng (Hydrology and Water Res), NHD (Civil Eng) (PT), ND (Civil Eng) (PT), FWISA Lecturer Mr R Kieck NHDip (Civil Eng) (PET) Lecturer Mr TB Manthe B Tech (Civil Eng) (ECT), ND (Civil Eng) (PET) Lecturer Ms NP Kapa-Mfabane BTech (Civil Eng) (WSU), ND (Civil Eng) (ECT), Cert (ProjMngt) (Damelin) Lecturer Mr A Gangerdine Pr Tech Eng (ECSA),B Tech Civil and Structural (DUT), MSAICE, IPET Department of Civil Engineering l Page 100

132 Lecturer (Contract) Mr C Clack Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), BSc Applied Science (Hons)(UP), BTech Structural (TWR), HND(Civil) (TWR) Lecturer (Contract) Mrs F Nleya MSc Water Resources Management, ND (Civil Eng) (Water Supply) Lecturer (Contract) Mr W Dicks Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), B Tech (Civil Eng) WSU Lecturer Lecturer Vacant Vacant Administrative & academic support staff Academic Secretary Ms L Mphahlele B Tech (OMT) BT Senior Lab Tech Mr MB Kwababa B Tech (Civil Eng) UNISA Lab Assistant Ms P Hlaba B Tech (Civil Eng) WSU Centres for Rail Studies Centre Manager Mr J. van Heerden* Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), NTD Eng (Civil) * Indicates seconded staff 4.7. RULES General Students should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, they automatically become members of the University and agree to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the official prospectus Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as described in this Prospectus is not guaranteed but may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by the HOD) and physical and human resources being available Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. It essentially addresses mobility and recognition of units of learning completed at Technical College, University and other accredited Institutions of learning as well as Experiential Learning undertaken in industry. Refer to individual programme rules for details. The departments in School of Engineering have also drawn up specific guidelines that govern the articulation and outline the RPL requirements that must be met. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 101

133 Class attendance Attendance of all classes, including practicals, laboratory work, tutorials and site visits are compulsory. All classes, including tutorials and site visits are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. The lecturer will keep a register of students class attendance that is used as part of the assessment of student performance Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments Students who are absent from semester tests, practicals/lab work site visits, or who fail to submit assignments or projects before or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment unit, unless the lecturer is provided with a written certificate (within 7 days after the test) from a medical doctor/dentist to confirm that he/she was ill. No more than one semester major assessment (e.g. test) may be missed. Any other of the university s rules/regulations in this regard will also be applicable Course Evaluation Students will be required to complete Evaluation forms on Course Offering and Instructor at the end of the course Code of Conduct The main focus is for students is as follows: Study and learn. Lecturer and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning: o Promote a learning environment the students and lecturers undertake to be respectful of each other. o commit themselves to perform their work in a diligent and responsible manner. o understand that students are encouraged to ask questions. o undertake to be punctual in attendance of all classes. o undertake to keep venues clean and tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside the classroom. o undertake to take care for the documentation and equipment issued and also for the equipment that is used in practicals or in the classroom Student Societies in Department The Civil Engineering Society (CES) is a student initiative and is managed by the students for the educational wellbeing of the students. The Civil Engineering Society strives to: Integrate all Civil Engineering student activities. Develop close relations with appropriate professional organisations. Recognise the achievements of members through team projects. Build a database of fellow Civil Engineering students. Encourage career development and support from industry. Be a voice for all Civil Engineering students. Be non political and non-discriminatory in the conduct of Society affairs. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 102

134 A student s branch of the South African Institution of Civil Engineering (SAICE) was established at WSU in The Student Chapter is purely for the purpose of student professional development and the mission of the Student Chapter is to incite a passion for the Civil Engineering Profession and to create a spirit of enthusiasm and involvement of current and new students, so as to become the best Civil Engineering technicians, to serve South Africa and continue bridging the gap between the student experience and that in industry. The SAICE Student Chapter has the support of the local SAICE branch and staff members of the Department of Civil Engineering at WSU. Students are encouraged to become members of the Civil Engineering Student Chapter as this is a SAICE / Student initiative that is managed by the student members in consultation with SAICE, for the engineering development of students Aims and objectives of the student Societies in Department To integrate all Engineering students and promote a spirit of unity with the other engineering departments at Walter Sisulu University. To develop its members not only academically but also on other aspects relating to career development. To take up needs and demands of Civil Engineering students of the Walter Sisulu University with acknowledgement of the Student Representative Council. To strive for the development and growth of the Civil Engineering Department at Walter Sisulu University Programmes in the Department National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students It is part of the department of civil engineering s mission to instil entrepreneurial skills in our graduates to support their academic talents. Therefore, ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The Department of Civil Engineering also encourages students and staff to become members of the various professional and institutional bodies. While studying towards the diploma qualification, students are encouraged to join various institutions and professional bodies. More information is available from the Head of Department. Students are encouraged to visit the ECSA and SAICE websites for more information. The process of professional development of an engineering technician starts with the attainment of a qualification that meets this standard. After graduation, a programme of training and experience is completed to attain the competencies for professional registration Career Opportunities In general, diplomates can work in the following branches of civil engineering: Planning and design, Construction, Project Management and Maintenance of facilities and infrastructure. Specialisation fields in civil engineering include positions in: Hydraulics/water resources engineering Irrigation/drainage engineering Municipal engineering Geotechnical/soil/geological engineering Water systems/pipeline engineering Department of Civil Engineering l Page 103

135 Waste and wastewater treatment engineering Structural engineering Transportation engineering Project Management Consulting firms in private practice; construction companies; government (national departments, provincial departments and local authorities); private and parastatal organisations; research organisations; tertiary education institutions Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The programme s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: Ability to apply Civil Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Civil Engineering problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Civil Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Civil Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Follow developments in Civil Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in a Civil Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/herself professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. Relate Civil Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: Department of Civil Engineering l Page 104

136 In the problem-solving process, the learner is expected to be both creative and critical while working effectively with others as a member of a group, organisation and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: Individual work and the ability to function in a team situation. communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. Self management by organising and managing oneself and one s activities responsibly and effectively; Collecting, analysing, organising and critically evaluating information. Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations. Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others. Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problemsolving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account Programme Characteristics Basis of Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Civil - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Career Orientated Academic Study The programme is career orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The courses in this programme are developed co-operatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis Site Visits & Practical Work One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and, therefore, improve the skills of students through on-site hands-on work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various engineering fields. It also provides students with a real feel of engineering Teaching & Learning Methodology Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 105

137 Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements Accum ulated Point Score Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Other 30 NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40-49%) for English as a Home Language or First Additional Language level NSC Achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) NSC achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Physical Sciences. Grade 12/ Matric Engineering graphics and design Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met. Applicants are required to participate in National Benchmarking and SATAPS Tests Senior Certificate Requirement: An E-symbol for English (2 nd language) on the Higher Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. FET Colleges National Certificate Requirement: An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements as specified for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: English, as it is the university s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) Life Orientation 50% in Physical Science 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): Construction Planning Construction Supervision Materials Concrete Structures Roads Department of Civil Engineering l Page 106

138 All NCV 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBT s) as conducted by the Department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through recognition of prior learning processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and career path in engineering and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognised methods. Any other evidence of prior learning should be assessed through formal RPL processes to recognise achievement thereof. Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage engineering qualification. Learners who already work in the engineering industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: HESA/Institutional guideline document, Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU s General Rules & Regulations Section Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will however be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 107

139 Results from SATAP tests and NSC/Matric symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP s). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered enrolment into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations Programme Rules As for School rules (see section 7) Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition, the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU. Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. Any provisional approval by Faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non-degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards a degree/diploma have been accommodated, as such enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the Application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed Applications for Recognition of Credits form should be part of the grad application that must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non-processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 108

140 Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Civil Engineering programme as per table in section below Completion Rules Over and above the requirements as set out below, an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance with the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits) with: 120 SAQA credits (1 NATED credits) obtained from the two compulsory in-service training course offerings 240 SAQA credits (2 NATED credits) obtained from the listed instructional offerings with at least 60 SAQA credits (0,5 NATED credits) obtained from level III instructional offerings Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on readmission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Civil Engineering programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. Theory subjects (Levels 1, 2 & 3) At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* WIL subjects (P1 & P2) For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled. 1 2 Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained* Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled. Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enrol for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the prerequisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). Department of Civil Engineering l Page 109

141 d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Programme Component S1: Main Stream Offered in 1 st semester S2: Main Stream Offered in 2 nd semester S3: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester S4: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester Civil Engineering Practice I Civil Engineering Practice II Industry based: Enrolment in 1 st and 2 nd semester Industry based: Enrolment in 1 st and 2 nd semester Note: The offerings as described above are subject to change and are dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available Curriculum Structure S1 6 Months Course Code (College) Credit Drawing I DWNG 1/0 10 (0,083) Computer Skills I CSKI 1/0 10 (0,083) Construction Materials I CONS 1/0 10 (0,083) Surveying (Civil) I SVNG 1/0 10 (0,083) Applied Mechanics I APME 1/0 10 (0,083) Mathematics I MATH 1/0 10 (0,083) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) S2 6 Months Course Code (College) Credit Construction Methods I CONB 1/0 10 (0,083) Surveying (Civil) II SVNG 2/0 5 (0,042) Theory of Structures II TSTR 2/0 10 (0,083) Mathematics II MATH 2/0 10 (0,083) Management Civil I MCIV 1/0 10 (0,083) Communication Skills I COMM 1/0 5 (0,042) Department of Civil Engineering l Page 110

142 Drawing II DWNG 2/0 10 (0,083) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) CEP 2A 6 Months in industry Course Code (College) Credit Civil Engineering Practice I CEEP 1/0 60 (0,5) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) CEP 2B 6 Months in industry Course Code (College) Credit Civil Engineering Practice II CEEP 2/0 60 (0,5) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) S3 6 Months Course Code (College) Credit Geotechnical Engineering II GENG 2/0 10 (0,083) Management Civil II MCIV 2/0 10 (0,083) Structural Steel & Timber Design III SDEA 3/0 10 (0,083) Transportation Engineering II TRAN 2/0 10 (0,083) Water Engineering II Module 1: Hydraulics WENG 2/1 10 (0,083) Water Engineering II: Module 2: Water & Wastewater Treatment WENG 2/2 5 (0,042) Structural Analysis II SANA 2/0 5 (0,042) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) S4 6 Months Course Code (College) Credit Documentation III DOCU 3/0 10 (0,083) Geotechnical Engineering III GENG 3/0 10 (0,083) Reinforced Concrete & Masonry Design III SDEB 3/0 10 (0,083) Transportation Engineering III TRAN 3/0 10 (0,083) Water Engineering III WENG 3/0 15 (0,125) Structural Analysis III SANA 3/0 5 (0,042) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) Department of Civil Engineering l Page 111

143 Work Integrated Learning To fulfil the requirements of the National Diploma a student must complete at least one year of applicable experiential learning. In the curriculum the experiential learning has been divided into two semester modules namely Civil Engineering Practice I and Civil Engineering Practice II. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Co-operative Education unit. The sequence as set out under curriculum structure section above is the ideal suggested progression. In some cases this sequence may not be possible and then the following should apply: Students must always complete S2 before attempting Civil Engineering Practice I. Students should attempt Civil Engineering Practice II before completing S Pre-Requisite Courses Course S2 Courses Construction Methods I Surveying (Civil) II Theory of Structures II Mathematics II Pre-Requisite Construction Materials I Surveying (Civil) I Applied Mechanics I and Mathematics I Mathematics I Management Civil I Communication Skills I Drawing II S3 Courses Geotechnical Engineering II Management Civil II Structural Steel & Timber Design III Transportation Engineering II Water Engineering II Structural Analysis II S4 Courses Documentation III Geotechnical Engineering III Reinforced Concrete & Masonry Design III Transportation Engineering III Water Engineering III Drawing I and Computer Skills I Pre-Requisite Construction Methods I Management Civil I Theory of Structures II Surveying (Civil) II Applied Mechanics I Theory of Structures II Pre-Requisite Management Civil II Geotechnical Engineering II Theory of Structures II Transportation Eng II and Geotech Eng II Water Engineering II (both modules) Department of Civil Engineering l Page 112

144 Structural Analysis III Structural Analysis II Available electives There are no electives available for this programme Award of Qualification See section on Completion Rules above Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor of Engineering Technology, NQF Level 7. The Exit Level Outcomes ensure that a graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician. A Studentship programme directed at becoming registered as a Professional Engineering Technician or meeting other industry requirements. Formal specialist study toward the B.Eng Tech. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by other universities, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician can be followed as laid down by Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Core Syllabi of Courses Offered APPLIED MECHANICS I APME 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s Department of Civil Engineering l Page 113

145 5 x 45 min 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45min Content / Theory: 1. Statics 2. Kinematics 3. Kinetics. Practicals: 1. Concurrent force systems 2. Beams 3. Forces in Plane Frameworks 4. Centres of Gravity 5. Friction Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS I CONS 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min. 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: The Basics of Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering Students; Building Construction for Civil Engineering Students; Fundamentals of Concrete set book; Reinforcing Steel in concrete works; Structural Steel Sections and typical steel structures; The Basics of Pipe Materials and Pipe Laying Materials; Practicals (audiovisual support material where applicable): Concrete Slump Test; Manufacture and Crushing (Testing) of Concrete Cubes; Determination of SG, Bulk density and Fineness Modulus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER SKILLS CSKI 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min All practical 3 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Basic Concepts of IT. 2. File Management. 3. Word Processing. 4. Spreadsheets. 5. Presentations. 6. Information and Communication. Practicals: Presentation module will be done practically as students will learn a variety of skills such as research, group working, speaking, confidence as well as using the application itself. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. DRAWING I DWNG 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 114

146 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min All practical 3 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Drawing equipment 2. Alphabet of lines and use of equipment 3. Geometric constructions 4. Orthographic projection 5. Oblique and Isometric projection 6. Mapwork. Practicals: Continuous throughout semester. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. SURVEY (CIVIL) I SVNG 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min. 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Introduction to Survey Instruments and Equipment; Distance Measurement and the Basics of Setting Out; Levelling; Gradients and Contours; The South African Co-ordinate System; The Basics of Traversing; The Basics of Tacheometry. Field Practicals the use of Distance Measuring Equipment, Step Taping and Setting Out, Setting up and adjustment of the Automatic Level, Open and Closed line levelling. Setting up and adjustment of the Theodolite, Horizontal and Vertical angle measurement with stadia readings. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS I MATH 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Determinants 2. Radian measure 3. Logarithms 4. Trigonometry 5. Differentiation and Applications of Differentiation 6. Integration and Applications of Integration 7. Introduction to Statistics Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION METHODS II Department of Civil Engineering l Page 115

147 CONB 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Site visits per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 X 45 min. 3 X 6 hours 1 X 45 min Content / Theory: Review of Concrete Technology and the Basics of Engineering Geology; A preview of SABS 1200 C (Clearing the Site), D (Earthworks), DM (Subgrade), ME (Subbase), MF (Base); Clearing the Site the Road Reserve, the Sites of Structures, Borrow areas; Setting Out on the Site Cut and Fill Areas, Trenches, Structures; Bulk Earthworks Mass Haul Schedule, Plant and Equipment, Methodology and Programming, Compaction; A preview of SABS 1200 LB (Pipe Bedding), LE (Stormwater Drainage), DB (Pipe Earthworks) and LD (Sewers); Drainage Structures Trenching and Pipework, Box Culverts, Formwork and Falsework (scaffolding) and Method Statements; The Road Prism Side Drainage, Layerworks, and Method Statements; The Road Surface Surfacing and Road Marking. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMMUNICATION COMM 1/0 (see above) 5 5 (0.042) Semester Pracs. per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min. 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Process of Communication 2. Organisational Communication 3. Interpersonal Communication 4. Non-verbal Communication 5. Intercultural Communication. Practicals: Reading Strategies in Computer Laboratory. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DRAWING II DWNG 2/0 (see above) 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s Department of Civil Engineering l Page 116

148 6 x 45 min All practical 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Structural Engineering Applications 2. Civil Engineering Applications Practicals: Computer Applications AutoCAD and Prokon PADDS Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on tests/ assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. MANAGEMENT (CIVIL) I MCIV 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min None 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Theory of management; Composition of the Civil Engineering Industry; Parties involved in the Construction Process; Types of Contracts; Office and Site Administration; Quality Control and Quality Assurance; Productivity and Work Study; Market Economics; Costing and Cost Control Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SURVEYING II SVNG 2/0 (see above) 5 5 (0.042) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Revision joins and polars 2.Circular curves 3. Transition curves 4.Vertical curves 5.Areas and Volume Practicals: 1.Tache Survey 2.Traverse 3.Curves Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II MATH 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Department of Civil Engineering l Page 117

149 4 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Matrix Algebra 2. Hyperbolic functions 3. Partial Derivatives and applications 4. Integration techniques and applications 5. Statistics: Probability theory, probability distributions, sample distributions Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THEORY OF STRUCTURES II TSTR 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Sectional Properties 2. Stress and Strain 3. Analysis of Statically Determinate Pin-Jointed Frames 4. Analysis of Statically Determinate Beams 5. Computer Analysis (where applicable). Practicals: 1. Moment of Inertia 2. Tensile Test (incl. Strain Gauges) 3. Forces in Framework members 4. Shear Forces in a beam 5. Bending Moments in a beam 6. Deflections in a beam Assessment: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING II GENG 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 X 45 min 3 x 3 hours 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Geology: (Audio visual material as appropriate): Introduction to Geology; The Earth; Minerals; Volcanism; Igneous Rocks; Physical Geology; Sedimentary Rocks; Structural Geology; Metamorphic Rocks, South African Stratigraphy. Soil Mechanics: (Audio visual material as appropriate): Site Investigation; Properties of Soils; Soil Classification Systems; Coarse Particle Fraction; Fine Particle Fraction; Plasticity of Soils; Compaction Characteristics; California Bearing Ratio. Practical Work: Sieve analysis of Coarse Particles; Hydrometer analysis of Fine Particles; Atterberg Limits; Modified AASHTO compaction characteristics; California Bearing Ratio; Field Density Testing Sand Replacement Method and Nuclear Gauge; Dynamic Cone Penetrometer Testing. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, Department of Civil Engineering l Page 118

150 and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MANAGEMENT: CIVIL II MCIV 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min Nil 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Contract Planning; Planning Techniques; Financial Planning and Control; Record keeping and Control; Labour Legislation, Site Safety and the Occupational Health and Safety Act; Entrepreneurship; Project management Principles. Computer base practicals: Project management: Application using software packages. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND TIMBER DESIGN III SDEA 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3 hours 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Applied Loads 2. Limit States Design 3. Structural Steel Connection Design 4. Structural Steel Element Design 5. Timber Design. Practicals: Computer Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING II TRAN 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min Nil 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Transportation Planning; 2. Traffic Engineering; 3. Geometric Design; Department of Civil Engineering l Page 119

151 4. Rail Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WATER ENGINEERING II: [CONSISTING OF MODULE 1 & 2] WATER ENGINEERING II: MODULE 1: HYDRAULICS WENG2/1 Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration To be confirmed Hydraulics 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Hydrostatics 2. Hydrodynamics 3. Flow Measurement 4. Pipeflow and Pipeline Systems 5. Pumps and Pumping systems 6. Open Channel Flow. Practicals: 1. Hydrostatic Force on a Plane Vertical Surface 2. Bernoulli s Theorem (Venturi Meter) 3. Orifice Plate Flow. 4. Pipe Friction 5. Pumps 6. Open Channel Flow Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WATER ENGINEERING II: MODULE 2: WATER & WASTEWATER TREATMENT Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration WENG2/2 Water & Wastewater Treatment 6 5 (0.042) Semester Pracs per semester Site visits per semester Number of s 3 x 45 min Nil 2 x 4hrs Content / Theory: 1. Potable Water Quality: Definitions, Characteristics/Properties and Standards/Objectives 2. Water Treatment Processes (Operation, Management and Simple Design/Sizing) 3. Wastewater Characteristics / Effluent Quality 4. Wastewater Treatment Processes (Operation, Management and Simple Design/Sizing). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS II SANA 2/0 (see above) 6 5 (0.042) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 120

152 Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Axially Loaded Compression Members 2. Combined Stresses 3. Analysis of Statically Determinate Structures. Practicals: 1. Euler Column 2. Deflection in Frames Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DOCUMENTATION III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Semester DOCU 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Year 1 & 2 Projects per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 1 x 9hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Quantities 2. Specifications 3. Cost Accounting 4. Computer Applications 5. Contract Conditions Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on tests and assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING III GENG 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Soil Mechanics; Subsurface Water; Shear Strength of soil; Pressure on retaining walls; Stability of Slopes; Bearing Capacity; Consolidation. Practical Work: Soil Consolidation Test; The Triaxial Test; The Shear Box Test; Constant and Falling Head Permeameter Tests; Odoemeter Test; Site Investigation and Computer Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. REINFORCED CONCRETE AND MASONRY DESIGN III SDEB 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 121

153 Projects per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 1 x 9hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Reinforced Concrete 2. Un-reinforced Masonry Practicals: Computer Applications / Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING III TRAN 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Earthworks; Pavement Design and Management; Drainage; Pavement Materials. Practicals: Ring and Ball Test; Penetration Test; Marshall Mix Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses WATER ENGINEERING III WENG 3/0 (see above) 6 15 (0.125) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: Hydrology: Hydrological cycle; Hydrological Data measurement, analysis and assessment; Stormwater Analysis and Design; Clear Water Storage and Distribution; Sewerage Reticulation. Practical Work: Open Channel Flow; Design and Computer Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS III SANA 3/0 (see above) 6 5 (0.042) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 122

154 Projects per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 1 x 9hrs Nil Content / Theory: 1. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Pin-Jointed frame structures 2. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Beams (Propped Cantilevers/Encastre) 3. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Beams (Continuous Beams) 4. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Frames (with and without side sway) Practicals: Computer Analysis. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE I (2A) CEEP 1/0 (see above) 5 60 (0.5) Semester Site visit including interview and or remote interview One on one consultation sessions Logbook and Technical Report Number of s 2hrs/student 1hr/student 80hrs/student Content / Engineering Surveying; Materials Investigation and Classification and / or Quality Control Testing; Drawing and Use of Drawings; Design and Use of Designs; Contracts Documentation and / or Administration; Construction Participation and / or Supervision; Civil Eng. Project Administration Social aspects, Technical aspects and / Financial aspects; Engineering Projects Multi-disciplinary in relation to local and regional social development Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook and project report evaluation. Pass mark required is 50%. CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE II (2B) CEEP 2/0 (see above) 6 60 (0.5) Semester Site visit including interview and or remote interview One on one consultation sessions Logbook and Technical Report Number of s 2hrs/student 1hr/student 80hrs/student Content / Engineering Surveying; Materials Investigation and Classification and / or Quality Control Testing; Drawing and Use of Drawings; Design and Use of Designs; Contracts Documentation and / or Administration; Construction Participation and / or Supervision; Civil Eng. Project ; Administration Social aspects, Technical aspects and / Financial aspects; Engineering Projects Multi-disciplinary Department of Civil Engineering l Page 123

155 in relation to local and regional social development Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook and project report evaluation. Pass mark: 50%. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 124

156 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: CIVIL [EXTENDED PROGRAMME] Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Purpose of Qualification The purpose for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a National Diploma: Engineering: Civil, qualification. Additional modules are therefore introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake civil engineering studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged educational backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of academically disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of academically disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Civil Engineering studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: gain a contextualised understanding of the field of Civil Engineering develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic Civil Engineering practices effectively become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Civil Engineering discipline. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims. The rationale for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Curriculum Programme is therefore essentially the same as for the three year National Diploma: Engineering: Civil programme but is specifically designed in such a way so as to benefit students by providing support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Students successfully completing the Extended Curriculum Programme will thus be able to: Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Civil Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Civil Engineering practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Civil Engineering academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the S2 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme Department of Civil Engineering l Page 125

157 The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period. The additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme are: To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and engineering science and their application which forms part of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil programme. To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. To enhance and develop the students academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil programme. To develop students life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies Programme Characteristics Programme Academic Structure For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Academic Programme Structure Courses on the academic programme are offered in terms of the Department of Higher Education Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which includes foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Department of Education s NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Career Orientated Academic Study For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Teaching & Learning Methodology In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second levels study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the main stream Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 126

158 Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirements are the same as for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil) Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAPs). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (at sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations Programme Rules (see section 7) Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Progression Rules Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Civil Engineering Extended programme as per table in section below Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1 Students who successfully complete all S1 courses after Year 1, and who obtain an aggregate of at least 70% for each of the courses listed below, will be eligible for consideration by the HOD, for promotion to the S2 main stream programme. [Courses: Drawing I, Construction Materials I, Surveying I, Applied Mechanics I, Mathematics I] Completion Rules The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification, of which the exit / completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 127

159 Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on readmission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Civil Engineering Extended programme are as follows: A student who progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. While student is enrolled in Extended programme (Level 1A & 1B) At the end of academic period (semesters) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* Once student has progressed to mainstream programme (Level 2 & 3) At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* WIL subjects (P1 & P2) - once student has progressed to mainstream programme For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled. 1 2 Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained* Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled. Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must first enrol for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment in courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Curriculum Structure In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended Department of Civil Engineering l Page 128

160 programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enrol for the following courses, which all contain foundational provision. The National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme is structured as follows: Level IA 12 Months Course Code (College) Credit Drawing I EWNG 1/0 10 (0,083) Computer Skills I ESKI 1/0 10 (0,083) Construction Materials I ECNS 1/0 10 (0,083) Surveying (Civil) I ESVN 1/0 10 (0,083) Applied Mechanics I EPME 1/0 10 (0,083) Mathematics I EATH 1/0 10 (0,083) Communication Skills I ECMM 1/0 5 (0,043) Total credits for this period 65 (0,543) Level IB 12 Months Course Code (College) Credit Construction Methods I ECNB 1/0 10 (0,083) Surveying (Civil) II ESVG 2/0 5 (0,043) Theory of Structures II ESTR 2/0 10 (0,083) Mathematics II EATH 2/0 10 (0,083) Management Civil I EMCI 1/0 10 (0,083) Drawing II EWNG 2/0 10 (0,083) Total credits for this period 55 (0,457) Level 2 (P1 & S3) and Level 3 (P2 & S4) of this programme are described under the same section for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Once a student on this programme progresses to S3 he/she follows the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 129

161 Work Integrated Learning The Work Integrated Learning component forms part of Level 2 & 3 and which the student has to comply with in terms of same rules as that of students on the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil) Pre-Requisite Courses The pre-requisites forms part of Level 2 & 3 and which the student has to comply with in terms of the same rules as that of students on the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil) Available electives Not applicable under this programme Award of Qualification The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification, of which the exit/completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification, of which the articulation details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Core Syllabi of Courses Offered For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Note: Course codes are different (see curriculum above) as well as duration for completion of S1 and S2 courses in National Diploma: Engineering: Civil [Extended Programme], i.e. S1 and S2 are each of one year duration and include foundational provision. Foundation component of curriculum - Equivalent to mainstream curriculum APPLIED MECHANICS I EPME 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45min Department of Civil Engineering l Page 130

162 Content / Review of the laws of forces. Review of the laws of motion. Review of the laws of fluids and gasses. Introduction to Forces - Statics and Kinematics. The Equilibrium of Concurrent Forces. The Equilibrium of Non Concurrent Forces. The Analysis of Pin Jointed Frames. Centroid and Centre of Gravity. Friction. Linear Motion. Force, Mass & Acceleration. Work, Energy & Power. Practical application in Civil engineering. Laboratory work Forces on beams. Friction on inclined planes. Bridge Building competition. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS I ECNS 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min. 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Introduction to Engineering materials and terminology Fundamentals of contextualised study skills The Basics of Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering Students Building Construction for Civil Engineering Students Fundamentals of Concrete set book Case studies on developments/disaster relating to construction & construction materials Reinforcing Steel in concrete works Structural Steel Sections and typical steel structures The Basics of Pipe Materials and Pipe Laying Materials Laboratory work Purpose of lab work, interpretation of lab results and report writing Slump Test Concrete Cubes Sieve analysis Identification of Aggregates Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER SKILLS ESKI 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 131

163 Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min All practical 3 x 45 min Content / Introduction to the desktop computer keyboard and monitor application. Fundamentals of the desktop computer the menu. Basic Concepts of IT File Management. Word Processing. Spreadsheets. Presentations. Information and Communication. Compilation of technical reports. Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing Practical work Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. DRAWING I EWNG 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min All practical 3 x 45 min Content / Introduction to Technical drawing. Fundamentals of writing, lettering & freehand sketching. Introduction to Engineering drawing, drawing equipment, line work & lettering. Geometric constructions freehand work. Geometric constructions use of drawing equipment. Orthographic projections. Oblique and Isometric projections. Isometric projections. Fundamentals of Engineering Maps, Map work and practical application. Drawing Office work Continuous throughout the year. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 132

164 SURVEY (CIVIL) I ESVN 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min. 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Introduction to Engineering survey, terminology and equipment Fundamentals of contextualised study skills and pre The Basics of Engineering Survey, Survey Tools & Equipment and the Basic principles of Setting Out for Engineering works. Survey Scales, Survey Plans and practical applications. The Survey Level Instrument, Levelling procedures and calculations. Review of the application of trigonomical mathematics principles in modules covered. Long Section & Cross Section Levelling, Calculations & Plotting, Gradients and Calculations. Introduction to Contours, Contour interpretation and use in practical applications. The Survey Theodolite, Setting Up over a survey station, and basic practical applications. Review of the application of light / lens theory principles in modules covered. The Basics of Traversing and Tacheometry using the Theodolite Introduction to the South African Co-ordinate System, coordinating Traverse Stations, calculation of Joins & Polars. Introduction to Global Positioning System instruments. Laboratory work Purpose of field work, degree of accuracy, interpretation of results and reporting Field based taping project. Field based levelling project Field based Theodolite project Combined practical incorporation of all of the above applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS I EATH 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Department of Civil Engineering l Page 133

165 Content / Determinants & Cramer s Rule Evaluation of a 2x2 matrix Evaluation of a 3x3 matrix Solving systems of linear equations by Cramer s rule Significant Figures Measurements and SI units Changing the subject of an equation Revision of logs and exponents Angular and linear velocities Logs and Natural logs Logarithms and exponents Logarithmic rules Logarithmic and exponential equations Revision of trigonometry Trigonometry Use a calculator to evaluate trigonometric expressions Solve trigonometric equations on the interval [-π;π] or [ 0; 2π] Misconceptions in algebra and trigonometry; Calculator usage & general operational rules Statistics Introduction and terminology Graphical representation of data Organise data into frequency distribution. Plot graphs Statistics (continued) Numerical methods of data Calculate measures of central tendency Statistics (continued) Numerical methods of data Calculate measures of spread and dispersion Regression and Correlation Differential Calculus General rules, power rule, sum and difference rule, Chain Rule, Product rule and Quotient rule. Transcendental functions Higher Order Derivatives Logarithmic differentiation Implicit differentiation Revision of Graphs Applications of Differentiation: Derivative as a rate Curve sketching Optimisation Integral Calculus The general power rule. Other integration formulas. The definite integral. Integral Calculus Applications of Integration Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 134

166 CONSTRUCTION METHODS II ECNB 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Site visits per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 X 45 min. 3 X 6 hours 1 X 45 min Content / Review of The Basics of Engineering Geology Review of The Basics of Concrete Technology. Review of Concrete Mix Design. A preview of SABS 1200 C, D, DM, ME,MF SABS 1200 C : Clearing the Site Case studies on practical applications WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site based photographs. SABS 1200 D: Bulk Earthworks. A preview of SABS 1200 LB, LE, DB, & LE. Drainage Structures: Trenching & Pipework, Box Culverts, Formwork &Falsework. The Road Prism Side Drainage and Layerworks ( with Compaction & Quality Assurance) Case studies on practical applications WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site based photographs. The Road Surface Surfacing and Road Marking. Field work Plant and Equipment identification & utilisation. Local Site visit 1 Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMMUNICATION ECMM 1/0 (see above) 5 5 (0.042) Semester Pracs. per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min. 2 x 45 min Content / Academic literacy. Computer literacy. Process of Communication Organisational Communication Interpersonal Communication Non-verbal Communication Intercultural Communication. Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory Department of Civil Engineering l Page 135

167 Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory Multimedia communication. Practical work Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DRAWING II EWNG 2/0 (see above) 5a 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min All practical 2 x 45 min Content / Introduction to computer aided drawing. Fundamentals of the CAD menu. Fundamentals of the CAD windows, transferring, printing & saving drawings Geometric constructions basic applications. Orthographic projections on CAD. Oblique and Isometric projections on CAD Structural Engineering Applications Civil Engineering Applications Prokon Design Application Drawing Office work Continuous throughout the year. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on tests/ assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. MANAGEMENT (CIVIL) I EMCI 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min None 1 x 45 min Content / Review of The Basics of Engineering Geology Review of The Basics of Concrete Technology. Theory of management Composition of the Civil Engineering Industry Parties involved in the Construction Process Types of Contracts Department of Civil Engineering l Page 136

168 Office and Site Administration Quality Control and Quality Assurance Productivity and Work Study Market Economics Costing and Cost Control Applications Case studies on practical applications WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site documents Field work Local Site visit 1 Local Site visit 2 Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SURVEYING II ESVG 2/0 (see above) 5 5 (0.042) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Revision of SA Coordinate system. Revision of Traversing Revision of Joins &Polars Circular Curves calculations and setting out procedure. Transitional Curves calculations and setting out procedure. Vertical Curves calculations and setting out procedure. Determinations of irregular areas. Determinations of irregular volumes Field work Purpose of field work, degree of accuracy, interpretation of results and reporting Field based taping project. Field based levelling project Field based Theodolite project Combined practical incorporation all of the above applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II EATH 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 137

169 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Matrix Algebra 2. Hyperbolic functions 3. Partial Derivatives and applications 4. Integration techniques and applications 5. Statistics: Probability theory, probability distributions, sample distributions. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THEORY OF STRUCTURES II ESTR 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Review of forces in frames. Review of moments. Review of centroids &centre of Gravity Sectional Properties Stress and Strain Analysis of Statically Determinate Pin-Jointed Frames Analysis of Statically Determinate Beams Computer Analysis (where applicable) Practical application in Civil engineering. Laboratory work Moment of Inertia Tensile Test Forces in Framework members Bridge Building competition Department of Civil Engineering l Page 138

170 B TECH: ENGINEERING: CIVIL Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil, except that graduates will be able to perform work at the technologist level Purpose of Qualification The purpose of the B Tech: Engineering: Civil is to train technologists who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technologist by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgement in the identification and solution of complex civil engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technologist level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of civil engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve broadly-defined civil engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The programme s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: Ability to apply Civil Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve broadly-defined Civil Engineering problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Civil Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. Solutions may be partially outside standards and codes and will require judgement that can be justified. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Civil Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. Follow developments in Civil Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. Apply the knowledge gained to new, broadly-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. Department of Built Environment l Page 139

171 Problems require identification and analysis, may be ill-posed and have a degree of uncertainty. Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in a Civil Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/herself professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. Relate Civil Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification has same Critical Cross-Field Outcomes as for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Programme Characteristics Basis of Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirement is that candidates should have accumulated at least one year of appropriate post diploma experience and (i) A revised National Diploma: Engineering: Civil (S-stream), or its equivalent OR (ii) A National Higher Diploma: Civil Engineering (T4) with the appropriate courses at this level for the field of specialisation the candidate wishes to pursue. OR (iii) A National Diploma: Civil Engineering (T3) with four (4) S4-level courses approved by the Head of Department and sufficient appropriate experience in lieu of the other two outstanding S4 courses. Newly qualified diplomats who wish to proceed directly to the B.Tech programme without the appropriate post diploma experience requirements may be admitted if they obtained an average of at least 60% in their Level 3 (P2 & S4) courses. However, admission is not automatic, as candidates will be selected on the basis of their proven academic record and post-qualification professional experience. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 140

172 Selection criteria for new students See Minimum Admission Requirements above Programme Rules For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition, the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU. Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. Any provisional approval by Faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non-degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the Application for Recognition of Credits form being approved by Senate. Where a student wished to apply to graduate, the fully completed applications for Recognition of Credits form, if it forms part of the graduation application and must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students Progression Rules Re-Admission of Existing Students Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students. In addition to the above. if a student fails the same course twice, the student is not allowed to re-register for the course. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 141

173 Completion Rules Over and above the requirements as set out below, an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance with the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as described in WSU s General Rules & Regulations Exclusion Rules Refer to the WSU s General Rules & Regulations for re-admission of existing students. The respective maximum permissible period of study for the BTech: Eng: Civil qualification, done on a Part-Time study basis is 4 years. After the maximum period students will not be allowed to register at the WSU. A student may appeal the decision to the Dean to reconsider his/her case. The Dean shall, through the Faculty Board, make a recommendation to the Senate. The Senate decision on the appeal shall be final. [also see Rule G8 of WSU s General Rules & Regulations] Programmes offering The Department of Civil Engineering currently only offers the BTech programme from the College Street delivery site in East London, Buffalo City Courses The curricula for the B Tech degree consists of 8 courses, 5 of which must be taken from one of the main specialisations, i.e. there are 5 main/core courses in each specialisation. The remaining 3 courses may be selected from the other specialisation, but 1 of these elective courses must be Project Management IV. For each course the pre-requisite knowledge is documented and made available to prospective students. Students will thus be allowed into the B Tech programme at any point in the cycle of course offerings, but the onus will be on the students to ensure that they gain the pre-requisite knowledge. The following programme structure is followed, subject to programme rules (see section ). As the offering of courses is subject to resources being available, the sequence of courses offered may be changed by the Department as is required by circumstances. Year Semester Specialisation Number of courses Transportation Engineering Water Engineering offered Year 1 1 POMA 4/0 POMA 4/0 3 PATE 4/0 IRRI 4/0 Year 1 2 TRTE 4/0 HYDR 4/0 4 TREN 4/0 WATT 4/0 Year 2 1 TRPL 4/0 HYLO 4/0 4 UPDE 4/0 REDM 4/0 Year 2 2 EADE 4/0 PRDE 4/0 4 GEDE 4/0 WWTT 4/0 Department of Civil Engineering l Page 142

174 This programme is offered on a Part-Time, block format, which entails short periods of concentrated contact sessions at the university, alternating with longer periods of self-study away from the university. Two courses will be offered per specialisation per semester period. Typically the format over a period of one (1) year would be as follows: Course Contact Session 1 Self Study Contact Session 2 Self Study Contact Session 3 Self Study Final Evaluation 1 st Semester Period Course 1 Course 2 A in February - Lectures Assign ment / Project A in March - Lectures and Test Assignment / Project A in April - Lectures and Test Assignment/ Project During June 2 nd Semester Period Course 1 Course 2 A in August - Lectures Assign ment / Project A in September - Lectures and Test Assignment / Project A in October - Lectures and Test Assignment/ Project During November Curriculum Specialisation: Transportation Engineering Course Code Credit Type Geometric Design IV GEDE 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Pavement Technology IV PATE 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Traffic Engineering IV TREN 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Transportation Planning IV TRPL 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Transportation Technology IV TRTE 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Project Management IV POMA 4/0 15 (0.125) Compulsory Earthworks Design IV EADE 4/0 15 (0.125) Elective* Urban Planning and Design IV UPDE 4/0 15 (0.125) Elective* Railway Engineering IV??? 4/0 15 (0.125) Elective* Electives may also be selected from other specialisation Specialisation: Water Engineering Course Code Credit Type Hydraulics IV HYDR 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Hydrology IV HYLO 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Department of Civil Engineering l Page 143

175 Reticulation Design and Management IV REDM 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Water Treatment Technology IV WATT 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Waste Water Treatment Technology IV WWTT 4/0 15 (0.125) Core Project Management IV POMA 4/0 15 (0.125) Compulsory Irrigation IV IRRI 4/0 15 (0.125) Elective* Principles of Dam Engineering IV PRDE 4/0 15 (0.125) Elective* Electives may also be selected from the other specialisation Work Integrated Learning Not applicable under this programme Pre-Requisite Courses Course Pavement Technology IV Pre-Requisite Earthworks Design IV Available electives See details under Curriculum section above Award of Qualification See section on Completion Rules above Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist. For graduates with an appropriate level of achievement, the ability to enter NQF level 8 programmes and then proceed to masters degrees. In programmes designed for certificated engineers, the education base for achieving proficiency in mining / plant operations and occupational health and safety. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with other B Tech qualifications offered by the university at NQF Level 7. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 144

176 Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible by enrolment in B Tech qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist can be followed as per conditions laid down by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Core Syllabi of Courses Offered GEOMETRIC DESIGN IV GEDE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Principles and practice of road alignment; 2. Environmental impact control; 3. Design control and criteria; 4. Elements of design (geometrics, safety); 5. Intersection and interchange design; 6. Drainage design; 7. Earthworks design; 8. Design project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PAVEMENT TECHNOLOGY IV PATE 4/0 (see above) (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Pavement design (factors, flexible and rigid pavements); 2. Pavement construction details (paved and unpaved roads); 3. Pavement repair details (evaluation, rehabilitation, safety); 4. Pavement management and periodic routine work; 5. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRAFFIC ENGINEERING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TREN 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Department of Civil Engineering l Page 145

177 semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Introduction to traffic engineering; 2. Traffic surveys; 3. Traffic characteristics and flow theory; 4. Traffic design; 5. Traffic management and urban works; 6. Traffic safety; 7. Statistical methods and analysis; 8. Parking studies, systems and structures; 9. TSM, TDM traffic impact studies. 10. Traffic control and forms of signing; 11. Signals and ATC systems; 12. Interchange and intersection capacities; 13. Practical applications; 14. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION PLANNING IV TRPL 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Planning theory and techniques; 2. Transport models; 3. Data collection; 4. Evaluation; 5. Land use planning and characteristics; 6. Development control; 7. Operation studies; 8. Environmental route selection; 9. Traffic impact assessment; 10. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGY IV TRTE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Transport policies; 2. Transportation systems; 3. Terminals; 4. Public transport; 5. Private transport; 6. Freight transport; 7. Vehicle and driver characteristics; 8. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 146

178 EARTHWORKS DESIGN IV EADE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Materials selection; 2. Design and construction of embankments; 3. Design and construction of cuttings; 4. Environmental impact control; 5. Problem soils; 6. Compaction equipment and techniques; 7. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. URBAN PLANNING AND DESIGN IV UPDE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Materials selection; 2. Design and construction of embankments; 3. Design and construction of cuttings; 4. Environmental impact control; 5. Problem soils; 6. Compaction equipment and techniques; 7. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PROJECT MANAGEMENT IV POMA 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Planning of projects; 2. Management of projects; 3. Quality and time management; 4. Management systems; 5. Computer applications; 6. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 147

179 HYDRAULICS IV HYDR 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Hydrostatics; 2. Hydrodynamics; 3. Hydraulic machinery; 4. Hydraulic models; 5. Open channel hydraulics; 6. Fluvial hydraulics; 7. Wave hydraulics; 8. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. HYDROLOGY IV HYLO 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Introduction to meteorology; 2. Surface water; 3. Ground water; 4. Flood analysis; 5. Water resources analysis; 6. S.A. hydrology; 7. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. RETICULATION DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT IV REDM 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / This course covers water, wastewater (sewer) and stormwater reticulation system design and management: 1. Hydraulic principles; 2. Design parameters; 3. Ancillary works; 4. Pumping installations; 5. System operation; 6. Water management; 7. Waste management; 8. Environmental aspects; 9. Design project(s). Department of Civil Engineering l Page 148

180 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY IV WATT 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Water properties; 2. Treatment processes; 3. Treatment plant design; 4. Environmental aspects. 5. Plant operation; 6. Design project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WASTE WATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY IV WWTT 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Waste water properties; 2. Treatment processes; 3. Treatment plant design; 4. Environmental aspects; 5. Plant operation; 6. Design project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. IRRIGATION IV IRRI 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s Notional hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Soil / Water / Plant relations; 2. Types of systems; 3. Irrigation scheduling; 4. Irrigation design (feasibility studies); 5. Irrigation in S.A.; 6. Environmental impact of irrigation; 7. Design project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, Department of Civil Engineering l Page 149

181 and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PRINCIPLES OF DAM ENGINEERING IV PRDE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester semester Projects per semester Consultation per semester Number of s 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / 1. Hydrological aspects; 2. Hydraulic aspects; 3. Structural aspects; 4. Economics; 5. Dam safety. 6. Environmental impact assessment; 7. Project(s). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Civil Engineering l Page 150

182 5. DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 5.1. INTRODUCTION & WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF DEPARTMENT This Prospectus aims to provide students within the Department with an understanding of the structure of the programmes offered. It is our hope that it will guide the student in making informed decisions on course and programme selection. We trust that it will assist students with the successful completion of their academic studies and that it will lead to our ultimate goals for all of our students to be entrepreneurs and to graduate with a qualification of value that meets the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. While academic work should be the cornerstone of your focus at university there is however more to student life than only academic work. Students are therefore encouraged to combine their academic work with other facets of student life through participation in the various student societies. We trust that you will find your studies within the School of Engineering stimulating and rewarding in a journey of lifelong learning MISSION AND GOALS OF THE DEPARTMENT Mission of the Department The Department strives to be a creative and innovative component of WSU capable of producing technologically qualified graduates that are responsive to the social and economical needs of the country. Engage in community related research as a support to the public and private sector of the country. Recruit and utilise the services of technologically qualified academic staff in order to alleviate the country s critical scarce skills. Produce a new generation of highly qualified and entrepreneurial-oriented graduates capable of improving production and the lives of industry, commerce and society in the country Goals of the Department Working closely with the community and with the essential support of the government, public and private sectors, it seeks to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and physical resources, the department strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life for all INFORMATION ABOUT DEPARTMENT The Department of Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering strives towards improving its leadership role in the higher education sector, with specific reference to the application of technology in the planning, design, construction and maintenance of engineering aspects that relate to the electrical engineering industry. It promotes excellence in appropriate research and in the application of technology, and offers career-orientated diploma and degree programmes, in consonant with the requirements of the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), Council for Higher Education (CHE) and the Higher Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 151

183 Education Quality Committee (HEQC). Its programmes are designed to be relevant to the socio-economic needs of the region, the continent and the sub-continent in which it is located. The following is a summary of programmes that are offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering. Department Programmes offered Duration Delivery Sites Electrical, Electronic and Computer Engineering ND: Engineering: Electrical, Extended Programme 4yrs College Street ND: Engineering: Electrical 3yrs College Street B Tech: Engineering: Electrical - Part Time 2yrs College Street 5.4. ACCREDITATION STATUS As a statutory body, constituted in terms of the Engineering Profession of South Africa Act, 46 of 2000, ECSA has the power of setting and auditing of academic standards for purposes of registration through a process of accreditation of engineering programmes at universities. Following an ECSA visit in August 2011 ECSA has made the following resolutions regarding the accreditation status of programmes offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering. National Diploma: Engineering: Accredited by ECSA. Bachelor Technology: Application for accreditation submitted to ECSA STUDENT SOCIETIES IN DEPARTMENT The Society of Electrical Engineering Students (SEES) is a student initiative and is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students. The Electrical Engineering Society strives to: o Integrate all Electrical Engineering student activities. o Develop close relations with appropriate professional organisations. o Recognise the achievements of members through team projects. o Build a database of fellow Electrical Engineering students. o Encourage career development and support from industry. o Be a voice for all Electrical Engineering students. o Be non-political and non-discriminatory in the conduct of Society affairs. o Strive for the development and growth of the Electrical Engineering Department of Walter Sisulu University DEPARTMENTAL STAFF Academic Staff Acting HOD/Lecturer Mr S Adjei-Frimpong MEng (Witwatersrand), BSc Eng (University of Science and Technology), Kumasi, Ghana Senior Lecturer Dr P Malindi Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), DTech (Elec)(CPUT), MTech (Elec) (Natal Tech), MSAIEE (SAIEE), BTech (Elec) (Pen Tech) Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 152

184 Senior Lecturer Dr PJ van Rensburg D. Eng, (UJ), MEng Elec (RAU), BSc Physics (Hons), BEng Electrical and Electronics (RAU) Senior Lecturer Mr JM Podges MTech (Elec)(PE Tech) NHD (Elec)(Tech PTA) Lecturer Mr M Sibanda MEng (Electrical & Electronic Engineering)(UJ), BEng Electronics (Hons) (NUST) Lecturer Mr OVT Ndondo MSc(Elec) (Curtin University of Technology) NHD(Elec)( PET) Lecturer Mr JA Clark BEng (Hons)Computer Engineering (UP) cum laude; BEng Electronics (UP); Lecturer Mr HJ Stander Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), MDip Tech ElecEng (VTT) Lecturer Mr N Pakati BTech (Elec)(NMMU), NDip ElecEng(PET) Lecturer Mr VA Ntsinde NHD(Elec),ND(Elec)( (Pen Tech) Lecturer (contract) Mr P Nketoane MSc Electronics (French South African Technical Institute), MTech (Elec)( CPUT), BTech (Elec)(CPUT) Lecturer (contract) Mr L Ewers PrEng (ECSA), BSc Eng (UCT), CEng (Dept of Labour), MSAIEE (SAIEE) Lecturer (contract) Mr Z Swana NHD (Elec)(Cape Technikon) Lecturer (contract) Mr BG Mutongerwa BSc EngHons (Univ of Zimbabwe) Administrative & academic support staff Academic Secretary Ms M Kula BTech: Bus Admin (WSU), ND: OMTECH Lab Technician Mr A Kambule ND (ElecEng) (ML Sultan) Lab Technician Mr S Mtshawulana ND (ElecEng) (ECT) Jnr Lab Technician (contract) Mr S Moyikwa ND (ElecEng) (ECT) Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 153

185 5.7. DEPARTMENTAL RULES General Students should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, they automatically become members of the University and agree to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the General Prospectus Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as is described in this Prospectus is not guaranteed but may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. It essentially addresses mobility and recognition of units of learning completed at Technical College, University and other accredited Institutions of learning as well as Experiential Learning undertaken in industry. Refer to individual programme rules for details. The department has also drawn up specific guidelines that govern the articulation and outline the RPL requirements that must be met Class attendance Attendance of all classes, including practicals, laboratory work, tutorials and site visits is compulsory. All classes, including tutorials and site visits are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. The lecturer will keep a register of students class attendance that is used as part of the assessment of student performance Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments Students who are absent from semester tests, practicals/lab work site visits, or who fail to submit assignments or projects before or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment unit, unless the lecturer is provided with a written certificate (within 7 days after the test) from a medical doctor/dentist to confirm that he/she was ill. No more than one semester major assessment (e.g. test) may be missed. Any other of the university s rules/regulations in this regard will also be applicable Course Evaluation Students will be required to complete Evaluation forms on Course Offering and Instructor at the end of the course Code of Conduct The main focus is for students: Study and learn. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 154

186 Lecturer and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning. Promote such a learning environment the students and lecturers undertake to be respectful of each other. Commit themselves to perform their work in a diligent and responsible manner. Understand that students are encouraged to ask questions. Undertake to be punctual in attendance of all classes. Undertake to keep venues clean and tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside the classroom PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: ELECTRICAL Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students It is part of the department of Electrical Engineering s mission to instil entrepreneurial skills in our graduates to support their academic talents. Therefore compulsory ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The Department of Electrical Engineering also encourages students and staff to become members of the various professional and institutional bodies. While studying towards the diploma qualification, students are encouraged to join various institutional and professional bodies. More information is available from the Head of the Department. Students are encouraged to visit the ECSA and SAIEE websites for more information. The process of professional development of a professional engineering technician starts with the attainment of a qualification that meets this standard. After graduation a programme of training and experience is completed to attain the competencies for professional registration Career Opportunities In general, diplomates can work in the following branches of Electrical engineering: Planning and design, Construction, Project Management and Maintenance of facilities and infrastructure. Specialisation fields in Electrical engineering include positions in: Generation, transmission, distribution and the utilisation of electrical energy Automotive electronics Cellular communication networks Control, manufacturing and automation Science, Engineering Technological teaching and learning environment Information and Communication Technology Consulting firms in private practice; government and provincial departments (e.g. Department of and Public Works); local authorities (e.g. Buffalo City Municipality); Parastatal and Utilities (e.g. Iscor, Sasol, Eskom); Research organisations (e.g. CSIR); Tertiary education institutions (e.g. universities). Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 155

187 Purpose of Qualification The purpose of the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical is to train technicians who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technician by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgment in the identification and solution of complex Electrical Engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of Electrical Engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Electrical Engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The programme s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: o o o o o Ability to apply Electrical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Electrical Engineering problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in an Electrical Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Electrical Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: o o o o o o o Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Follow developments in Electrical Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in an Electrical Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/herself professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 156

188 o o Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. Relate Electrical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: o o o o In the problem-solving process, the learner is expected to be both creative and critical. Working effectively with others as a member of a group, organisation and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: o individual work and the ability to function in a team situation. o communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. o Self management by organising and managing oneself and one s activities responsibly and effectively; o Collecting, analysing, organising and critically evaluating information. o Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations. o Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others. Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problemsolving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account undertake to take care for the documentation and equipment issued as well as for the equipment used in practicals or in the classroom Programme Characteristics Basis For Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Career Orientated Academic Study The programme is career-orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The Electrical Engineering courses are developed co-operatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis Site Visits & Practical Work One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site hands-on work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 157

189 students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various engineering fields; it also provides students with a real feel of engineering Teaching & Learning Methodology Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements National Senior Certificate Accumulated Point Score Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Other 30 NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40-49%) for English at a Home Language or First Additional Language level NSC Achievement rating of at least 4(50-59%) for Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) NSC achievement rating of at least 4(50-59%) for Physical Sciences. Grade 12/ Matric Engineering graphics and design Electrical Technology Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met. Applicants are required to participate in National Benchmarking and SATAPS Tests Senior Certificate Requirement: An E-symbol for English (2nd language) on the Higher Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. If the symbol attained for only one of either Mathematics or Physical Science is one symbol below the requirement, the students may be referred to the National Diploma: Engineering (Extended Programme) (see minimum admissions requirements for extended programme). FET Colleges National Certificate Requirement: An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four courses including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements as specified for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements. Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: English, as it is the university s language of learning and teaching (LOTL) Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 158

190 Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) Life Orientation 50% in Physical Science 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): Electrical Principles and Practice Electrical Workmanship Electronic Control and Digital Electronics Electrical Systems and Construction Electro-technology All NCV 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBTs) as conducted by the department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through recognition of prior learning processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and a career path in engineering and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognised methods. Any other evidence of prior learning should be assessed through formal RPL processes to recognise achievement thereof. Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage engineering qualification. Learners who already work in the engineering industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: HESA/Institutional guideline document, Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU s General Rules & Regulations Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 159

191 Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will however be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the basic requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and NSC/Matric symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAPs). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered direct enrolment into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations Programme Rules As for School rules (see section 8) Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU. Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 160

192 Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for Recognition of Credits form being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits which forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non-processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students Re-Admission of Existing Students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Electrical Engineering programme as per table in section below Registration requirements that must be a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enrol for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the prerequisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Completion Rules Over and above the requirements as set out below, an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits) with: 120 SAQA credits (1 NATED credits) credit obtained from the two compulsory in-service training course offerings 240 SAQA credits (2 NATED credits) credits obtained from the listed instructional offerings with at least 72 SAQA credits (0,6 NATED credits) obtained from level III instructional offerings. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 161

193 Exclusion Rules Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, & 9.2 the Department of Electrical Engineering has set the following criteria for re-admission. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Civil Engineering programme are as follows: A student who progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. Theory subjects (Levels 1, 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* WIL subjects (P1 & P2) For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled. 1 2 Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained* Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled. Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enrol for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the prerequisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Programmes offering The Department of Electrical Engineering currently operates from the College Street Delivery Site in East London, Buffalo City. Different components are offered as follows: Portion of Programme College Street Delivery Site S1: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester S2: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester S3: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 162

194 S4: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester Electrical Engineering Practice I Electrical Engineering Practice II Industry based: Enrolment in 1 st and 2 nd semester Industry based: Enrolment in 1 st and 2 nd semester Curriculum Structure Power Systems Engineering S1 6 Months Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Communication Skills I COMM 1/0 0,05 Computer Skills I CSKI 1/0 0,05 Digital Systems I DSYS 1/0 0,1 Electronics I ETRO 1/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering I EENE 1/0 0,1 Mathematics I MATM 1/0 0,1 S2 6 Months Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Digital Systems II DSYS 2/0 0,1 Digital Systems I Electronics II ETR0 2/0 0,1 Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Electrical Engineering II EENE 2/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I Mathematics II MATM 2/0 0,1 Mathematics I Projects I PROJ 1/0 0,1 Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Programming I EPRG 1/0 0,1 Computer Skills I (where applicable) Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Electrical Engineering Practice I EEPR 1/0 0,5 S2 should be completed to attempt P1. Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Digital Systems III DSYS 3/0 0,1 Digital Systems II, Programming I Electrical Engineering III EENE 3/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering II Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 163

195 Electrical Machines II EMAC 2/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering II Industrial Electronics II INDE 2/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering II, Electronics II Mathematics III MATM 3/0 0,1 Mathematics II Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Control Systems II COSB 2/0 0,1 Concurrently doing Mathematics III Design Project III DPRO 3/0 0,1 At least 1,5 credits Electrical Distribution III EDST 3/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering II, Electrical Engineering III Electrical Machines III EMAC 3/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering II, Electrical Machines II Electrical Protection III EPRO 3/0 0,1 Electrical Engineering III or Electrical II and Machines II Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Electrical Engineering Practice II EEPR 2/0 0,5 S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed. Communication Systems Engineering S1 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] S2 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] P1 6 Months in Industry Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Electrical Engineering Practice I EEPR113/4 0,5 S2 must have been successfully completed. Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Digital Systems III DSYS 3 0,1 Digital Systems II, Programming I Electronic Communication II ECOM 2 0,1 Electronics II, Electrical Engineering II, Mathematics II Electronics III ETRO 3/0 0,1 Electronics II Mathematics III MATM 3/0 0,1 Mathematics II Network Systems II NSYS 2/0 0,1 Digital Systems II, Electronics II Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Digital Communication II DIGC 2/0 0,1 Network Systems II or Electronic Comms II and Maths III Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 164

196 Design Project III DPRO 3/0 0,1 At least 1,5 credits Electronic Applications III Microwave Communications III ETRA3/0 0,1 Electronics II MCC3113/4 0,1 Electronic Communications II, Electronics III Radio Engineering III RANG 3/0 0,1 Electronic Communications II, Electronics III (Co-requisite) Course Code Credit Pre-Requisite Electronic Engineering Practice II EETR 2/0 0,5 S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed. Computer Network Systems Engineering S1 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] S2 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] P1 6 Months in Industry Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Electrical Engineering Practice I EEPR 1/0 0,5 S2 must have been successfully completed. Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Digital Systems III DSYS 3/0 0,1 Digital Systems II, Programming I Electronics III ETRA 3/0 0,1 Electronics II Mathematics III MATM 3/0 0,1 Mathematics II Network Systems II NSYS 2/0 0,1 Digital Systems II, Electronics II Programming II EPRG 2/0 0,1 Programming I Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Control Systems II COSB 2/0 0,1 Concurrently doing Mathematics III Digital Communication II DIGC 2/0 0,1 Network Systems II or Electronic Comms II and Maths III Design Project III DPRO 3/0 0,1 At least 1,5 credits Network Systems III Not offered 0,1 Network Systems II Programming III EPRG 3/0 0,1 Programming II Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 165

197 Television III Not offered 0,1 Electronics III, Electronic Comms II, Electronics III (Co-requisite) Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Electronic Engineering Practice II EETR 2/0 0,5 S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed Work Integrated Learning To fulfil the requirements of the National Diploma a student must complete at least one year of applicable experiential learning. In the curriculum the experiential learning has been divided into two semester modules namely Electrical Engineering Practice 1 and Electrical/Electronics Engineering Practice 2. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Co-operative Education Department. The set-out curricula for each of the disciplines, previously listed, is the ideal suggested progression. In some cases this may not be possible and then the following should apply: Courses Electrical Engineering Practice I Electrical / Electronic Engineering Practice II Pre-Requisite S2 must have been successfully completed. S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed Available electives See above Award of Qualification See section on Completion Rules above Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor of Engineering Technology, NQF Level 7. The Exit Level Outcomes ensure that a graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician. A Studentship programme directed at becoming registered as a Professional Engineering Technician or meeting other industry requirements. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 166

198 Formal specialist study toward the B.Eng Tech. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by other universities, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician can be followed as laid down by Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Core Syllabi of Courses Offered COMMUNICATION SKILLS I COMM1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min None None Content/ Communication Theory; Oral Presentation; Technical Writing Skills; Group Communication Skills (Additional Life Skills and Academic Literacy modules are included for the Extended programme). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMPUTER SKILLS I CSKI 1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Micro-Computer Hardware; Software; Computer Utilisation (Additional Computer Engineering applications modules are included for the Extended programme). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 167

199 CONTROL SYSTEMS II COSB 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Control Systems, Block diagram modelling, Application of Laplace Transforms, Modelling of physical systems, Transient response, Stability of Control Systems, Practical Closed-Loop Controllers. DESIGN PROJECT III DPRO 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures/consult ations per Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min None Content/ Introduction to Project Management; Design and Construction of Selected Project including Technical and Application Research, Detailed Planning Proposals, Scheduling, Costing and Design Proposals and Documentation; Construction and Testing of Projects including Verbal and Power Point Presentation of Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS II DGIC 2/0 (see above) 6 12 (0,1) Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Introduction; Information Sources and Encoding; Signals and Systems theory; Networks; Switching Principles and Equipment; Communication Channels and Systems; Performance Analysis; Telecommunication Services (GSM); Digital Multiplexing (FDM, TDM, WDM, CDM, QM) and Multiple Access (FDMA, TDMA, WDMA, CDMA, SDMA): Standards and Recommendations; Wide Area Networks (ISDN, SONET, SDH, ATM) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 168

200 DIGITAL SYSTEMS I DSYS 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 5 x 45 min 5 x 135 min 5 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Digital Logic; Data Sheets; Boolean Algebra; Number Systems and Codes; Combination Logic; Introduction to Programmable logic; Functions of Combinational Logic; Error Detection. Assessment: Semester mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, practical work & tests. An average will be obtained from the year mark (DP) X 40% + Exam mark x 60% DIGITAL SYSTEMS II DSYS 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Flip-flops and other Multi-vibrators; Counters; Shift Registers; Memories; Interfacing and Data Transmission; Introduction to Microprocessors; Integrated Circuit Technologies; Data Sheets; Displays; Introduction to PLDs. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DIGITAL SYSTEMS III DSYS 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Interrupts; Programmable Timers; Micro Controllers; PIC Micro Controller. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 169

201 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION III EDST 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Principles of Transmission and Distribution; Conductors; LV and HV Cables; Insulating Materials; Insulators; Bushings; Line Supports; Overhead Lines; Bus bars. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I EENE 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Quantities and the Applications thereof; Batteries; DC Theory and Network Analysis; Electromagnetism; Magnetic Circuits; Inductance; Capacitance; Basic AC Theory; Measurements. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING II EENE 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ AC Networks; Resonance: Series and Parallel Circuits; Power Factor Correction (Single Phase); DC and AC Circuit Theorems; Harmonics; Three Phase Circuits (Balanced); Transformers (Additional Life skills, Academic Literacy and Computer application modules are included in the Extended programme syllabus). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 170

202 and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING III EENE 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Advanced Three Phase Circuits; Rectification and Inversion; Illumination; Interconnectors; Components. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE I EEPR 1/0 (see above) 5 (60) 0,5 Semester Work Integrated Training Tutorials per semester Number of s None Full Semester None Content/ Orientation; Safety and First Aid; Basic Hand Skills; Measuring Instruments; Electrical and Electronic Components; Circuit Diagrams; Power Sources; Programmable Devices; General Administration; Report Writing; Any other task approved by the University. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE II EEPR 2/0 (see above) 6 (60) 0,5 Semester Work Integrated Training per semester Tutorials per semester Number of s None 1 None Content/ At least four of the following: Cables and Overhead Lines; Power Generation and Transformers; AC and DC Machines; Rectification and Inversion; Protection Systems; Switches and Circuit Breakers; Installation and Commissioning of Equipment; Testing and Fault Finding; Drawing and Design; Any other task approved by the University. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Pass Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 171

203 mark required is 50%. ELECTRICAL MACHINES II EMAC 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Single Phase Transformers; DC Machines; Induction. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL MACHINES III EMAC 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Three Phase Transformers; Induction Machines; Synchronous Machines. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL PROTECTION III EPRO 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Basic Principles; Introduction; Fundamental Theory; Fault Calculations; Fuses; Fuse Cut-outs (Fuse Links); Circuit Breakers; Current and Voltage Transformers. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 172

204 ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS III ETRA 3/0 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Small Signal Analysis; Feedback Theory; Linear IC Applications; Active Filter Design; Semiconductor and other Transducers. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS II ECOM 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Communication Systems; Analysis of Passive Circuits; Transmission Lines; Modulation; Electromagnetic Waves and Propagation; Receivers; Antennas; Introduction to Digital and Data Communication. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING PRACTICE II EETR 2/0 (see above) 6 (60) 0,5 Semester Work Integrated Training Tutorials per semester Number of s None Full Semester None Content/ At least four of the following: Communication Systems; Industrial Electronics and Instrumentation; Design of Analogue and/or Digital Systems; Installation, Commissioning and Testing of New Analogue and/or Digital Systems; Fault-Finding and Maintenance of Digital and/or Analogue Systems; Computer-Assisted Engineering and/or Computer Applications; Quality Control; Any other task approved by the University. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 173

205 Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRONICS I ETRO 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Electronics basics, semiconductor Theory, The PN diode, Diode applications, Regulated power supplies, The bipolar junction transistor (BJT), DC biasing of the BJT. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONICS II ETRO 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Field Effect Transistors; Other Semiconductor Devices; Basic Rectification; Single Stage Transistor Amplifiers; Operational Amplifiers; Applied Technology; Power Supplies. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONICS III ETRO 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Advanced Voltage Regulators; Amplifier Theory and Applications; Oscillators; Power Amplifiers; Passive Filter Design; Active Filter Design; Noise. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 174

206 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS II INDE 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Introduction to Power Electronics, Power semiconductor diodes, Diode circuits and rectifiers, Thyristors, Controlled rectifiers, AC voltage controllers, Power transistors, DC Choppers, Driving and auxiliary, Protection of devices and circuits. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS I MATM 1/0 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Basic Mathematics; Differentiation I; Integration I; Complex Numbers/Hyperbolic Functions. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses. MATHEMATICS II MATM 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Differentiation II; Integration II; Matrix Algebra; Differential Equations (1 st order). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 175

207 MATHEMATICS III MATM 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Content/ Fourier Analysis; Differential Equations (La Place). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MICROWAVE COMMUNICATIONS III MCC3113/4 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Microwave Propagation and Antennas; Microwave Components; Microwave Systems; Optical Fibre Communications; Measurements. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. NETWORK SYSTEMS II NSYS 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ OSI Model; Network Operating Systems; Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 176

208 NETWORK SYSTEMS III NSYS 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Service and Support of Networks; Network Design; Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROJECTS I PROJ 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Planning and Construction of Projects compatible with the level in the particular discipline, including: Applicable Computer Assisted Drawing; Ergonomic and Aesthetic Design Principles in construction, Operating Procedures and Maintenance; Construction Techniques; Documentation, soldering, wiring harness, building and design of selected projects. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROJECTS II PROJ 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Planning and Construction of Projects compatible with the level in the particular discipline, including: Applicable Computer Assisted Drawing; Ergonomic and Aesthetic Design Principles in construction, Operating Procedures and Maintenance; Construction Techniques; Documentation, Soldering, Wiring harness, Fault-Finding, Design and Building of selected projects. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 177

209 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING I EPRG 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Programme Design; Programming Techniques; Structured Programming; Modular Programming; Data Types; Control Structures; Functions, Recursion, Arrays, Pointers, Data Structures. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING II EPRG 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Object Oriented Programming, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Graphics, UML. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING III EPRG 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Exception Handling; Multithreading; Multimedia; I/O Streams; Networking; Dynamic Data Structures; Visual Programming. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 178

210 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. RADIO ENGINEERING III RANG 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Radio Frequency Amplifiers; Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation; Angle Modulation and Demodulation; Frequency Conversion and Mixing; Super heterodyne Receivers; Antennas; Special Systems (RDS, FM Stereo). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TELEVISION III TLV 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Television Fundamentals, Television Cameras, Colour signals, Television Receivers, Television Measurements, Colorimetry, Antenna and Distribution Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 179

211 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: ELECTRICAL [EXTENDED PROGRAMME] Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Purpose of Qualification The purpose for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Additional modules are therefore introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: o o o o o Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake Electrical Engineering studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Electrical Engineering studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: gain a contextualised understanding of the field of Electrical Engineering. develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic Electrical Engineering practices effectively. become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Electrical Engineering discipline. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims. The rationale for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme is, therefore, essentially the same as for the three year National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical programme but is specifically designed in such a way so as to benefit students by providing support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Students successfully completing the Extended Programme will thus be able to: Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Electrical Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Electrical Engineering practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Electrical Engineering academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the S2 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Electrical. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 180

212 Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period. The additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme are: To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and building science and their application which forms part of the ND Engineering: Electrical programme. To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. To enhance and develop the students academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the ND Engineering: Electrical programme. To develop students life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies Programme Characteristics Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 8013 Courses on the academic programme are offered in terms of the DoE Grant approval for offering of Extended Programmes, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Career Orientated Academic Study For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Teaching & Learning Methodology In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 181

213 further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enrol for the courses as described in section Curriculum Structure (see below) Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirements are the same as for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAPs). On completion of the SATAPS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (on sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations Programme Rules As for School rules (see section 8) Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Re-Admission of Existing Students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Electrical Engineering Extended programme as per table in section below Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1 Students who successfully complete all S1 courses after Year 1, and who obtain an aggregate of at least 70% for each of the courses listed below, will be eligible for consideration by the HOD, for promotion to the S2 main stream programme. [Courses: Digital Systems I, Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I] Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 182

214 Completion Rules The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical qualification, of which the exit/completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on readmission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Electrical Engineering Extended programme are as follows: A student who progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. While student is enrolled in Extended programme (Level 1A & 1B): At the end of academic period (semesters) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* Once student has progressed to mainstream programme (Level 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* WIL subjects (P1 & P2) - once student has progressed to mainstream programme For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled. 1 2 Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained* Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled. Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must first enrol for the courses at the lower level. Application for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 183

215 Programmes offering The Department of Electrical Engineering currently offers the Extended Programme at the College Street delivery site in Buffalo City Curriculum Structure In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enrol for the following courses, which all contains foundational provision The National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme is structured as follows: S1 1 Year Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Communication Skills I COMM 1/0 6 (0,05) Computer Skills I CSKI 1/0 6 (0,05) Digital Systems I DSYS 1/0 12 (0,1) Electronics I ETRO 1/0 6 (0,1) Electrical Engineering I EENE 1/0 12 (0,1) Mathematics I MATH 1/0 12 (0,1) YEAR 2 Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Digital Systems II DSYS 2/0 12 (0,1) Digital Systems I Electronics II ETRO 2/0 12 (0,1) Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Electrical Engineering II EENE 2/0 12 (0,1) Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I Mathematics II MATH 3/0 12 (0,1) Mathematics I Projects I PROJ 1/0 12 (0,1) Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 184

216 Programming I EPRG 1/0 12 (0,1) Computer Skills I (College Street) Level 2 (P1 & S3) and Level 3 (P2 & S4) of this programme are described under the same section for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Once a student on this programme progresses to S3 he/she follows the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Work Integrated Learning Not applicable Pre-Requisite Courses S2 Courses Digital Systems II Electronics II Electrical Engineering II Mathematics II Projects I Programming I Pre-Requisite Digital Systems I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I Mathematics I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Computer Skills I ( College Street campus) Available electives None Award of Qualification The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical qualification, of which the exit/completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Core Syllabi of Courses Offered For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 185

217 Note: Course codes are different (see curriculum above) as well as duration for completion of S1 and S2 courses in National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical [Extended], i.e. S1 and S2 are each of one year duration and include foundational provision (shown with F). COMMUNICATION SKILLS I ECMM1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min None None Content/ Theory: 1. Academic literacy (F); 2.Computer literacy (F); 3.Process of Communication; 4.Organisational Communication; 5. Interpersonal Communication; 6. Non-verbal Communication; 7. Intercultural Communication; 8. Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory; 9. Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory; 10. Multimedia communication (F); Practicals: Continuous throughout the year (F); Presentation module (F); Submission of a portfolio of work (F). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMPUTER SKILLS I ESKI 1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to the desktop computer keyboard and monitor application (F); 2. Fundamentals of the desktop computer the menu (F); 3. Basic Concepts of IT. 4. File Management. 5. Word Processing. 6. Spreadsheets. 7. Presentations. 8. Information and Communication. 9. Compilation of technical reports; 10.Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing (F). Practicals: Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DIGITAL SYSTEMS I ESYS 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 186

218 Content/ Theory: 1. Review of the basics of mathematical calculations needed for digital principles (F); 2. Review of the basics of digital principles (F); 3. Introduction to Digital Logic; 4. Stored Programme Computer; 5. Number Systems and Codes; Logic Gates; 6. Boolean Algebra; Combinational Logic; 7. Functions of Combined Logic; 8. Error Detection and Correction. Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Laboratory work (F) Practicals x 3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS I EATH 1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: Determinants & Cramer s Rule - Evaluation of a 2x2 matrix, Evaluation of a 3x3 matrix, Solving systems of linear equations by Cramer s rule; 2. Significant Figures; 3. Measurements and SI units (F); 4. Changing the subject of an equation (F); 5. Revision of logs and exponents (F); 6. Angular and linear velocities; 7. Logs and Natural logs - Logarithms and exponents, Logarithmic rules, Logarithmic and exponential equations, Revision of trigonometry (F); 8. Trigonometry - Use a calculator to evaluate trigonometric expressions, Solve trigonometric equations on the interval [-π;π] or [ 0; 2π]; 9. Misconceptions in algebra and trigonometry (F); 10. Calculator usage & general operational rules (F); 11. Complex numbers - Cartesian and polar coordinate system, Basic definitions and operations with complex numbers in rectangular form, Argand diagram, The polar form of complex number; 12. Complex Numbers (continued) - De Moivre s theorem I, De Moivre s theorem II, The exponential form of complex numbers; 13. Differential Calculus - General rules, power rule, sum and difference rule, Chain Rule, Product rule and Quotient rule, Transcendental functions Higher Order Derivatives Logarithmic differentiation, Implicit differentiation; 14. Revision of graphs (F); 15. Applications of Differentiation - Derivative as a rate, Curve sketching, Optimisation. 16. Integral Calculus - Simpson s rule, Power Rule; 17. Integral Calculus - The general power rule, Other integration formulas, The definite integral; 18. Integral Calculus - Applications of Integration. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 187

219 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I EEEN 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Quantities (F) 2. Introduction to Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Applications (F); 3. Introduction to Electrical Batteries (F); 4. Batteries; DC Theory and Network Analysis; 5. Electromagnetism; 6. Magnetic Circuits; 7. Inductance; 8. Capacitance; 9. Basic AC Theory; 10. Measurements Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Laboratory work Practicals x 3. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONICS I EELT1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to Basic Measurements (F); 2. Measurements; 3. Introduction to Semiconductor Theory (F); 4. Semiconductor Theory; 5. Introduction to Diodes (F); 6. Diodes; 7. Introduction to Transistors (F); 8. Transistor Theory; 9. Principles of electronic applications (F); 10. Electronic Applications (F) 11. Applied technology Laboratory Work Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 188

220 Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DIGITAL SYSTEMS II ESYS 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Review of Digital Systems I (F); 2. Flip-flops and other Multi-vibrators; 3. Introduction to Counters (F); 4. Counters; 5. Introduction to Shift Registers (F); 6. Shift Registers; 7. Understanding the principles memories (F); 8. Memories; 9. Interfacing and Data Transmission; 10. Introduction to Microprocessors (F); 11. Microprocessors; 12. Integrated Circuit Technologies; 13. Data Sheets; 14. Displays; 15. Introduction to PLDs (F); 16. PLDs. Laboratory Work: Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONICS II EETR 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Review of Transistors (F); 2. Field Effect Transistors; 3. Introduction to Shift Registers (F); 4. Basic Rectification; 5. Introduction to Single Stage Transistor Amplifiers (F); Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 189

221 6. Single Stage Transistor Amplifiers; 7. Introduction to Operational Amplifiers (F); 8. Operational Amplifiers; 9. Introduction to Applied Technology (F); 10. Applied Technology; 11. Introduction to Power Supplies (F); 12. Power Supplies; Laboratory Work: Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING II EEEN 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to AC Networks (F); 2. AC Networks; 3. Resonance: Series and Parallel Circuits; 4. Introduction to Power Factor Correction (F); 5. Power Factor Correction (Single Phase); 6. Introduction to DC and AC Circuits (F); 7. DC and AC Circuit Theorems; 8. Introduction to Harmonics (F); 9. Harmonics; 10. Introduction to Three Phase Circuits (F); 11. Three Phase Circuits (Balanced); 12. Introduction to Transformers (F); 13. Transformers. Laboratory Work: Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II EATH 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 190

222 Content/ Theory: 1. Review of Mathematical concepts covered under Maths I (F); 2. Review of Differentiation (F); 3. Differentiation II; 4. Review of Integration (F); 5. Integration II; 6. Introduction to 1 st order Differential Equations (F); 7. Differential Equations (1 st order). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PROJECTS I EROJ 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to Engineering projects (F); 2. Principles of Project Organisation and Management (F); 3. Introduction to Computer Assisted Drawing (F); 4. Planning and Construction of Projects compatible with the level in the particular discipline, including: Applicable Computer Assisted Drawing; 5. Introduction to Design Principles (F); 6. Ergonomic and Aesthetic Design Principles in construction, Operating Procedures and Maintenance; 7. Introduction to Construction Techniques (F); 8. Construction Techniques; 9. Introduction to Projects Documentation and Regulations (F); 10. Documentation, soldering, wiring harness, design and building of selected projects. Practicals: Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING I EPRG 1/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Purpose and application of Programming (F); 2. Programming principles (F); 3. Introduction to Programme Design (F); Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 191

223 4. Programme Design; 5. Introduction to Programming Techniques (F); 6. Programming Techniques; 7. Introduction to Structured Programming (F); 8. Structured Programming; 9. Introduction to Modular Programming (F); 10. Modular Programming; 11. Data Types; 12. Control Structures; 13. Functions, Recursion, Arrays, Pointers, Data Structures. Laboratory Work: Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50% B Tech: Engineering: Electrical Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical, except that graduates will be able to perform work at the technologist level Purpose of Qualification The purpose of the B Tech: Engineering: Electrical is to train technologists who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technologist by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgment in the identification and solution of complex Electrical engineering problems. Graduates achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose and solve broadly-defined Electrical engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme (Conforming to SAQA s NLRD no 49509) The programme s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies to enable them to practise Electrical Engineering activities and applications at the level expected of a Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 192

224 Professional Engineering Technologist, and to manage Electrical Engineering activities and applications at the level expected of a Professional Engineering Technician. These are as follows: 1. Problem Solving Apply Electrical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve broadly-defined Electrical Engineering problems. 2. Application of scientific and engineering knowledge Demonstrate the application of mathematical, science and engineering knowledge and the requisite skills in an Electrical Engineering environment. 3. Engineering Design Perform procedural and non-procedural design of broadly-defined components, systems, works, products or processes to meet desired needs in the applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. 4. Communication Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language and terminology, structure, style and graphical support. 5. Engineering Management Apply engineering management principles and concepts to engineering activities. 6. Project Development Identify, analyse, conduct and manage a project. 7. Application of Complementary Knowledge Demonstrate a critical awareness of the impact of engineering activity on the social, industrial and physical environment, and of the need to act professionally within one s own limits of competence. The graduate with this qualification should therefore be able to: o Apply an integration of theory, principles, proven techniques, practical experience and appropriate skills to the solution of broadly defined problems in the field of Electrical Engineering while operating within the relevant standards and codes. o Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. o Communicate effectively at all levels. o Apply the knowledge gained to new, broadly-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. o Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. o Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/herself professionally, including the ability to proceed to the Masters level. o Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. o Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. o Relate Electrical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability. o Identify, analyse, conduct and manage a project Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification has same Critical Cross-Field Outcomes as for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 193

225 Programme Characteristics For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Basis of Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: o Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. o South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Electrical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirement is that candidates must have one of the following qualifications: National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical, including a credit for Mathematics III, and with an overall average for all courses of at least 60%. Old National Diploma (T3): Electrical Engineering : Heavy Current or Light Current, plus enough additional courses to accumulate at least 20 credits, including Engineering Mathematics III and Design Projects III, or their equivalents, and with an overall average for all courses of at least 60%. National Higher Diploma: Electrical Engineering: Heavy or Light Current, including a credit for Engineering Mathematics IV or at least Engineering Mathematics III. Any applicant who has a national diploma plus two years work experience in a related field, but fails to meet the average mark of 60 % will have his/her application reviewed by a panel to determine whether he/she can be admitted or not Selection criteria for new students See Minimum Admission Requirements above Programme Rules For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 194

226 If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU. Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. Any provisional approval by Faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the Application for Recognition of Credits form being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for Recognition of Credits form part part of the graduation application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non-processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students Re-Admission of Existing Students Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students. In addition to the above if a student fails the same course twice, the student is not allowed to re-register for the course Completion Rules Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 120 SAQA credits (1.0 Nated credit) at NQF level Exclusion Rules Refer to the WSU s General Rules & Regulations for re-admission of existing students. The respective maximum permissible period of study for the BTech: Eng: Electrical qualification, done on a Part-Time study basis is 4 years. After the maximum period students will not be allowed to register at the WSU. A student may appeal the decision Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 195

227 to the Dean to reconsider his/her case. The Dean shall, through the Faculty Board, make a recommendation to the Senate. The Senate decision on the appeal shall be final [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations] Programme offering The Department of Electrical Engineering only offers the BTech: Electrical programme from the College Street delivery site in East London, Buffalo City. The BTech: Engineering: Electrical consists of two streams: Communication Engineering and Computer Engineering, and Power Engineering and Control Systems. The degree will be issued on completion of 120 (1.0 Nated) credits at NQF Level 7. The learners can compile their curriculum from any of the streams. However, the subjects done at diploma level will dictate which of the two streams the learner can follow. There are 3 compulsory/common courses which must be taken with the prescribed courses indicated in each of the main specialisations. The remaining courses may be selected from the other specialisation. The following specialisations and course combinations are offered at WSU. Please note: The offering of the Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Electrical will only commence once ECSA has approved the offering thereof - accreditation application is currently being prepared BTech: Engineering: Electrical Curriculum Subject Code SAQA Credits (Nated Credits) Common Subjects Industrial Project IV IDPR4/0 36 (0.3) Engineering Mathematics IV EMAT4/0 12 (0.1) Engineering Management IV EMAN4/0 12 (0.1) Communication Engineering and Computer Engineering Signal Processing IV ESPG4/0 12 (0.1) Computer Networks IV ECON4/0 12 (0.1) Electronic Communications Systems IV ECOS4/0 12 (0.1) Electronic Communications IV ECOM4/0 12 (0.1) Digital Signal Processing IV EDSP4/0 12 (0.1) Software Engineering IV ESEN4/0 12 (0.1) Microcontroller Systems IV MICS4/0 12 (0.1) Power Engineering and Control Systems Power Systems IV EPOS4/0 12 (0.1) Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 196

228 Electrical Protection IV EPRO4/0 12 (0.1) Electrical Machines IV EMAC4/0 12 (0.1) Power Electronics IV PELE4/0 12 (0.1) Control Systems IV COSB4/0 12 (0.1) Digital Control Systems IV CODB4/0 12 (0.1) High Voltage Engineering IV EHVE4/0 12 (0.1) Total Credits Minimum 120 (1) Please note: Though the institution promises to offer all the subjects listed above, the department reserve a right not to offer a specific course it is not economically viable to offer it Work Integrated Learning Not applicable under this programme BTech: Engineering: Electrical Curriculum - Prerequisites Subject Code Prerequisites Common Subjects Industrial Project IV IDPR4/0 Design Project III, and the approval of the project topic will be subject to the learner passing appropriate Level III or Level lv subjects. Engineering Mathematics IV EMAT4/0 Mathematics III Engineering Management IV EMAN4/0 None Communication Engineering and Computer Engineering Signal Processing IV ESPG4/0 Mathematics III and preferably Digital Communication II Computer Networks IV ECON4/0 Networks III and/or Digital Communication II Electronic Communications Systems IV ECOS4/0 Radio Engineering III Electronic Communications IV ECOM4/0 Engineering Mathematics IV, Radio Engineering III and preferably Digital Communication II Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 197

229 Digital Signal Processing IV EDSP4/0 Engineering Mathematics IV and/or Signal Processing IV Software Engineering IV ESEN4/0 Software Design III or Programming III Microcontroller Systems IV MICS4/0 Digital Systems III Power Engineering and Control Systems Power Systems IV EPOS4/0 Electrical Engineering III Electrical Protection IV EPRO4/0 Electrical Protection III Electrical Machines IV EMAC4/0 Electrical Machines III Power Electronics IV PELE4/0 Power Electronics III or Industrial Electronics II Control Systems IV COSB4/0 Control Systems III and Engineering Mathematics IV Digital Control Systems IV CODB4/0 Control Systems III and Engineering Mathematics IV High Voltage Engineering IV EHVE4/0 Electrical Distribution III or Electrical Protection III Available electives See details under Curriculum section above Award of Qualification See section on Completion Rules above Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical A graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: Formal specialist study towards post-graduate qualification in Engineering; Programme leading to a qualification required for registration as a Professional Certificated Engineer/Competent Engineering Practitioner; Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 198

230 Masters Degree in Electrical Engineering With responsible work experience, Masters Degree in Business Administration Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with other B Tech qualifications offered by the university at NQF Level 7. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible by enrolment in B Tech qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist can be followed as per conditions laid down by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Core Syllabi of Courses Offered COMPUTER NETWORKS IV ECON 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Introduction : Electrical Interfacing; Local Area Networks; Wide Area Networks; Internetworking. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. CONTROL SYSTEMS IV COSB 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 5 x 45 mins Content/ Elements of Systems Simulation; State Space Analysis of Linear Systems; Control Design; Frequency Domain Design; State Space Design of Linear Systems; Elements of non-linear Systems; Elements of Digital Control Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 199

231 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CODB 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Discrete-time Models and Sampled-data Systems; Mathematical Representation of the Sampling Process; Analysis of Sampled data Systems; Adaptive Control and Self-tuning; Feed forward Control; Cascade control. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EDSP 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Overview of Signals and Systems; Discrete and Continuous Time Signals; Transforms; Digital Filter Design; State Variables. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ECOM 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Signals and Systems; Data Transmission; Communication Channel; Digital Modulation Techniques; Signal Coding. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 200

232 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ECOS 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Digital Radio Systems; Satellite Communications; Television Systems; Microwave Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL PROTECTION IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EPRO 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Faults in power systems and fault calculations. Types of relays according to number of inputs and principle of operations. Protection of; Transmission lines, Synchronous generators, Power transformers, Busbars, Electrical motors. Instrument transformers for protection relays. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL MACHINES IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EMAC4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Synchronous Machines; Induction Machines; Special Machines; Design; Motor Applications; Laboratory Work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 201

233 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EMAT4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 0 2 x 45 mins Content/ Elements of Complex Analysis; Matrices and Vectors; Linear Differential Equations; Linear Difference Equations; Transforms and their Applications. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EMAN4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of s 1 x 3.5 hrs 0 2 x 45mins Content/ The engineer and the manager, the engineering organisation. Total quality management: principles, applications, the human element in engineering management, engineering and construction contracts, professional ethics, the business plan, strategic and financial management. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EHV4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Breakdown of solids, Liquids and gases; High Voltage Generation; High Voltage Measurements; High Voltage Testing; Corona. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. INDUSTRIAL PROJECTS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration IDPR4/0 (see above) 7 (36) 0.3 Year Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 202

234 Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 0 2 x 45 mins Content/ Project Engineering; Research Methodology; An Integrated project, with an industry-orientated approach, which will promote an entrepreneurial attitude in respect of technological innovation and analysis. The project may incorporate teamwork. It need not be original or unique. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. MICROCONTROLLER SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration MICS4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 2 x 45 mins Content/ Advanced Microcontroller architecture, programming and applications. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. Marks will be obtained from assessments based on tests, and assignments/projects. Final mark will be obtained from class tests (20%) + Assignment/Projects (70%) + Lab work (10%). POWER ELECTRONICS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PELE4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Overview of Devices and Circuits; Thermal Modelling; Single and 3-Phase Diode and SCR Rectifiers; AC Voltage Controllers; Inverters; DC Choppers; High- Frequency Transformer Design; Resonant Converters; Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 203

235 POWER SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EPOS4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Transmission lines, Multiport representation of Power Systems and Load Flow Analysis; Control of Power; Stability; High Voltage DC Transmission; Energy Management Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SIGNAL PROCESSING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESGP4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Signals and Systems, Continuous and Discrete Signals, Filters. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESEN4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Week Number of s Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hrs 3 x 5 hrs 2 x 45 mins Content/ Structured Analysis Techniques; Advanced Software Design; Software Implementation. (Coding); Testing a Software System; Controlling Software Development. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Electrical Engineering l Page 204

236 6. DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 6.1. INTRODUCTION & WELCOME BY THE HOD This Departmental Prospectus aims to provide students within the Department with an understanding of the structure of the Department and the programmes offered by the Department. It is our hope that it will guide the student in making informed decisions on course and programme selection. We trust that it will assist students with the successful completion of their academic studies and that it will lead to our ultimate goals for all of our students to be entrepreneurs and to graduate with a qualification of value that meets the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. While academic work should be the cornerstone of your focus at university there is however more to student life than only academic work. Students are therefore encouraged to combine their academic work with other facets of student life through participation in the various student societies. We trust that you will find your studies within the Department of Mechanical Engineering stimulating and rewarding in a journey of lifelong learning DEPARTMENT, SITE AND THE NEW DEPARTMENT CONCEPT The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers undergraduate programmes at the National Diploma and BTech levels. The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers Extended National Diploma programmes. The programmes offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering are listed below: Department Programmes offered Duration Delivery Sites Dept of Mechanical Engineering ND: Eng (Mechanical, Extended Programme) 4yrs Chiselhurst ND: Eng (Mechanical) 3yrs Chiselhurst B Tech: Eng Mechanical 1yr (Full Time) 2yrs (Part Time) Chiselhurst Notes 1 & 2: Subject to approval by DHET of new Extended Programme and revised enrolment plan ACADEMIC FOCUS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The academic focus of the Department is to offer professional programmes that will train technicians and technologists in order for them to meet the criteria for professional registration. The programmes offered are specifically aimed at preparing students for the workplace by offering training that will enable graduates to demonstrate competence, knowledge and judgment in the workplace after graduation DEPARTMENTAL VISION & MISSION Vision of the Department The Department of Mechanical Engineering strives to be a leading centre offering innovative programmes responsive to national developmental priorities that address societal needs. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 205

237 Mission of the Department The Department of Mechanical Engineering strives to provide technologically and vocationally trained graduates which enables the University to meet the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce Goals of the Department Working closely with our community and with the essential support of both the public and private sector, we seek to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and other resources, the Mechanical Engineering Department of the Walter Sisulu University strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life of our community DEPARTMENTAL STAFF Academic Staff HOD/ Lecturer Ms L Ntwatwa MSc Eng (Project Management) Australia, NHDip Mech Eng (Pentech),MNSBE, MSAIMechE Senior Lecturer Dr D Bessinger DEd (Technology Education) (WSU),MSc Mech Eng(La Salle University), HDE (Technical) UPE, PrTechni Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE Senior Lecturer Dr C Louw DEd (Technology Education) (WSU),MSc Mech Eng (La Salle University), NHD (Mech), TOFS), PrTechni Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE Senior Lecturer Dr C van Zyl PhD Eng (NMMU), MTech (NMMU), NHDip (Mech Eng) (Cape Tech), Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE, Lecturer Mr B Parastaran BSc Eng Mech (Holy Angel Univ Philippines) Lecturer Mr NM Mbola NHD (Mech Eng)(PET), MNSBE Lecturer Mr SD Mawisa B Tech (Mech Eng) (Pen Tech), ND (Mech Eng) (Pen Tech), Pr. Tech Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE, MNSBE Lecturer (Contract) Mr Z Mpeta Lecturer (Contract) Mr I Sunjka Lecturer (Contract) Mr M Mdlalo BTech (Mech) UNISA, ND (Mech) (BT), MNSBE, Candidate Eng. Tech (ECSA), MSAIMechE MTech, BSc Eng (Mech), Pr Eng (ECSA), FSAIMechE BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech) (ECT) Jnr Lecturer (Contract) Mr S Mqhayi BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech) (WSU) Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 206

238 Administrative & academic support staff Academic Secretary Ms N Sonamzi BTech: Bus Admin (WSU) NDip: Omtech (WSU) Senior Lab Technician Mr M Tyokolo B Tech (Mech) (Pen Tech), ND (Mech Eng) (Pen Tech) Trade Certificate (Tool Jig and Die making), MNSBE Lab Technician Mr D Mpumlwana BTech Mech Eng (WSU) Lab Technician Mr T Totana NDip Mech Eng (WSU) Lab Technician Mr E Njokweni BTech Mech Eng (WSU) Artisan Mr ML Ntlanjeni Trade Certificate (Tool and Die making) 6.6. DEPARTMENTAL RULES General Students should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, they automatically become members of the University and agree to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the General prospectus. Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as described in this Prospectus is not guaranteed but may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. It essentially addresses mobility and recognition of units of learning completed at Technical College, University and other accredited Institutions of learning, as well as Experiential Learning undertaken in industry. Refer to individual programme rules for details. The departments in the Department of Engineering have also drawn up specific guidelines that govern the articulation and outline the RPL requirements that must be met Class attendance Attendance of all classes, including practicals, laboratory work, tutorials and site visits are compulsory. All classes, including tutorials and site visits are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. The lecturer will keep a register of students class attendance that is used as part of the assessment of student performance. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 207

239 Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments Students who are absent from semester tests, practicals/lab work site visits, or who fail to submit assignments or projects before or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment unit, unless the lecturer is provided with a written certificate (within 7 days after the test) from a medical doctor/dentist to confirm that he/she was ill. No more than one semester major assessment (e.g. test) may be missed. Any other of the university s rules/regulations in this regard will also be applicable Course Evaluation Students will be required to complete Evaluation forms on Course Offering and Instructor at the end of the course Code of Conduct The main focus for students is as follows: Study and learn. Lecturer and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning. Promote such a learning environment the students and lecturers undertake to be respectful of each other. Commit themselves to perform their work in a diligent and responsible manner. Understand that students are encouraged to ask questions. Undertake to be punctual in attendance of all classes. Undertake to keep venues clean and tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside the classroom. Undertake to take care for the documentation and equipment issued and for the equipment that are used in practicals or in the classroom DEPARTMENTAL INFORMATION Professional Status The process of professional development of a Professional Engineering Technician starts with the attainment of a qualification that meets this standard. After graduation, a programme of training and experience is completed to attain the competencies for professional registration. The following is a summary of programmes that are offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programme is offered As a statutory body, constituted in terms of the Engineering Profession of South Africa Act, 46 of 2000, ECSA has the power of setting and auditing of academic standards for purposes of registration through a process of accreditation of engineering programmes at universities. Following an ECSA visit in March 2010, ECSA has made the following resolutions regarding accreditation status of programmes offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 208

240 National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Mechanical accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. ECSA is scheduled ot undertake a visit to consider the next cycle of accreditation, early in Student Societies in the Department The Mechanical Engineering Society (MES) is a student initiative and is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students. The Mechanical Engineering Society strives to: Integrate all Mechanical Engineering student activities. Develop close relations with appropriate professional organisations. Recognise the achievements of members through team projects. Build a database of fellow Mechanical Engineering students. Encourage career development and support from industry. Organise educational tours and site visits. Be the voice for all Mechanical Engineering students. Be non-political and non-discriminatory in the conduct of Society affairs. Aims and Objectives of the Mechanical Engineering Society: To integrate all Mechanical Engineering students and promote a spirit of unity with the other engineering departments at WSU. To develop its members not only academically, but also on other aspects relating to career development. To take up the needs and demands of Mechanical Engineering students of the WSU with acknowledgement of the SRC. To strive for the development and growth of the Mechanical Engineering Department at WSU. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 209

241 PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students It is part of the Department of Mechanical Engineering mission to instil entrepreneurial skills in their graduates to support their academic talents. Therefore, compulsory ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The Department of Mechanical Engineering also encourages students and staff to become members of the various professional and institutional bodies. While studying towards the diploma qualification, students are encouraged to join various institutions and professional bodies. More information is available from the HOD. Students are encouraged to visit the ECSA, SAIMechE and NSBE websites for more information Career Opportunities The job opportunities for graduates in Mechanical Engineering include the management and control of all mechanical related design, construction, manufacturing, testing, commissioning and maintenance of equipment and systems. This career also offers challenging opportunities in the following Mechanical Engineering Fields. Computer applications (CAD/CAM); Design and development of mechanical components; Quality control and Condition monitoring; Management of industrial projects and production lines; Design of hydraulic/pneumatic systems; Retail, design or development of air conditioning equipment; Engineering supervisor; Management of maintenance teams and production services; Technical education Purpose of the Qualification The purpose of the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical is to train technicians who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technician by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgment in the identification and solution of complex Mechanical engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of Mechanical Engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Mechanical Engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme Ability to apply Mechanical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Mechanical Engineering problems. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 210

242 Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Mechanical Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Mechanical Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Follow developments in Mechanical Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesis and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in a Mechanical Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/herself professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. Relate Mechanical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability Critical Cross-field Outcomes This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: In the problem-solving process, the student is expected to be both creative and critical. Working effectively with others as a member of a group, organisation and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: Individual work and the ability to function in a team situation. Communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. Self-management by organising and managing oneself and one s activities responsibly and effectively. Collecting, analysing, organising and critically evaluating information. Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations. Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others. Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 211

243 Programme Characteristics Programme Academic Structure The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (01/04) of Education NATED 150/151 document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Career Orientated Academic Study The programme is career-orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The Mechanical Engineering courses are developed co-operatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis Site Visits & Practical Work One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site hands-on work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various engineering fields; it also provides students with a real feel of engineering Teaching & Learning Methodology Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements National Senior Certificate APS Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Other 30 NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40-49%) for English at a Home Language or First Additional Language level NSC Achievement rating of at least 3 (40-49%) for Mathematics (not Engineering graphics and design Mechanical Technology Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met. Applicants are required to participate in National Benchmarking and SATAPS Tests Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 212

244 Grade 12/Matric Mathematics Literacy) NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40-49%) for Physical Sciences. Senior Certificate Requirement: An E-symbol for English (2 nd language) on the Higher Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. FET Colleges National Certificate Requirement: An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements as specified for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: English, as it is the university s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) Life Orientation 50% in Physical Science 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): Engineering Processes Engineering Technology Fitting and Turning Automotive Repair & Maintenance Engineering Fabrication Boilermaking or Sheet Metal Worker Welding Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Process Electro-technology Computer Integrated Manufacturing Mechatronic Systems All NC(V) 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBTs) as conducted by the Department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through recognition of prior learning processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning facilitates access to an education, training and career path in engineering and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 213

245 Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognised methods. Any other evidence of prior learning should be assessed through formal RPL processes to recognise achievement thereof. Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage engineering qualification. Learners who already work in the engineering industry and who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification, will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: HESA/Institutional guideline document, Exemption Requirements: Foreign Department Qualifications institutional equivalence reference document. (Where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF. Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU s General Rules & Regulations Section Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will, however, be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the basic requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP s). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered direct enrolment entry into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations Programme Rules As for Department rules. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 214

246 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition, the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50% of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU. Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. Any provisional approval by Department/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non-degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the Application for Recognition of Credits form being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for Recognition of Credits form should be part of the graduation application and must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non-processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students Re-Admission of Existing Students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Mechanical Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Mechanical Engineering programme as per table in section below. Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 215

247 b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must first enrol for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Completion Rules Over and above the requirements as set out below, an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as described in WSU s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits) with: 120 SAQA credits (1 NATED credits) obtained from the two compulsory in-service training course offerings 240 SAQA credits (2 NATED credits) obtained from the listed instructional offerings with at least 60 SAQA credits (0,5 NATED credits) obtained from level III instructional offerings Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on readmission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Mechanical Engineering programme are as follows: A student who progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. Theory subjects (Levels 1, 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* WIL subjects (P1 & P2) For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled. Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained* Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 216

248 Registration requirements that must be met a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enrol for the courses at the lower level. Application for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the prerequisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Programmes offering The Department of Mechanical Engineering currently operates from the Chiselhurst Site in East London. Below are the programmes offered: Portion of Programme Chiselhurst Delivery Site S1: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester S2: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester S3: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester S4: Main Stream Offered in 1 st and 2 nd semester P1: Work Integrated Learning Industry based: Enrolment in 1 st and 2 nd semester P2: Work Integrated Learning Industry based: Enrolment in 1 st and 2 nd semester Note: All offerings are subject to viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and all physical and human resources being available Curriculum Structure S1 6 Months Course Code (Chiselhurst) Credit Communication Studies I CMST1/0 10 (0.083) Computer and Programming Skills 1 CAPS11/0 10 (0.083) Mechanics I MECH1/0 10 (0.083) Mechanical Engineering Drawing I MEDR1/0 10 (0.083) Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering 1 MMEN1/0 10 (0.083) Mathematics I MATH1/0 10 (0.083) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 217

249 S2 6 Months Course Code (Chiselhurst) Credit Computer Aided Draughting I CADA1/0 10 (0.083) Fluid Mechanics II FMEC2/0 10 (0.83) Mechanics of Machines II MECM2/0 10 (0.083) Strength of Materials II STMA2/0 10 (0.083) Thermodynamics II MTHE2/0 10 (0.083) Mathematics II MATH2/0 10 (0,083) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) CEP 2 6 Months in industry Course Code (Chiselhurst) Credit Mechanical Engineering Practice I (P1) MEEP1/0 60 (0,5) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) CEP 2B 6 Months in industry Course Code (Chiselhurst) Credit Mechanical Engineering Practice II (P2) MEEP2/0 60 (0,5) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) S3 6 Months Course Code (Chiselhurst) Credit Mechanical Engineering Design II MEDS2/0 10 (0,083) Fluid Mechanics III FMEA3/0 10 (0,083) Mechanics of Machines III MECA3/0 10 (0,083) Strength of Materials III STMA3/0 10 (0,083) Thermodynamics III MTHA3/0 10 (0,083) Mathematics III MATH3/0 10 (0,083) Mechanical Manufacturing II MMEN2/0 10 (0,083) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) S4 6 Months Course Code (Chiselhurst) Applied Strength of Materials III STMB3/0 10 (0,083) Mechanical Engineering Design III MEDA3/0 10 (0,083) Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 218

250 Hydraulic Machines III FMEB3/0 10 (0,083) Steam Plant III MTHB3/0 10 (0,083) Management Skills I MANM1/0 10 (0,083) Electro-technology I ELTC1/0 10 (0,083) Mechanical Manufacturing III MMEA3/0 10 (0,083) Total credits for this period 0, Work Integrated Learning To fulfil the requirements of the National Diploma a student must complete at least one year of applicable experiential learning. In the curriculum the experiential learning has been divided into two semester modules namely Mechanical Engineering Practice 1 and Mechanical Engineering Practice 2. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Co-operative Education Department. The set out curricula for each of the disciplines, previously listed, is the ideal suggested progression. A student who possesses the following experience/qualifications may apply for recognition of credits for Mechanical Engineering Practice I or II, such application which will be subject to Senate approval: A student who has completed an (in-house or in-company) apprenticeship in a mechanical engineering discipline may apply to be exempted for Mechanical Engineering Practice I. A student who has completed an apprenticeship and has been evaluated by a governmental service provider in a mechanical engineering discipline may apply to be exempted for Mechanical Engineering Practice I & II. A student with a Government Certificate of Competency (GCC), Mines or Works may apply to be exempted for both Mechanical Engineering Practice I and II Pre-Requisite Courses Course Computer Aided Draughting I Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Mechanical Engineering Design II Mathematics II Electrotechnology I Pre-/co-Requisites Mechanical Engineering Drawing I; Computer Skills I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mathematics I Mathematics I (Co-Requisite) Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 219

251 Mathematics III Fluid Mechanics III Mechanics of Machines III Strength of Materials III Thermodynamics III Applied Strength of Materials III Mechanical Engineering Practice I Mechanical Engineering Practice II Mechanical Engineering Design III Hydraulic Machines III Steam Plant III Mechanical Manufacturing II Mechanical Manufacturing III Electro-technology II Electro-technology III Maintenance Engineering II Mathematics II Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Strength of Materials III Completed S2 Level or a minimum of 120 (1,0) Academic Credit Completed S3 Level; Mechanical Engineering Practice I or a minimum of 180 (1.5) Academic Credits Mechanical Engineering Design II; Fluid Mechanics III Thermodynamics III Mechanical Manufacturing I Mechanical Manufacturing II Electro-technology I Electro-technology II Maintenance Engineering I Available electives Offerings of electives cannot be guaranteed and are subject to physical and human resources being available and viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD). Course Mechanical Manufacturing II Mechanical Manufacturing III Electro-technology I Electro-technology II Electro-technology III Code MMEN2/0 MMEA3/0 ELTC1/0 ELTC2/0 ELTC3/ Award of Qualification See section on Completion Rules above. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 220

252 Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor of Engineering Technology, NQF Level 7. The Exit Level Outcomes ensure that a graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician. A Studentship programme directed at becoming registered as a Professional Engineering Technician or meeting other industry requirements. Formal specialist study toward the B.Eng Tech. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by other universities, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation, a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician can be followed as per conditions laid down by Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Core Syllabi of Courses Offered COMMUNICATION CMST 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 1 X 45 min None Content/ Theory: Listening Skills, Thinking Skills, Speaking Skills, Writing Skills, Academic Writing, Reading Skills, Information Gathering Skills, Principles and Models of Communication. Practicals:: Language Lab (L100 Software) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 221

253 required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses COMPUTER SKILLS CAPS1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None None Content/ Theory: 1. Basic Concepts of IT. 2. File Management. 3. Word Processing. 4. Spreadsheets. 5. Presentations. 6. Information and Communication. Practicals: Presentation module will be done practically as students will learn a variety of skills such as research, group working, speaking, confidence as well as using the application itself. Mech Ext may submit a word processing assignment should it be deemed necessary. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICS 1 MECH 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per sem Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1. Units, physical quantities and vectors. 2. Kinematics. 3. Dynamics. 4. Statics. 5. Work and Energy. 6. Impulse and momentum. 7. Rotational motion. Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING I MEDR 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 222

254 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction of Drawing Equipment, Basic Drawing Principles, Application of Freehand Sketching, Assembly Drawing, Introduction to AutoCAD, 2D Drawing with AutoCAD. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING I MMEN1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 10 x 2 hrs Content/ Theory: 1. Safe practices. 2. Hand processes. 3. Marking out. 4. Sheet-metal operations. 5. Measuring equipment. 6. Cutting tools and cutting fluids. 7. Drilling. 8. Turning. 9. Surface grinding. 10. Milling. 11. Joining Methods. 12. Materials Practicals: Consist of a project to be made by students in the workshop. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MATHEMATICS I MATH 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 1 x 2 hours Content/ Theory: 1. Radian measure. 2. Trigonometry. 3. Determinants. 4. Logarithms. 5. Complex numbers. 6. Differentiation. 7. Applications of Derivatives. 8. Integration and Applications on Integration. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 223

255 COMPUTER AIDED DRAUGHTING CADA1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 1 x 2 hrs Content/Sylla bus Theory: 1. Introduction, 2. Organising your drawing Setup, 3. Using coordinate systems, 4. Creating Objects, 5. Editing methods, 6. Using object snap, 7. Controlling the draw display 8. Dimensioning 9. Working with text 10. Hatching 11. Calculating 12. Blocks and xrefs 13. Plotting 14. Three-Dimensional Space 15. Creating solids 16. Meshed Surfaces 17. Editing in 3D 18. Rendering 19. Working with Paper Space 20. Working with content. Practical: None Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. FLUID MECHANICS II FMEC 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Static Pressure and Head 2. Fluid Pressure on Surfaces. 3. Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies. 4. Liquid in Motion. 5. Flow measurement - Venture and Pitot tube. 6. Flow measurement - Small and Large Orifices. 7. Flow measurement - Notches and Weirs. Practicals: Consist of three experiments and two research report chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICS OF MACHINES II MECM 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Semester Tutorials per (PAL) Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 224

256 Content/ Theory: 1. Vehicle Dynamics. 2. Belt Drives and Band Brakes. 3. Moments of Inertia. 4. Simple Harmonic Motion. 5. Hoisting and Hauling Machines. 6. Friction Clutches. Practicals:: Consist of three experiments-belts, Simple Harmonic Motion and Centripetal Force. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS II STMA2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Simple stress and strain 2. Behavior of materials in tension. 3. Compound bars. 4. Thin Cylinders. 5. Thin Rotating Rims. 6. Shear force and Bending moment in beams. 7. Close Coiled helical Springs. 8. Pin Jointed frames. 9. Material testing. Practicals: Consist of three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THERMODYNAMICS II MTHE 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Project per semester Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Gases. 2. Properties of water and steam. 3. Basic steam plant layout. 4. Condensers. 5. Combustion. Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II MATH 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs Tutorials per Number of s Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 225

257 6 x 45 min None 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Matrix Algebra. 2. Hyperbolic Functions. 3. Parametric Equations. 4. Newton s Method. 5. Differentiation & Partial Differentiation. 6. Integration techniques and integration applications. First Order Differential Equations. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN II MEDS 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to the Design Process. 2. Circular Shaft. 3. Keys and splined connections. 4 Couplings and Joints. 5. Gear Design 6. Welded Joints. 7.Fasteners and bolted connections. 8. Belt and bearings. Practicals: Consist of three projects and research reports chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. FLUID MECHANICS III FMEA 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1.Pipe flow. 2. Transmission of power in pipeline. 3. Quasi Steady Flow. 4. Dimensional Analysis and Similarity. 5. Viscous Flow. 6. Hydrodynamic. 7. Vortices. Practicals: Consist of three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 226

258 MATHEMATICS III MATH 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Laplace Transforms. 2. Linear Differential Equations of the second order and higher. 3. Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations. 4. Harmonics. 5. Numerical Methods. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIAL IIIA STMA 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1. Geometrical properties of beam sections 2. Bending stresses in beams 3.Stress concentration and fatigue 4.Catenaries. 5. Shear stress in beams 6.Temperature induced stresses 7.Strain energy Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THERMODYNAMICS III MTHA 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1.Gas and Steam processes 2. Compressors. 3. Internal Combustion Engines. 4. Refrigeration. 5. Nozzles. 6. Revision. Practicals: Consist of three experiments/projects, i.e. Refrigeration, Compressors and Steam Nozzles. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 227

259 and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses APPLIED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS III B STMB 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1. Slope and deflection of beams. 2. Thick Cylinders. 3. Laminated Springs. 4. Struts. 5. Transformation of stress and strain. Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN III MEDA 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Group consultation sessions/ Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 1 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1.Project Management 2.MS Project 3.Engineering Design, 4.Problem Identification, 5.Design Proposal, 6.Creativity, 7.Design Drawings, 8.Design Analysis, 9.Implimentation, 10.Report Writing. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. HYDRAULIC MACHINES III FMEB 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Impulse Turbine. 2. Reaction Turbine. 3. Similarity of turbines. 4. Rotodynamic Pumps. 5. Pump Characteristic Curves. 6. Pumping System-Pump Selection and Operation. 7. Pumps: General and Technical data. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 228

260 Practicals: Consist of three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THERMODYNAMICS III MTHA 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1.Gas and Steam processes 2. Compressors. 3. Internal Combustion Engines. 4. Refrigeration. 5. Nozzles. 6. Revision. Practicals: Consist of three experiments/projects, i.e. Refrigeration, Compressors and Steam Nozzles Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING II MMEN2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 10 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1.Introduction to the Design Process 2. Toothed Gearing 3. Shafts and Power Transmission 4.Couplings, Belts and Pulleys 6.Bearings 7. Fasteners. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments/projects and tests. To receive a credit for this subject a minimum mark of 50% average as well as subminimum of 40% for both the tests and assignments are required. MANAGEMENT SKILLS 1 MANM1/0 (see above) 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 3 x 45 min Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 229

261 Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to management. 2. Evolution of management theory. 3. Managing in a changing environment. 4. Business environment. 5. Goal formation. 6. Planning. 7. Managerial Decision making. 8. Organisation Design. 9. Authority, Power and Job design. 10. Leadership. 11. Motivation. 12. Communication and Negotiation. 13. Control. 14. Entrepreneurship and small business management in perspective. 15. Basic business concepts for the prospective entrepreneur. 16 Identification of feasible small business ideas. 17. Viability of a small business idea. 18. Business plan. 19 Setting up a business. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTROTECHNOLOGY I ELTC1/0 (see above) 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs Content/ Theory: 1. Intro to Electricity and Basic Concepts. 2. Resistance. 3. Electrical Circuits. 4. Electromagnetism. 5. Inductance. 6. Capacitance. 7. Measuring Instruments. 8. Cells. 9. Basic AC Theory. Practicals: Consist of three research report chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING III MMEA3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min 10 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: Overview of traditional Manufacturing process, 2. Jigs and fixtures, 4. Nontraditional Machining, 5. Advanced Machine Tools, 6. Automation, 7. CNC Machines, 8. CAD/CAM, 9. Robotics, 10. Flexible Manufacturing system. Practical: Project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 230

262 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE 1 MEEP 1/0 (see above) 6 60 (0.5) Semester Site visits once per semester One-on-one consultation sessions Number of s 2hrs/student 1hr/student Content/ Practical: 1. Workshop Practice, 2. Measuring equipment and hand tools, 3. Turning, 4. Milling, 5. Welding, 6. On-the-job training, 7. Practical workshop experience, planning and handling of material; 8. Maintenance production and construction experience. 9. Inventory control and storage. 10. Operational /service activity investigation and Project Work (Lower level) Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Either a Pass mark or Fail mark awarded. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE 2 MEEP2/0 (see above) 6 60 (0.5) Semester Site visits once per semester One on one consultation sessions Number of s 2hrs/student 1hr/student Content/ Theory: 1.Design Process, 2. Project and systems development work, 3. Project Management, 4. Engineering equipment and systems. 5. Power Point Presentations. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Either a Pass mark or Fail mark awarded. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 231

263 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL [EXTENDED PROGRAMME] Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Purpose of Qualification The purpose for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Additional modules are therefore introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake Mechanical Engineering studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Mechanical Engineering studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: Gain a contextualised understanding of the field of Mechanical Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic Mechanical Engineering practices effectively. Become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Mechanical Engineering discipline. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims. The rationale for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme is, therefore, essentially the same as for the three year National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical programme but is specifically designed in such a way to benefit students by providing support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Students successfully completing the Extended Programme will thus be able to: Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Mechanical Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Mechanical Engineering practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Mechanical Engineering academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the S2 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Mechanical. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 232

264 Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period. The additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme are: To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and engineering science and their application which forms part of the National Diploma Engineering: Mechanical programme. To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. To enhance and develop the students academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the National Diploma Engineering: Mechanical programme. To develop students life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies Programme Characteristics Programme Academic Structure For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Academic Programme Structure Courses on the academic programme are offered in terms of the Department of Higher Education Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Career Orientated Academic Study For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Teaching & Learning Methodology In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second levels of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the main stream Semester 3 and Semester 4. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 233

265 Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirements are the same as for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical) Selection criteria for new students The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAPs). On completion of the SATAPS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (on sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations Programme Rules As for Departmental rules Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Re-Admission of Existing Students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Mechanical Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Mechanical Engineering Extended programme as per table in section below Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1 Students who successfully complete all S1 courses after Year 1, and who obtain an aggregate of at least 70% for each of the courses listed below, will be eligible for consideration by the HOD, for promotion to the S2 main stream programme. [Courses: Mechanics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I, Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering I, Mathematics I]. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 234

266 Completion Rules The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical qualification, of which the exit / completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Exclusion Rules Students should take specific note of the WSU s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on readmission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Mechanical Engineering Extended programme are as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. While student is enrolled in Extended programme (Level 1A & 1B): At the end of academic period (semesters) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* Once student has progressed to mainstream programme(level 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained* WIL subjects (P1 & P2) - once student has progressed to mainstream programme For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled. 1 2 Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained* Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits. Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled. Registration requirements that must be met: a) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must first enrol for the courses at the lower level. Application for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 235

267 Extended Programmes offering Sites The Department of Mechanical Engineering currently offers the Extended Programme at the Chiselhurst delivery site (Buffalo City) Curriculum Structure In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester levels of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enrol for the following courses, which all contai006e foundational provision. The National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme is structured as follows: S1 12 Months Course Code Credit Communication Studies I ECMM 1/0 10 (0.083) Computer and Programming Skills 1 ECPR 1/0 10 (0.083) Mechanics I EMEC 1/0 10 (0.083) Mechanical Engineering Drawing I EMED 1/0 10 (0.083) Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering 1 EMME 1/0 10 (0.083) Mathematics I EMAT 1/0 10 (0.083) Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) S2 12 Months Course Code Credit Computer Aided Draughting I ECAD 1/0 10 (0.083) Fluid Mechanics II EFME 2/0 10 (0.083) Mechanics of Machines II EMEC 2/0 10 (0.083) Strength of Materials II ESTM 2/0 10 (0.083) Thermodynamics II EMTH 2/0 10 (0.083) Mathematics II EMAT 2/0 10 (0.083) Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 236

268 Total credits for this period 60 (0,5) Level 2 (P1 & S3) and Level 3 (P2 & S4) of this programme are described under the same section for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Once a student on this programme progresses to S3 he/she follow the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Work Integrated Learning For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Pre-Requisite Courses S2 Courses Computer Aided Draughting I Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Mathematics II Pre-Requisite Mechanical Engineering Drawing I; Computer Skills I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mathematics I Available electives None Award of Qualification The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical qualification, of which the exit/ completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical qualification, of which the articulation details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 237

269 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Note: codes are different (see curriculum above) as well as duration for completion of S1 and S2 courses in National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical [Extended], i.e. S1 and S2 are each of one year duration and include foundational provision. COMMUNICATION ECOM 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 1 X 45 min None Content/ Theory: 1. Academic literacy (F); 2.Computer literacy (F); 3.Process of Communication; 4.Organisational Communication; 5. Interpersonal Communication; 6. Non-verbal Communication; 7. Intercultural Communication; 8. Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory; 9. Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory; 10. Multimedia communication (F). Practical: Language Lab (L100 Software); Continuous throughout the year (F); Presentation module (F); Submission of a portfolio of work (F). Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses COMPUTER SKILLS ECAP1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None None Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to the desktop computer keyboard and monitor application (F); 2. Fundamentals of the desktop computer the menu (F); 3. Basic Concepts of IT. 4. File Management. 5. Word Processing. 6. Spreadsheets. 7. Presentations. 8. Information and Communication. 9. Compilation of technical reports; 10.Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing (F); Practicals: Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 238

270 50%. MECHANICS 1 EMEC 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per sem Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs None Content/ Theory: 1. Review of the basics of mathematical measurement and calculations needed for physics (F); 2. Review of the fundamentals of physics (F); 3. Units, physical quantities and vectors; 4. Kinematics; 5. Dynamics; 6. Statics; 7. Work and Energy; 8. Impulse and momentum; 9. Rotational motion. Practicals: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING I EMED 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per sem Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to Drawings (F); 2. Introduction to Drawing Applications and Practices (F); 3. Introduction to Drawing Equipment (F); 4. Use of Drawing Equipment; 5. Basic Drawing Principles, Application of Freehand Sketching, Assembly Drawing, Introduction to AutoCAD (F), 2D Drawing with AutoCAD. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING I EMME1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 239

271 Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 10 x 2 hrs Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to Basic Safety in the work environment (F); 2. Safe practices. 3. Introduction to Manufacturing Theory and Practices (F); 4. Hand processes. 5. Marking out. 6. Sheet-metal operations. 7. Measuring equipment. 8. Cutting tools and cutting fluids. 9. Drilling. 10. Turning. 11. Surface grinding. 12. Milling. 13. Joining Methods. 14. Materials Practicals: Consist of a project to be made by students in the workshop. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments.. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MATHEMATICS I EMAT 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 1 x 2 hours Content/ Theory: 1. Measurements and SI units (F); 2. Changing the subject of an equation (F); 3.Revision of logs and exponents (F); 4.Determinants & Cramer s Rule; 5.Significant Figures; 6.Radian measure. 2. Trigonometry. 3. Determinants. 4. Logarithms. 5. Complex numbers. 6. Differentiation. 7. Applications of Derivatives. 8. Integration and Applications on Integration. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER AIDED DRAUGHTING ECAD1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per year Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 1 x 2 hrs Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to CAD, 2. Organising your drawing Setup, 3. Using coordinate systems, 4. Creating Objects, 5. Editing methods, 6. Using object snap, 7. Controlling the draw display 8. Dimensioning 9. Working with text 10. Hatching 11. Calculating 12. Blocks and xrefs 13. Plotting 14. Three-Dimensional Space 15. Creating solids 16. Meshed Surfaces 17. Editing in 3D 18. Rendering 19. Working with Paper Space 20. Working with content. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 240

272 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. FLUID MECHANICS II EFME 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Review of hydraulic principles (F). 2. Static Pressure and Head. 3. Fluid Pressure on Surfaces. 4. Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies. 5. Liquid in Motion. 6. Flow measurement _ venture and Pitot tube. 7. Flow measurement _ Small and Large Orifices. 8. Flow measurement _ Notches and Weirs. Practicals: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three core experiments. Research work: Two research reports chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICS OF MACHINES II EMEC 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per Semester Tutorials per (PAL) Number of s 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to Machines (F). 2. Vehicle Dynamics. 3. Belt Drives and Band Brakes. 4. Moments of Inertia. 5. Simple Harmonic Motion. 6. Hoisting and Hauling Machines. 7. Friction Clutches. Practicals:: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three core experiments- Belts, Simple Harmonic Motion and Centripetal Force Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS II ESTM 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 241

273 Pracs per semester Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to engineering materials (F). 2. Simple stress and strain. 3. Behaviour of materials in tension. 3. Compound bars. 4. Introduction to Cylinders (F). 5. Thin Cylinders. 6. Introduction to rotating rims (F). 7. Thin Rotating Rims. 8. Shear force and Bending moment in beams. 9. Close Coiled helical Springs. 10 Pin Jointed frames. 11. Material testing. Practicals: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THERMODYNAMICS II EMTH 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs per semester Project per semester Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1.Revision of physic fundamentals (F). 2. Principles of Thermodynamics (F). 3. Introduction to properties of gases (F). 4. Gases. 5. Introduction to properties of water (F). 6. Properties of water and steam. 7. Introduction to steam plant (F). 8. Steam plant layout. 9. Introduction to Condensers (F). 10. Condensers. 11. Combustion. Practicals: consist of three fundamental experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II EMAT 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0.083) Semester Pracs Tutorials per Number of s Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 3 x 45 min Content/ Theory: 1. Review of Mathematical concepts covered under Maths I (F). 2. Matrix Algebra. 3. Hyperbolic Functions. 4. Parametric Equations. 5. Newton s Method. 6. Review of Differentiation (F). 7. Partial Differentiation. 8. Review of Integration. 9. Integration techniques and integration applications. 10. Introduction to 1 st order Differential Equations. 11. First Order Differential Equations. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 242

274 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 243

275 B TECH: ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical, except that graduates will be able to perform work at the technologist level Purpose of Qualification The purpose of the B Tech: Engineering: Mechanical is to train technologists who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technologist by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgment in the identification and solution of complex mechanical engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technologist level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of mechanical engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve broadly-defined mechanical engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme Ability to apply Mechanical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve broadly-defined Mechanical Engineering problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Mechanical Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. Solutions may be partially outside standards and codes and will require judgement that can be justified. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Mechanical Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. Follow developments in Mechanical Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. Apply the knowledge gained to new, broadly-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 244

276 Use basic methods of enquiry in a Mechanical Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. Relate Mechanical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification has same Critical Cross-Field Outcomes as for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Programme Characteristics The programme is offered in terms of the: Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Mechanical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID Programme Information Minimum Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirement is that candidates should have accumulated at least one year of appropriate post diploma experience and (i) A revised National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical (S-stream), or its equivalent, OR (ii) A National Higher Diploma: Mechanical Engineering (T4) with the appropriate courses at this level for the field of specialisation the candidate wishes to pursue, OR (iii) A National Diploma: Mechanical Engineering (T3) with at least two (2) of the following S4-level courses: Applied Strength of Materials III, Steam Plant III, Hydraulic Machines III, Mathematics III. Newly qualified diplomats who wish to proceed directly to the BTech programme without the experiential requirements may be admitted if they obtained an average of at least 60% in their Level III courses. However, admission is not automatic, as candidates will be selected on the basis of their proven academic record and post qualification professional experience Selection criteria for new students See Minimum Admission Requirements above Programme Rules As for Department rules (see section 8). Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 245

277 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of Department) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU. Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. Any provisional approval by Department/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non-degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the Application for Recognition of Credits form being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed Applications for Recognition of Credits, if it forms part of the graduation application and must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non-processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students Re-Admission of Existing Students Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students Completion Rules Over and above the requirements as set out below, an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 1 credit with courses as per course combination rules described under Curriculum section below. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 246

278 Exclusion Rules Refer to the WSU s General Rules & Regulations for re-admission of existing students. The respective maximum permissible period of study for the BTech: Eng: Mechanical qualification, done on a Part-Time study basis is 4 years. After the maximum period students will not be allowed to register at the WSU. A student may appeal the decision to the Dean to reconsider his/her case. The Dean shall, through the Faculty Board, make a recommendation to the Senate. The Senate decision on the appeal shall be final [also see Rule G7-10 of WSU s General Rules & Regulations] Programmes offering The Department of Mechanical Engineering currently only operates from the Chiselhurst Campus in East London, Buffalo City Curriculum Structure Course (Full-Time) Code Note 1 Credit Semester 1 (1 st 6 months) of Year 1 Thermodynamics IV MTHC4/0 0,125(15) Strength of materials IV STMC4/ (15) Fluid mechanics IV FMEC4/ (15) Manufacturing Management IV MMED4/ (15) Engineering Design Project IV (year course) MEDC4/ (30) Semester 2 (2 nd 6 months) of Year 1 Refrigeration and Air-conditioning IV MTHD4/ (15) Stress Analysis IV STMD4/ (15) Turbo machines IV FMED4/ (15) Environmental Engineering IV ENVI4/ (15) Total credits required [from the above] 1,000(120) Course (Part-Time) Code Credit Semester 1 (1 st 6 Months) of Year 1 (select two courses) Thermodynamics IV MTHC4/0 0,125(15) Strength of materials IV STMC4/ (15) Fluid mechanics IV FMEC4/ (15) Manufacturing Management IV MMED4/ (15) Engineering Design Project IV (year course) MEDC4/ (30) Semester 2 (2 nd 6 Months) of Year 1 (Select two course) Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 247

279 Refrigeration and Air-conditioning IV MTHD4/ (15) Stress Analysis IV STMD4/ (15) Turbo machines IV FMED4/ (15) Environmental Engineering IV ENVI4/ (15) Engineering Design Project IV (year course) MEDC4/ (30) Semester 3 (1 st 6 Months) of Year 2 select 2 Courses from Semester 1 above Semester 4 (2 nd 6 Months) of Year 2 select 2 Courses from Semester 2 above Note that Engineering Design Project IV is a year course and can only be registered for during Semester 1 of each year. Total Credits required from the above is 1.000(120) Work Integrated Learning Not applicable under this programme Pre-Requisite Courses B-Tech Courses Refrigeration and Air-conditioning IV Thermodynamics IV Strength of Materials IV Stress Analysis IV Fluid Mechanics IV Turbo Machines IV Engineering Design Project IV Mathematics IV Pre-Requisite Steam Plant III Steam Plant III Applied Strength of Materials III Applied Strength of Materials III Hydraulic Machines III Hydraulic Machines III Engineering Design III Mathematics III Available electives Note: Offerings of electives cannot be guaranteed and are subject to physical and human resources being available and viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) Award of Qualification See section on Completion Rules above Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 248

280 Articulation Vertical A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist. For graduates with an appropriate level of achievement, the ability to enter NQF Level 8 programmes and then proceed to masters degrees. In programmes designed for certificated engineers, the education base for achieving proficiency in mining/plant operations and occupational health and safety. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with other B Tech qualifications offered by the university at NQF Level 7. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible by enrolment in B Tech qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist can be followed as per conditions laid down by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Core Syllabi of Courses Offered REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING IV MTHD 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester One-on-one Projects per semester Consultation per Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / Theory: 1. Air conditioning. 2. Refrigeration. 3. Cold storage. 4. Components. Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS IV STMD 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 249

281 Projects per semester Tutorials per Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs None Content / Theory: 1. Deflection Of statically indeterminate. 2. Energy Methods. 3. Unsymmetrical bending. 4. Theory of Failures. 5. Shear in Thin Walled Sections. 6. Inelastic Behavior. 7. Struts. Practicals: Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MANUFACTURING MANAGEMENT IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration MMED 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester e-learning & consultation per semester Pracs/projects & consultation per semester Tutorials per Number of s 45 hrs 30hrs None Content / Theory: Organisation Structure, 2. Project Management, 3.Flexible Manufacturing Systems. Pracs/Projects: Assessments/Projects Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on projects including laboratory work and tests. Final mark will be obtained from a combination of these marks with different weights. Pass mark required is 50%. ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT 4 MEDC 4/0 (see above) 7 30 (0,25) Semester One-on-one consultation sessions / Tutorials per Number of s None 4 hrs None Content / Theory: 1.Design Process. 2. Research Methodology 3. Project Management 4. MS Project 5. Power Point Presentations. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 250

282 THERMODYNAMICS IV MTHC 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester Pracs/Projects per semester Consultation per (one on one) Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs Content / Theory: 1. Steady heat conduction. 2. Forced convection. 3. Natural convection. 4. Boiling and condensation 5. Radiation heat transfer. 6. Heat exchangers. 7. Solar power Practicals: consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRESS ANALYSIS IV STMD 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester Pracs/Projects per semester Tutorials per Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 15hrs None Content / Theory: 1. Strain Gauges. 2. Finite Element Analysis. Pracs/Projects: 1 x Pract Assignment, 1 x Project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on projects including laboratory work and tests. Final mark will be obtained from a combination of these marks with different weights. Pass mark required is 50% FLUID MECHANICS IV FMEC 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester Pracs/Projects per semester Tutorials and consultation per Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs None Content / Theory: 1. Dimensional Analysis and Similarity. 2. Flow over immersed bodies, External flow (Boundary layer). 3. Compressible Flow. 4. Advanced Flow in pipes. Practicals: Project. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 251

283 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TURBO MACHINES IV FMED 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester Pracs/Projects per semester Tutorials and consultation per Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs None Content / Theory: 1. Basic Thermodynamics. 2. Fluid Mechanics and definitions of Efficiency,. 3. Two Dimensional Cascades. 4. Axial Flow Turbines. 5. Axial flow Compressors and fans. 6. Three Dimensional Flows in Axial Turbo machines. 7. Centrifugal Pumps, Fans and Compressors Practicals: Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING IV ENVI 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0,125) Semester Pracs/Projects per semester Tutorials and consultation per Number of s 1 x 4 hrs 4 x 10 hrs None Content / Theory: 1. Integrated Environmental Management 2.South African Environmental Challenges 3.Environmental Management tools and Governance 4.Environmental impact assessment process 5.Environmental impact disciplines. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments/projects and tests. To receive a credit for this subject a minimum of 50% average as well as a subminimum of 40% for both the tests and assignments are required INSTITUTE FOR ADVANCED TOOLING (EASTERN CAPE) The Institute for Advanced Tooling (IAT) is a unit within the Technology Station Programme of the Technology Innovation Agency (TIA), which is in turn funded by the Department of Science and Technology. The unit is based at the Chiselhurst Delivery Site and forms part of the Department of Mechanical Engineering at WSU. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 252

284 The primary focus of the IAT is to develop SMME s through innovation and commercialisation activities. The unit provides support services in product development, prototyping, tooling, technology transfer, technology demonstration, skills development and Research Development. The main aim is to improve the number and quality of locally developed products thereby increasing employment and creating greater opportunities in the local and international markets. Project work is carried out for the benefit of (mainly) regional industry which has the added benefit of linking WSU with the market that is serves. Applications are considered by the unit for project funding to support product development, from concept through to tooling and eventual commercialisation. The unit also focuses on providing support for the Renewable Energy sector. Projects include solar thermal, solar PV and wind energy. The current R&D focus area is in the field of small HAWTs. The IAT also provides an important support service to the Department of Mechanical Engineering through training in CAD and CNC Programming. Further support is also provided through mentoring of BTech students, in particular for Design Projects. The aim of the IAT is to assist the Department of Mechanical Engineering to grow its research capacity and output, with the specific objective to develop researchers to support the local and national manufacturing industries. Department of Mechanical Engineering l Page 253

285 7. DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 7.1. INTRODUCTION AND WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY The Information Technology Department offers core academic programmes at undergraduate level and short learning programmes that cater for generalist and professional development needs. Our modern society s reliance on computing is exceptional, as is the speed at which computing technology is developing and changing. Constant innovation and improvement in software performance and security are paramount. So too is the design and maintenance of our software and hardware systems. Career prospects for information technology graduates are excellent as the majority of businesses worldwide require personnel skilled in programming, systems analysis and design, and the management of computer resources. Computing skills play an increasingly vital role in almost all occupations, and contribute to productivity gains, innovation and employment growth across all South African and international industries. This leads to exciting career opportunities. The industry is now taking a front-row seat in the development of innovative solutions to many of society s most pressing issues. Many new jobs have been created in the past decade and the long-term career prospects for diplomates and graduates continue to strengthen DEPARTMENT VISION AND MISSION Vision of the Department The Department of Information Technology is aiming at contributing to the achievement of local, provincial and national goals of social and economic upliftment by being a leading provider of expertise in connectivity technologies and research, by promoting scientific thinking, and by supporting entrepreneurship and the development of SMMEs Mission of the Department The mission of the Department of Information Technology is to offer relevant, community-focused programmes and research in an innovative, developmental and accessible learning environment. It also aims at developing highly-skilled diplomates and graduates who are employable, entrepreneurial, and who will contribute towards sustainable development of the country INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT The Information Technology Department at BC campus offers undergraduate programmes at the National Diploma and BTech levels. Students who do not qualify for entry into the Departmental programmes at undergraduate level, but who are assessed as having the potential to succeed, are admitted to the extended curriculum programmes, from where they may progress into Level 2 of the regular mainstream after the successful completion of study at Level 1 of the respective programmes. The following is a summary of programmes that are offered by the Information Technology Department: Department of Information Technology l Page 254

286 DEPARTMENT PROGRAMMES OFFERED DURATION DELIVERY SITES Department of Information Technology National Diploma: Information Technology (Business Applications) 3yrs Chiselhurst National Diploma: Information 3yrs Chiselhurst Technology (Communication Networks) National Diploma: Information 3yrs Potsdam Technology (Software Development) National Diploma: Information 3yrs Potsdam Technology (Support Services) National Diploma: Information Technology with Study Level 1 Curriculum Extended 4yrs Chiselhurst Potsdam B Tech: Information Technology 1yr Chiselhurst (Communication Networks )* (Full Time) B Tech: Information Technology 1yr Chiselhurst (Software Development)* (Full Time) B Tech: Information Technology 2yrs Chiselhurst (Communication Networks )* (Part Time) B Tech: Information Technology 2yrs Chiselhurst (Software Development)* (Part Time) *These programmes will be offered at Chiselhurst site subject to availability of adequate resources and student numbers GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE The programmes are offered in Buffalo City at two delivery sites, namely, Potsdam and Chiselhurst and are managed by a Head of the Department (HoD). The HOD reports to the Dean of the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology STUDENT SOCIETY The Information Technology Society (ITS) is independently managed by the students with guidance from the SRC and the IT Department management. The society offers a range of educational activities to its members. The ITS is engaged in community development programmes. These activities enhance leadership and organisational qualities as well as help to unleash other potential talents of students ACADEMIC FOCUS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY The academic focus of the Department is to offer programmes specifically aimed at preparing students for the workplace by offering training that will enable diplomates and graduates to demonstrate competence, knowledge and judgment in addressing discipline related problems. Department of Information Technology l Page 255

287 7.7. INFORMATION APPLICABLE TO ALL UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT Admission Rules Prospective students will need at least a National Senior Certificate (NSC) or equivalent school-leaving certificate for admission to a diploma programme and must ensure that four of their seven subjects are from the designated list for a degree programme. Apart from this, there are also specific subject requirements for some programmes. See in programme descriptions below. In addition to each programme s NSC or Matric entry requirements, applicants for the Department of Information Technology will be required to sit placement tests and may also be required to present themselves for an interview. The combination of the prospective student s NSC and placement test results will determine whether the student is admitted to the programme and then will also determine whether the student is placed in either the Mainstream Programme or the Extended Programme. There are limits to the number of students that can be admitted to each programme. Meeting the minimum admission requirements does not guarantee acceptance into a programme Progression Rules for Programmes in the Department of Information Technology Re-Admission of existing students Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, & 9.2 the Department of Information Technology has set the following criteria for re-admission. A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further re-admission on the grounds of poor academic performance. Four year National Diploma: Information Technology (Extended Programme) At the end of academic period (year) Minimum credits student must have obtained Three year National Diploma: Information Technology(Main Stream) At the end of academic period (year) Minimum credits student must have obtained Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits Registration requirements that must be met e) First time entering students must enrol for all the required courses at that level (i.e. Level 1A OR Level 1). f) If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must first enrol for the courses at the lower level. Application for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. Department of Information Technology l Page 256

288 g) A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enrol for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with Year1 courses outstanding cannot enrol for Year3 courses but will be required to complete the Year1 first). h) No student will be allowed to register for any courses in the National Diploma: Information Technology mainstream programme until he/she has obtained the 120 credits required for the Year 1&2 of the Extended Programme. i) The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enrol for when poor academic progress is evident Completion Rules As per Faculty Prospectus 7.8. THE EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME Extended curriculum programmes lead to the same qualifications as the mainstream programmes. Extended curriculum programmes have been developed for all undergraduate programmes in the Department of Information Technology, in order to enhance student development and to improve the chances of successfully completing the diplomas. In the extended curriculum programme the first year curriculum is extended over two years with additional academic support and tuition. Because the extended curriculum programmes lead to the same qualifications the job opportunities are exactly the same as all the corresponding diploma and degree programmes listed in this prospectus DEPARTMENTAL STAFF Academic Staff Senior Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer & Site Co-od Lecturer Lecturer Junior Lecturer Contract Lecturer Contract Lecturer Contract Lecturer : Mr M Sasikumar, MSc (Kerala, India), PGDE (Ife), PGDCA, Dip Data (UNISA), Assessor Cert. : Ms MC Mokoka, ND: IT (Tswane University), BSc Langston : Mr J Samudzi, BSc (Lesotho), B Ed (Rhodes) : Mrs L van der Merwe, BSc (Stellenbosch), Assessor Cert. : Mr T Tuyikeze, BTech: IT (PE Tech), MTech: IT (NMMU) : Mr T Ngetu, ND: IT (BT), BTech: IT (TUT) : Mr P Mwansa, ND: IT, BTech: IT (ECT) : Vacant : Mr E Frauenstein, ND: IT (BT), BTech: IT (ECT), MTech:IT (NMMU) : Ms S Twetwa, ND: IT, BTech IT (ECT) : Mr M Majova, ND:IT (WSU), BTech: IT (WSU) : Ms C Goche, M Com:IS (UFH) Senior Lecturer Lecturer & HoD(Current) Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer : Mr JM Lukose, MCompMgt (North Maharashtra) : Mr B Ndovie, Dip: CivEng, BSc (Zambia); PGDip, MSc Comp Sci (Essex) : Mr Y Murugan, BSc (Hons) (Fort Hare) : Mr P TambaTamba, BSc Hons (Zululand), M Tech:IT (DUT) : Mr R Ngandu, BSc, BSc (Hons) (Rhodes) : Mr S Fernandez, MCA (Bangalore University) : Mr S Fernandez, MCA (Bangalore University) : Mr D Khunjuzwa, MSc Comp Sc (UFH) Department of Information Technology l Page 257

289 Lecturer Lecturer Contract Lecturer Contract Lecturer : Mr P Ntlatywa, BTech: IT (ECT), MTech:IT (NMMU) : Ms M Ranga, MSc Comp Sc (UFH) : Mr A Fosu, BSc (KNUST) (Ghana), BSc (Hons) Fort Hare : Ms D Masuku, MSc Comp Sc (UFH) Administrative & Academic Support Staff Academic Secretary Contract Lab Tech : Ms U Mtshizana, ND: OMT (WSU) : Mr Z Dasi, ND: IT (ECT) Department of Information Technology l Page 258

290 7.10. PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY The Information Technology Department offers the National Diploma: Information Technology and BTech: Information Technology in different specialisations. The National Diploma first level of study is common to all the different specialisations on all the delivery sites. Students undertake their specialisation from their second year of study. The extended programme component is common to all the specialisations. Students proceed to the second level of study in their chosen specialisation after completing the extended programme component. The Department of Information Technology strives towards improving its leadership role in the higher education sector with specific reference to the IT industry. It promotes excellence in appropriate research and in the application of technology and offers career-orientated diploma and B Tech programmes, in line with the requirements of South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), the Council for Higher Education (CHE) and Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC). Its programmes are designed to be relevant to the socio-economic needs of the region and the continent in general NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (BUSINESS APPLICATIONS) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Business Applications) PURPOSE STATEMENT RATIONALE To provide basic knowledge that is required for the creation and customise of total integrated IT solutions to business problems and management of those systems. Business analysts and information systems developers/specialists are required locally, nationally, and internationally in any business organisation/industries CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Programmers, business analysts, information systems specialists, computer/it technician, support service specialists with numerous entrepreneurial opportunities EXIT LEVEL OUTCOMES The qualifying learner should have the ability to: Analyse and design software solutions to industry related Information Technology problems. Utilise the required technical skills to effectively implement the designed Department of Information Technology l Page 259

291 solutions in a distributed IT environment. Utilise the required technical skill to design and implement solutions in data communications, networks and the internet environment. Demonstrate the effective utilisation of business and management skills to bridge the gap between the IT discipline and the business functional areas in industry. Demonstrate the ability to use hardware to its full potential by understanding the technical operation of hardware and to control it on a low level. Demonstrate the ability to provide support services PROGRAMME CURRICULUM NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (BUSINESS APPLICATIONS) 360 CREDITS OVER 3 YEARS DELIVERY SITE: CHISELHURST STUDY LEVEL 1: ONE YEAR FULL TIME COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS PRE-REQUISITE Development Software 1 Information Systems 1 Information Technology Skills 1 System Software 1 DEV Admission Requirements INF Admission Requirements ITS Admission Requirements SYS Admission Requirements STUDY LEVEL 2: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Applied Statistics 2 Information Systems 2 Business Analysis 2 Business Accounting 1 AST Admission Requirements INF Information Systems 1 BNL Admission Requirements BACC Admission Requirements STUDY LEVEL 3: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Management Information Systems 3 MIS Business Analysis 2 Department of Information Technology l Page 260

292 Information Systems 3 Business Analysis 3 Enterprise Systems Technologies 3 INF Information Systems 2 BNL Business Analysis 2 EST Information Systems 2 Y: Year S: Semester F: Foundation C: Core E: Elective UNDERPINNING KNOWLEDGE, DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS & PROGRAMME RULES Knowledge to analyse and design business systems to provide decision support on appropriate technology for acquiring and processing knowledge essential for innovation, and for betterment of organisational responsiveness, effectiveness and /or efficiency ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS NATIONAL SENIOR CERTIFICATE (NSC) Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met i.e. NSC achievement rating of 3 (Moderate Achievement, 40-49%) or better in four recognised NSC 20-credit subjects. COMPULSORY NSC SUBJECTS: NSC achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) in English as a home language or first additional language level and either 5 (60-69%) in Mathematical Literacy or 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics GRADE 12/ MATRIC FET COLLEGE Applicants must have obtained full Matriculation Exemption, Conditional Exemption or Mature Age Exemption if the Candidate is 23 years on the year of registration with the following subjects: English First Language E(HG)/D(SG) or English Second Language D(HG)/C(SG) Mathematics E(HG)/D(SG) Department of Information Technology l Page 261

293 An N3 certificate with C symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and English as well the language requirements for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4 (NCV4) Must meet NC(V) Level 4 statutory requirements Must obtain the following (minimum) percentage score for the fundamental subjects o English 50% (as it is the University s language of learning and teaching (LOTL)) o Mathematics 50% OR Mathematics literacy 60% o Life Orientation 50% 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): o Systems Analysis and Design o Data Communication and Networking o Computer Programming o Physical Science INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Applications from international students are considered in terms of the institutional equivalence reference document and (where required) submission qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF MATURE AGE ENDORSEMENT (as per General Prospectus G1.6) PLACEMENT TESTS On completion of placement tests in Numeracy and English, points are awarded for final school results and placement tests to determine placement of student into 3 year or the Extended 4 year Programme RECOGNITION OF CREDITS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS Not more than 50% of subjects in the Diploma will be exempted in this way All exit level subjects should be done in the department. Also See General Prospectus Rule G15 & G DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS OVER THE LEVELS Study Level 1: CREDITS 120 (NQF level 5) Study Level 2: CREDITS 120 (NQF level 5/6) Study Level 3: CREDITS 120 (NQF level 6) PROGRAMME RULES PROMOTION RULES EXIT RULES All core and pre-requisite courses must be completed. Refer section 8.2 for additional rules. Department of Information Technology l Page 262

294 COMPLETION EXCLUSION All courses and modules must be completed. Maximum 3 years plus two additional years allowed. Refer section 8.2 for additional rules. Department of Information Technology l Page 263

295 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (COMMUNICATION NETWORKS) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Communication Networks) PURPOSE STATEMENT RATIONALE To provide the basic knowledge that is required to design, develop, implement and manage reliable and cost effective computer networks for the purpose of communication and information sharing in an organisation. Computer network specialists/administrators/technicians are required locally, nationally, and internationally in any business organisation/industries CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Network Technician, network administrator, support service specialist, computer/it technician with numerous entrepreneurial opportunities EXIT LEVEL OUTCOMES The qualifying learner should have the ability to: Analyse and design software solutions to industry related Information Technology problems. utilise the required technical skills to effectively implement the designed solutions in a distributed IT environment. utilise the required technical skill to design and implement solutions in data communications, networks, and the internet environment. demonstrate the effective utilisation of business and management skills to bridge the gap between the IT discipline and the business functional areas in industry. demonstrate the ability to use hardware to its full potential by understanding the technical operation of hardware and to control it on a low level. demonstrate the ability to provide support services. Department of Information Technology l Page 264

296 PROGRAMME CURRICULUM NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (COMMUNICATION NETWORKS) 360 CREDITS OVER 3 YEARS DELIVERY SITE: CHISELHURST STUDY LEVEL 1: ONE YEAR FULL TIME COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS PRE-REQUISITE Development Software 1 Information Systems 1 Information Technology Skills 1 DEV Admission Requirements INF Admission Requirements ITS Admission Requirements System Software 1 SYS Admission Requirements STUDY LEVEL 2: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Communication Networks 2 CNT System Software 1 IT Electronics 2 ITE Admission Requirements Technical Programming 1 Distributed Systems 2 PTP Development Software 1 DST Systems Software 1 STUDY LEVEL 3: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Communication Networks 3 Emerging Technologies 3 Technical Programming 2 Project Management 3 CNT Communication Networks 2 EMT Distributed Systems 2 PTP Technical Programming 1 PMT Communication Networks 2 Department of Information Technology l Page 265

297 UNDERPINNING KNOWLEDGE, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS, DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS & PROGRAMME RULES As for National Diploma: Information Technology (Business Applications) above Department of Information Technology l Page 266

298 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Software Development) PURPOSE STATEMENT To provide the basic knowledge that is required for the design and production of reliable and cost effective software products and systems that meet specified needs CAREER OPPORTUNITIES OUTCOMES Programmer, systems developer, database administrator, systems analyst, support specialist with numerous entrepreneurial opportunities. The qualifying learner should have the ability to: Analyse and design software solutions to industry related Information Technology problems. Utilise the required technical skills to effectively implement the designed solutions in a distributed IT environment. Utilise the required technical skill to design and implement solutions in data communications, networks and the internet environment. Demonstrate the effective utilisation of business and management skills to bridge the gap between the IT discipline and the business functional areas in industry. Demonstrate the ability to use hardware to its full potential by understanding the technical operation of hardware and to control it on a low level. Demonstrate the ability to provide support services. Department of Information Technology l Page 267

299 PROGRAMME CURRICULUM NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT) 360 CREDITS OVER 3 YEARS DELIVERY SITE: POTSDAM STUDY LEVEL 1: ONE YEAR FULL TIME COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS PRE-REQUISITE Development Software 1 Information Systems 1 DEV Admission Requirements INF Admission Requirements COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS S/Y F/C PRE-REQUISITE Information Technology Skills 1 ITS Admission Requirements System Software 1 SYS Admission Requirements STUDY LEVEL 2: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Development Software 2 Information Systems 2 Technical Programming 1 Graphic User Interface Design 1 DEV Development Software 1 INF Information Systems 1 PTP Development Software 1 GUD Admission Requirements STUDY LEVEL 3: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Development Software 3 Information Systems 3 Technical Programming 2 DEV Development Software 2 INF Information Systems 2 PTP Technical Programming 1 System Software 2 SYS System Software 1 Department of Information Technology l Page 268

300 UNDERPINNING KNOWLEDGE, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS, DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS & PROGRAMME RULES As per ND: Information Technology (Business Applications) above Department of Information Technology l Page 269

301 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (SUPPORT SERVICES) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Support Services) PURPOSE STATEMENT RATIONALE To provide the basic knowledge that is required to identify and design solutions for various end users and their needs including software packages, maintenance of the computer equipments and develop user s own computer applications. End user support technicians/developers are required locally, nationally, and internationally in business organisations/industries CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Computer hardware technicians/maintenance specialist, developer, Computer operators, database developers, support specialist/help desks with numerous entrepreneurial opportunities EXIT LEVEL OUTCOMES The qualifying learner should have the ability to: Analyse and design software solutions to industry related Information Technology problems. Utilise the required technical skills to effectively implement the designed solutions in a distributed IT environment. Utilise the required technical skills to design and implement solutions in data communications, networks and the internet environment. Demonstrate the effective utilisation of business and management skills to bridge the gap between the IT discipline and the business functional areas in industry. Demonstrate the ability to use hardware to its full potential by understanding the technical operation of hardware and to control it on a low level. Demonstrate the ability to provide support services. Department of Information Technology l Page 270

302 PROGRAMME CURRICULUM NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (SUPPORT SERVICES) 360 CREDITS OVER 3 YEARS DELIVERY SITE: POTSDAM STUDY LEVEL 1: ONE YEAR FULL TIME COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS PRE-REQUISITE Development Software 1 Information Systems 1 Information Technology Skills 1 DEV Admission Requirements INF Admission Requirements ITB Admission Requirements System Software 1 SYS Admission Requirements STUDY LEVEL 2: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Support Services 2 SUP Admission Requirements Information Systems 2 INF Information Systems 1 Graphical User Interface Design 1 GUD Admission Requirements Communication Networks 2 CNT System Software 1 STUDY LEVEL 3: ONE YEAR FULL TIME COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS PRE-REQUISITE Support Services 3 Information Systems 3 Systems Software 2 Communication Networks 3 SUP Support Services 2 INF Information Systems 2 SYS Systems Software 1 CNT Communication Networks UNDERPINNING KNOWLEDGE, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS, DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS & PROGRAMME RULES As for National Diploma: Information Technology (Business Applications) above Department of Information Technology l Page 271

303 National Diploma: Information Technology (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) PURPOSE STATEMENT RATIONALE The purpose of extending the curriculum is to improve the success and graduation rates of students from disadvantaged backgrounds within the National Diploma: Information Technology programmes offered by the School of Computing. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake computing studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related computing knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programmes. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of disadvantaged learner needs and the learner support required are bridged. The programme will contain, but is not limited to the following enrichment areas: Academic Literacy - will provide learners with the ability to attend to their academic needs, manage their academic behaviour, manage their time, and exercise personal choices with respect to their academic studies that are both reflective and independent. Life Skills will provide learners with the skills necessary to deal with topical psychological and social factors as both an individual and a student. Maths Literacy will provide learners with the necessary foundation to seek to improve their numeric skills by making use of daily examples to instil mathematical principles. Communication in English will provide learners with the effective methods for improving interpersonal communication. The importance of this area arises from the fact that the majority of information technology related business transactions in South Africa are done in English, and does not diminish the importance of any one mother tongue. Information Literacy will capacitate learners in competencies like locating, sifting, sorting and evaluating various information sources in order to select what is required and present it in a useful way. IT specialists are required locally, nationally, and internationally in the ICT and allied industries CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Programmer, systems developer, database administrator, systems analyst, support specialist with numerous entrepreneurial opportunities. Department of Information Technology l Page 272

304 EXIT LEVEL OUTCOMES The qualifying learner should have the ability to: Analyse and design software solutions to industry related Information Technology problems. Utilise the required technical skills to effectively implement the designed solutions in a distributed IT environment. Utilise the required technical skill to design and implement solutions in data communications, networks and the internet environment. Demonstrate the effective utilisation of business and management skills to bridge the gap between the IT discipline and the business functional areas in industry. Demonstrate the ability to use hardware to its full potential by understanding the technical operation of hardware and to control it on a low level. Demonstrate the ability to provide support services PROGRAMME CURRICULUM NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME) 360 CREDITS OVER 4 YEARS DELIVERY SITE: CHISELHURST& POTSDAM STUDY LEVEL 1A: ONE YEAR FULL TIME COURSE DEPT CODE CREDITS PRE-REQUISITE Information Technology Skills Extended Year 1 Information Systems 1 Extended Year 1 System Software 1 Extended Year 1 EITS Admission Requirements EINS Admission Requirements ESYS Admission Requirements *STUDY LEVEL 1B: ONE YEAR FULL TIME Development Software 1 Extended Year 2 Information Technology Skills 1 Extended Year 2 Information Systems 1 Extended Year 2 System Software 1 Extended Year 2 EDEV Information Technology Skills Extended Year 1 System Software 1 Extended Year 1 EITS Information Technology Skills Extended Year 1 EINS Information Systems 1 Extended Year 1 ESYS System Software 1 Extended Year 1 Department of Information Technology l Page 273

305 STUDY LEVEL 2: ONE YEAR FULL TIME (120 Credits) According to one of the following specialisations: Business Applications Communication Networks Software Development Support Services STUDY LEVEL 3: ONE YEAR FULL TIME (120 Credits) According to one of the following specialisations chosen in Study LEVEL 2: Business Applications Communication Networks Software Development Support Services ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS, PROGRAMME RULES As for National Diploma: Information Technology (Business Applications) above PROGRESSION RULES AND EXCLUSION RULES Maximum duration of programme is four (4) years plus two (2) additional years. Refer section 8. 2 for additional rules DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS Study Level 1A: 60 Credits NQF Level 5 Study Level 1B: 60 Credits NQF Level 5 Study Level 2: 120 Credits NQF Levels 5/6 Study Level 3: 120 Credits NQF Level Courses in the National Diploma: Information Technology Programme Applied Statistics 2 AST2110 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 5x45 min 0 2 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Mathematics (sets, relations, functions, basic logic, and graphs and trees for IT) Statistics and probability in Information Technology. Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Department of Information Technology l Page 274

306 Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Business Analysis 2 BNL2110 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 5x45 min 1 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules 1. Introduction to Business Management. The Enterprise and its Environments. 3. The Enterprise and its field of business. 4. Choice of a form of Enterprise and Establishment procedures. 5. Different levels of management. 6. Introduction To E- Business And E-Commerce, 7. E-Commerce Fundamentals. 8. E-Business Infrastructure, 9. E-Environment, 10. E-Business Strategy, 11. Supply Chain Management, 12. E-Procurement, 13. E-Marketing, 14. Customer Relationship Management. Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Business Analysis 3 BNL3110 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45min Content / Theory: Financial Management module - Fundamentals of Financial Management, Working capital management and short-term planning, Long-term financial management. MS Excel Module - Visual presentation of data, Measures of central tendency, Measures of dispersion, Linear regression and correlation analysis, Time series analysis and forecasting, Data analysis (Inference), Sampling and Sampling Distributions, Confidence interval estimation, Regression analysis, Uncertainty (measuring and modelling), Elementary Probability, Probability Distributions, Department of Information Technology l Page 275

307 Waiting lines and Queuing theory. Entry Rules Business Analysis 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Communication Networks 2 CNT2110 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40 min 2 x 40min 1 x 40 min Content / 1. Communicating over the Network. 2. OSI Layers 3. Ethernet. 4. Planning and Cabling Networks. 5. Configuring and Testing Network. 6. Routing and Packet Forwarding. 7. Routing Protocols 8. VLSM and CIDR 9. Routing Table 10. Basic Switch configuration 11.Basic Switch management 12. Designing Local Area Networks 13. Virtual Local Area Network and VTP 14. Spanning Tree Protocols 15. Introduction to Wireless Routing and Switching Entry Rules Systems Software 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Department of Information Technology l Page 276

308 Communication Networks 3 CNT3110 See above 7 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Introduction to Wide Area Networks 2.Wide Area Network technologies 3.Introduction to Network Security 4.Access Control Lists and Internet Protocol Addressing 5. Quality of Service 6. Advanced Routing Practical(Lecturer led): On completion of this module, learners should be able to design and implement Virtual Local Area Networks and implement small networks across a range of applications and understand quality of service. Tutorials (lecturer led): Tutorials are done on the theory mentioned above. Entry Rules Communication Networks 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Development Software 1 DEV1120 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 mins (lecturer led) 2 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. The Software Development Environment 2. General Problem Solving 3. Pseudocode 4. Problem Solving Tools & Simple Selection 5. Using Visual Basic Console Application 6. Advanced Selection, Iteration and VB functions Tutorials (lecturer led): Paper based exercises pertaining to theory. Practicals (lecturer led): Computer based exercises pertaining to theory. Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment Department of Information Technology l Page 277

309 (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Development Software 2 DEV2130 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 4 x 45 mins (lecturer led) 1 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / 1. Introduction To Visual Basic.Net,.Net Framework And VB IDE 2. Basic Data Types And Vb.Net Controls. 3. Debugging and Error handling in Vb.Net. 4. User Interface Design. 5. User Defined Procedures/Functions. 6. Files, Directories And Streams. 7. Web Forms and XML web services 8. Accessing Databases In Vb.Net. Entry Rules Development Software 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Development Software 3 DEV3130 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content / 1. Database Programming using ADO.NET. 2. Advanced Data Updating Using Department of Information Technology l Page 278

310 Vb.Net Writing Reports using Crystal Reports. 4. Internet Applications using ASP.NET (Web Forms and controls). 5. Web Services. 6. Adding Help files to VB.NET. Entry Rules Development Software 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Distributed Systems 2 DST2110 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min (Lecturer Led) Content / Operating Systems Internal Functionality (memory management, process(o)r management and file management), Introduction & Architecture Of Distributed Computing System, Principles & Paradigms With Distributed Systems, OSI Model & Communication In A Distributed System And Communication Models, RPC & Client- Server Stubs, Different Types Of Communication, Shell Scripting in Linux. Entry Rules Systems Software 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Department of Information Technology l Page 279

311 Emerging Technologies 3 EMT3110 See above 7 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. Wireless 2. Network Security 3. Mobile Computing 4. Real-time applications Practical (Lecturer led): On completion of this module, learners should understand cutting edge technologies. Tutorials (lecturer led): Tutorials are done on the theory mentioned above. Entry Rules Distributed Systems 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Enterprise Systems Technologies 3 EST3110 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min (lecturer led) 1 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Enterprise Information Systems and Technology Background Data Input and Output Capabilities Enterprise Resource Planning Enterprise Information Systems Life Cycle and ERP Systems Development Entry Rules Information Systems 2 Assessment and progression Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Department of Information Technology l Page 280

312 rules Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Graphical User Interface Design 1 GUD1110 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 mins (lecturer led) 2 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Entry Rules Assessment and progression rules 1. Characteristics of Graphical and non-graphical user interface 2.The user interface design process 3.The principles of good screen design 4. Introduction to HCI 5. Interaction design basics in various application domains 6.Usability guidelines, standards and principles 7.Components of GUI/Web interfaces 8. Emerging Technologies in I/O devices. Admission criteria Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Reexamination To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Information Systems 1 INF1120 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Department of Information Technology l Page 281

313 3x45 min 2x45 min 2 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Module 1: Information Systems and the Internet, Module 2: Software, Module 3: Information Processing Cycle, Module 4: Communication Networks, Module 5: Computer Security, Ethics and Privacy, Module 6: Relational Databases, Module:7 Careers in Information Systems / Technology. Practical: Module 1:Typing, Internet(WWW), and FTP, Module 2: Calculator paint and File Management, Module 3: Word Processor, Module 4: PowerPoint, Module 5: Spreadsheet, Module 6: Access Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Information Systems 2 INF2120 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 0 x 45 min Content / Theory: 1. The Systems Development Environment, 2. Systems Planning, 3. Systems Analysis: Determining Systems Requirements, 4. Systems Analysis: Modelling System Requirements, 5. Database Systems, 6. Designing Databases, 7. Evaluating Alternatives For Requirements, Environment, And Implementation, 8. Designing The User Interface, 9. Systems Implementation, 10. Systems Analysis: Modelling System Requirements, 11. Database Systems, 12. Designing Databases Entry Rules Information Systems 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Department of Information Technology l Page 282

314 Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Information Systems 3 INF3120 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 0 x 45 min Content / 1. Entity Relationship (ER) Modelling, 2. Advanced Data Modelling, 3. Transaction Management And Concurrency Control, 4. Distributed Database Management Systems, 5. The Data Ware House, 6. Database Design Using MySQL, 7. SQL Server 2005: Databases And Application Development, 8. It Project Management, 9. E-Commerce And Internet (Excluded on Potsdam Campus). Entry Rules Information Systems 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Information Technology Skills 1 ITS1120 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / 1. Academic Skills 2. Communication Skills 3. Legal issues in IT 4. Entrepreneurship 5. Introduction to Maths & Stats as applied to Business 6. Introduction to Logical Reasoning 7. HIV/AIDS Department of Information Technology l Page 283

315 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. IT Electronics 2 ITE2110 IT ELECTRONICS II 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules IT Mathematics: 1. Binary Review, 2. Computer Codes, 3. Zoned Decimal and Packed Decimal Formats, 4. Computer Arithmetic, 5. Representation of Numbers in the Computer, 6. Methods of proof, 7. Theory of Sets, 8. Fundamentals of logic, 9. Algebraic Structures, 10.Functions. Computer Architecture: 1. Digital Logic, 2. Digital Systems, 3. Machine Level Representation of Data, 4. Assembly Level Machine Organisation, 5. Memory System Organisation and Architecture, 6. Interfacing and Communication, 7. Alternative Architectures. Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40% (DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Management Information Systems 3 MIS3110 See above Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45min 1 x 45 min Department of Information Technology l Page 284

316 Content / Commercial Law: Sale and Acquisition of Goods, Credit and Security, Consumer Credit and protection, Company law, close corporations, law of partnerships, information technology legislation issues E-Commerce: Web-based tools for Electronic Commerce, Implementing Security for Electronic Commerce, Electronic Payment Systems, B2B Strategies, Impacts and Issues of Electronic Commerce, Design and Implementation of a web-based trading software Entry Rules Business Analysis 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Project Management 3 PMT3110 See above 7 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 40 min 2 x 40min 1 x 40 min Content / Theory: 1. Project Management Overview, 2. PM in IT Context, 3. Project Integration 4. Project Management of Scope, Time, Cost, Quality, Human Resource, Communications and Risk. Practical : Network Project Entry Rules Communication Networks 2 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Department of Information Technology l Page 285

317 Support Services 2 SUP2110 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min (lecturer led) 2 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Legal, ethical and professional issues in information security. Risk management and security planning. Security Technology: Firewalls, VPNs, Intrusion detection, Access control. Physical security. Security implementation and maintenance Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Support Services 3 Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Year SUP3110 See above Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Theory: Help-desk technology. Computer user support principles. Information Centre Principles and Administration. Industrial Trends in Support Services. Project. Entry Rules Support Services 2 Assessment and progression Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Department of Information Technology l Page 286

318 rules Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. System Software 1 SYS1130 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2x45 min 2x45 min 2x45 min. (lecturer led) Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: 1. Introduction to the personal computer 2.Number Systems 3. Safe lab procedures and tools to use 4. Computer assembly 5. Preventative maintenance and troubleshooting 6. Fundamentals of operating systems 7. Fundamental laptops and portable devices 8. Printers and scanners 9. Networks 10. Security 11. Communication skills. Tutorials (lecturer led): N/A Practicals (lecturer led): Computer based exercises pertaining to theory Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. System Software 2 SYS2120 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min (Lecturer Department of Information Technology l Page 287

319 Led) Content / Theory 1. History and Evolution of Operating systems 2. Memory Management 3. Process (or) Management 4. File Management 5. Device Management 6. Introduction to Virtual Machine technologies 7. Server Administration (Proprietary & Open Source Environments) 8. User and Group Supervision 9. Printer Services 10. Troubleshooting techniques 11. Introduction to System Security. Entry Rules System Software 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Technical Programming 1 PTP1130 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 mins (lecturer led) 2 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / Theory: 1. Basic elements of C++ 2. Understand the usage of input and output streams 3. control structures and describe their usage 4. Use of arrays in a program 5. Functions/methods 6. Overview of Java 7. Object-oriented Programming Concepts 8. Review of Programming elements in relation to Java 9. Basic Input and Output in Java Tutorials (lecturer led): Same topics discussed in theory classes. Learners broken down into smaller groups to discuss these topics with examples. Practical (lecturer led): Learners get to work on their individual and group projects. These projects demonstrate the Learner s understanding of how to apply the Design Guidelines discussed in Theory Classes. Entry Rules Development Software 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the Department of Information Technology l Page 288

320 examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40 %( DP) + 60 %( EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Technical Programming 2 PTP2120 See above 6 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 mins (lecturer led) Content / 1. Object Oriented Programming 2. Control Structures 3. Data Structures 4. Inheritance and Aggregation 5. Interfaces and Packages, 6. Exceptions, 7. File Management, Streams and I/O 8. Graphical User Interface Containers 9. GUI- Layout 10. JDBC Database Connectivity 11. Threads Entry Rules Technical Programming 1 Assessment and progression rules Duly Performed (DP): Average of Summative assessments. To qualify for examination students must obtain a Duly Performed of 40%. The contribution of the duly performed (DP) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. Examination (EA): One paper based examination. To qualify for Overall Assessment (OA) students must obtain an examination mark of 40%. The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. Overall Assessment or Final Mark (OA): OA = 40%(DP) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Re-examination: To qualify for re-examination students must obtain an overall assessment of between 40 and 49%. Development Software 1B EDEV120 See above 5 30 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 mins (lecturer led) 4 X 45 mins (lecturer led) Content / Learners are taught how to analyse problems and how to write logically Department of Information Technology l Page 289

321 Core subject Entry Rules correct algorithmic solutions using pseudocode and the VB.Net (Console Application) programming language. Learners are introduced to the concept of the Program Development Cycle and taught how to use some of the tools associated with each stage. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time. Theory: 1. The Software Development Environment 2. General Problem Solving 3. Pseudocode 4. Problem Solving Tools & Simple Selection 5. Using Visual Basic Console Application 6. Advanced Selection, Iteration and VB functions Tutorials (lecturer led): Paper based exercises pertaining to theory. Practicals (lecturer led): Computer based exercises pertaining to theory. Information Technology Skills 1A and System Software 1A Courses in the Extended Curriculum of the National Diploma: IT Programme Enrichment Modules Integrated Into The National Diploma. Regular Courses are Academic Literacy and Communication in English. Deals with the English language proficiency and will provide learners with the ability to attend to their academic needs, manage their academic behaviour, manage their time, and exercise personal choices with respect to their academic studies that are both reflective and independent Information Literacy Provides the means to capacitate learners in competencies like locating, sifting, sorting and evaluating various information sources in order to select what is required and to present it in a useful way. Communication in English Provides learners with effective methods for improving interpersonal communication. The importance of this area arises from the fact that the majority of Information Technology related business transactions in South Africa are done in English, and although this does not diminish the importance of any one mother tongue. Life Skills Equips students with life management skills, personal finance and encourages them to be responsible citizens and will provide learners with the skills necessary to deal with topical psychological and social factors as both an individual and as a student. Mathematical Literacy Deals with the application of mathematics in everyday life activities and in business. The objective of the course is to make students aware of the systematic approach in IT subjects such as Development Software and to serve as a basis for the more specialised fields of study. Information Systems 1A Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EINS110 See above 5 20 Year Department of Information Technology l Page 290

322 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 2 x 45 min Enrichment module 2 x 45 min Content / Information Systems course. In the first year, teach students to effectively use some common application software that is used in office and business. It includes a word processor (Microsoft Word), a spreadsheet (Microsoft Excel), and presentation software (Microsoft PowerPoint). The students will also learn how to use internet effectively to access information and will use for communication. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time and includes Life Skills enrichment. Theory: Theory: 1. Module 1: Information Systems and the Internet, Module 2: Software, Module 3: Information Processing Cycle. Practical: Module 1: Typing, Internet (WWW), and FTP, Module 2: Calculator paint and File Management, Module 3: Word Processor, Module 4: PowerPoint. Information Systems 1B Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EINS120 See above 5 10 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Enrichment module 3 x 45 min Content / In the second year of this course, learners will be taught the basic principles of computer processing. The students will be aware of various IT professions and the skills required in each of these specialised fields. The learners will be aware of the various types of threats to computer systems and will know the basic precautions to be taken to use the computer system in a secure environment. The learners will appreciate the impact of computers on the modern society and how computers could be used to improve the lives of people. Learners will use a relational database and spreadsheet. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time and includes Information Literacy enrichment. Theory: 1. Communication networks, 2. Database management, 3. Computer security, ethics & privacy, 4. Careers in information systems / technology. Practical: 1. Spreadsheet, 2. Databases(Relational databases) Department of Information Technology l Page 291

323 Information Technology Skills 1A Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EITS110 See above 5 20 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 0 2x 45 min (lecturer led) Enrichment Module (6 x 45) Content / The course concentrates on developing specific skills in an IT environment. It covers study skills and research skills as well as oral and written communication skills. The students will learn how to work effectively in a group, how to manage stress and conflict and will also gain a general understanding of the various legal aspects that are applicable to the IT industry. Students will also be introduced to logical reasoning needed in problem-solving in the IT context. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time and includes Academic Literacy and Communication in English enrichment. 1. Academic Skills 2. Communication Skills 3. Legal issues in IT 4. Introduction to Logical Reasoning Information Technology Skills 1B Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EITS120 See above 5 10 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 0 1 x 45 min (lecturer led) Content / The course will reinforce the skills students have learnt during the first year and will cover entrepreneurship and the basic business principles in an IT environment. Students will also be introduced to Maths and Stats as applied to business. The final module covers the issues of HIV/AIDS. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time. 4. Introduction to Logical Reasoning 5. Entrepreneurship 6. Introduction to Maths & Stats as applied to Business 7. HIV/AIDS Department of Information Technology l Page 292

324 System Software 1A Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESYS110 See above 5 20 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Core subject 2 x 45 min Enrichment module 8 x 45 min Core subject 1 x 45 min Content / Systems software course makes students aware of the relationship between hardware and the software. The course mainly deals with the hardware concepts. Students will be taught to identify the various hardware components that make up a computer system and explain the purpose and characteristics of each of them. They will be taught to assemble a computer using the individual components. Students will also learn the basic precautions to be taken when handling and using these components. The course will also include the concepts of basic preventive maintenance and troubleshooting. Students will learn how to upgrade computer systems to have multimedia capabilities. They will also learn the basic concepts of networking of computer systems. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time and Mathematical Literacy. Theory: Module1: Introduction to Personal Computer, 2: Number Systems, Safe Labs Procedures and tool used, 4: Computer Assembly step by step, Module5: Basic Preventative Maintenance and Troubleshooting, 6: Fundamental Operating Systems, 7: Multimedia Capabilities, 8: Network Fundamentals, 9: Advanced Hardware. Practicals: Online Practicals and Labs (Simulation program: to assemble a computer) System Software 1B Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESYS120 See above Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / In the second year, the course covers the concept of multimedia computer systems. Students will learn how to upgrade the computer systems to have multimedia capabilities. They will also learn the basic concepts of networking of computer systems. They will learn the various types of Department of Information Technology l Page 293

325 topologies and will be able to select a particular topology for specific environments. They will be able to install, maintain and troubleshoot various peripheral devices like printers along with an existing computer system. Note: Foundational provision is in the form of additional time. The theory follows on from System Software 1A: Theory: 7: Multimedia Capabilities, 8: Network Fundamentals, 9: Advanced Hardware, 10: Printers and Printing, 11: Upgrading PC components, 12: Preventative Maintenance Safety, 13: Troubleshooting PC hardware, 14:Troubleshooting Software Department of Information Technology l Page 294

326 BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Description of Programme The Bachelor of Technology: Information Technology programme is taken over one Full-time year or two Part-time years in two specialisations: Communications Networks or Software development. This one-year programme is normally undertaken by students with an excellent academic record in the National Diploma: Information Technology who wish to broaden their knowledge as further preparation for professional practice or to meet the requirements for admission to a research degree. Students enrolled in the programme are required to complete a project and directed electives Programme Information The Bachelor of Technology: Information Technology is a one-year 120 credit programme made up of eight 12- credit coursework modules and an individual, supervised project worth 24 credits BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (COMMUNICATION NETWORKS) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME Bachelor of Technology: Information Technology (Communication Networks) PURPOSE STATEMENT The programme provides students with the advanced skills needed for careers involving the design, configuration and implementation of computer networks RATIONALE OF PROGRAMME Information Technologists are required locally, nationally, and internationally in the scientific, business and manufacturing industries. A BTech degree also naturally leads to a higher research degree at masters or doctorate level CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Graduates enjoy excellent career prospects as the majority of businesses countrywide require personnel skilled in programming, computer networks. Students can go to more interesting research and development positions in the ICT industries because of their extra skills EXIT LEVEL OUTCOMES Manage and control an IT environment by applying management skills and strategies. To demonstrate an ability to understand and apply advanced Communication Network principles. Apply advanced techniques in the design and implementation of solutions to IT oriented problems. Department of Information Technology l Page 295

327 Apply advanced techniques in the analysis and design of IT software systems. Apply advanced techniques in the planning and design of network systems and infrastructures. Demonstrate the ability to plan and integrate the User Interface with the design of a production system. Apply advanced techniques in analysis, design and implementation of a database/knowledge base system. Apply advance techniques in the introduction and control of information security in an IT environment. Inter-relate various operating systems, application systems, databases, etc. into a single operating environment. Develop and implement an expert system. Apply research techniques to analyse and design effective solutions for IT problems. Effectively document proposed solutions. Explain the concepts of artificial intelligence and commercial applications that can result from it. Develop and implement local area network. Develop and implement advanced Internet and web solutions. Develop and implement advanced solutions for intelligent industrial systems. Manage end user call centres. Develop and implement advanced technical systems. Demonstrate the ability to produce a professionally prepared dissertation. Demonstrate the ability to produce professionally prepared progress reports on work done as part of the industry exposure needed for this qualification. Effectively administer a certain IT specialist field. Administer the design and implementation of business applications Administer the design and implementation of software and database systems. Administer a network and data communications environment. Administer the full utilisation of Web development and Internet solutions. Administer the design and implementation of intelligent industrial system applications Administer support services systems Administer the design and implementation of technical applications Administer a hardware and computer architecture environment PROGRAMME CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title Credits REM4110 Research Methodology IV 12 PRJ4110 Projects IV 24 CSC4111 Computer Security IV 12 FMT4111 Functional Management IV 12 CNT4111 Communication Networks IV 12 Department of Information Technology l Page 296

328 Course Code Course Title Credits OPS4112 Operating Systems IV 12 PMT4112 Project Management IV 12 ITM4112 Information Technology Management IV 12 ACN4112 Advanced Communication Networks IV 12 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: Applicants must have successfully completed the National Diploma or equivalent programme in a cognate discipline with a minimum 60% pass. Department of Information Technology l Page 297

329 BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME NAME OF PROGRAMME Bachelor of Technology: Information Technology (Software Development) PURPOSE STATEMENT The programme provides students with the advanced skills needed for careers involving the design, configuration and implementation of computer networks RATIONALE OF PROGRAMME Information Technologists are required locally, nationally, and internationally in the scientific, business and manufacturing industries. A BTech degree also naturally leads to a research higher degree at master or doctorate level CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Graduates enjoy excellent career prospects as the majority of businesses countrywide require personnel skilled in programming, computer networks. Students can go to more interesting research and development positions in the ICT industries because of their extra skills EXIT LEVEL OUTCOMES Apply the required strategies to manage an IT specialist area. Manage and control an IT environment by applying management skills and strategies To demonstrate an ability to understand and apply advanced software development principles. Apply advanced techniques in the design and implementation of solutions to IT oriented problems. Apply advanced techniques in the analysis and design of IT software systems (E) Develop and implement advanced software systems. Apply advanced techniques in the planning and design of network systems and infrastructures. Demonstrate the ability to plan and integrate the User Interface with the design of a production system. Apply advanced techniques in analysis, design and implementation of a database/knowledge base system. Apply advance techniques in the introduction and control of information security in an IT environment. Inter-relate various operating systems, application systems, databases, etc. into a single operating environment. Develop and implement an expert system. Apply research techniques to analyse and design effective solutions for IT problems. Effectively document proposed solutions. Explain the concepts of artificial intelligence and commercial applications that can result from it. Develop and implement local area networks. Develop and implement advanced Internet and web solutions. Department of Information Technology l Page 298

330 Develop and implement advanced solutions for intelligent industrial systems. Manage end user call centres. Develop and implement advanced technical systems. Demonstrate the ability to produce a professionally prepared dissertation. Demonstrate the ability to produce professionally prepared progress reports on work done as part of the industry exposure needed for this qualification. Effectively administer a certain IT specialist field. Administer the design and implementation of business applications. Administer the design and implementation of software and database systems. Administer a network and data communications environment. Administer the full utilisation of Web development and Internet solutions. Administer the design and implementation of intelligent industrial system applications. Administer support services systems. Administer the design and implementation of technical applications. Administer a hardware and computer architecture environment PROGRAMME CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title Credits REM4110 Research Methodology IV 12 PRJ4110 Projects IV 24 DEV4111 FMT4111 Development Software IV Functional Management IV Course Code Course Title Credits SOE4111 APT4112 Software Engineering IV Application Technology IV DTB4112 Database Systems IV 12 ITM4112 ADV4112 Information Technology Management IV Advanced Development Software IV ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Applicants must have successfully completed the National Diploma or equivalent programme in a cognate discipline with a minimum 60% pass. Department of Information Technology l Page 299

331 Courses in the BTech: Information Technology Programmes Advanced Communication Networks IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ACN 4112 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Description of Network Requirements; Introducing VoIP Networks; Digitising and Packetising Voice Encapsulating Voice Packets for Transport; Calculating Bandwidth Requirements; Implementing Voice Support in an Enterprise; Introduction to IP QoS; Identifying Models for Implementing QoS; Methods for Implementing QoS; DiffServQoS Model; AutoQoS; Wireless Scalability. Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60% (EA) + 40%(CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Advanced Development Software IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ADV4112 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 1 x 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Entry Rules Theory: Introduction to Software Development; Introduction to Object-Oriented Design; Collections; Recursion; Linked Lists; Stacks and Queues; Searching and Sorting Algorithms; Binary Trees. Admission criteria: National Diploma (IT) in Information Technology Assessment and progression rules Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40%(CA) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Application Technology IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration Department of Information Technology l Page 300

332 APT4112 See above 7 12 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 1 x 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / 1. E-Commerce Fundamentals 2. E-Commerce Management 3. Introduction to Web Development 3. Review of Web Technologies 4. Client side scripting 5. Server side Scripting 6. Three Tier Models for Web Development 7. E-Commerce Development: A Case Study This course builds on Software Engineering IV. Learners apply the knowledge and skills applied to develop a non-trivial web-based application. Assessment and progression rules 100% continuous evaluation. Students will be given assignments and test papers and are required to develop projects as per the requirements listed in the detailed study programme. Individual participation in practical activities and attendance of lectures and practical sessions will also be assessed. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Communication Networks IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CNT4111 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Overview of Scalable Internetworks; Routing Overview including IP Addressing Schemes; RIPv2 EIGRP ; OSPF; IS-IS; Route Optimisation; BGP; IP Multicasting and IPv6 Addressing Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60%(EA) + 40%(CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Computer Security IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CSC4111 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Department of Information Technology l Page 301

333 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Introduction to Computer Security; Cryptography; Identification and Authentication; Access Control; Database Security; Intrusion Detection, Firewalls and Intrusion Prevention Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60%(EA) + 40%(CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Database Systems IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration DTB4112 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 1 x 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Entry Rules Theory: Introduction to Databases and Databases Users; Database System Concepts and Architecture; Data Modelling using Entity-Relationship(ER) Model; Data Modelling using the Enhanced Entity-Relationship(EER) Model; The Relational Data Model and Relational Database Constraints; Relational Database Design by ER- and EER-to-Relational Mapping; The Relational Algebra; SQL-99: Schema Definition, Constraints, and Queries and Views; Functional Dependencies and Normalisation for Relational Databases To enable the students master some of the advanced program design and problem solving skills including various data structures. National Diploma (IT) in Information Technology Assessment and progression rules Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40%(CA) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Development Software IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration DEV4111 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 1 x 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Object oriented programming and methodologies, Object Oriented Department of Information Technology l Page 302

334 Analysis and Design, Design and analysis using UML, Analysis and design patterns, Components, Subject and Aspect oriented programming. Assessment and progression rules Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. OA = 60%(CA) + 40%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Functional Management IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FMT4111 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 45 min None 1 x 45 min Content / Entry Rules Theory: Management Theory; Planning; Leading; Organising National Diploma (IT) in Information Technology Assessment and progression rules Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 40%(CA) + 60%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Information Technology Management IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Semester ITM4112 Information Technology Management IV Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 1 x 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Information Technology in the Organisation, Information Technology concepts and management, Organisational Applications/Uses of Information Systems, Strategic use of Information Technology in Digital Economy, Transaction Processing, Functional Applications, CRM, and Integration, Enterprise systems : from supply chains to ERP to CRM, Using Information Technology for Strategic Department of Information Technology l Page 303

335 Advantage, Acquiring IT Applications and Infrastructure, Implementing and managing Information technology, Managing Information s resources and security. Assessment and progression rules Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. OA = 60%(CA) + 40%(EA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Operating Systems IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration OPS4112 See above 7 12 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Operating Systems Structures; Characteristics of Modern Distributed Systems; System Models; Process Management (processes, threads, CPU scheduling, synchronisation, and deadlock), Memory Management (segmentation, paging, swapping), file systems, and operating system support for distributed systems. Unix/Linux will be used as a case study to illustrate the underlying operating systems principles and shell scripting. Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60%(EA) + 40%(CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Project IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PRJ4110 See above 7 24 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3x45 min None 1 x 45 min Content / Entry Rules Theory: Conducting research and writing deliverables or a dissertation. National Diploma (IT) in Information Technology Assessment and progression rules Examination (None): Continuous Evaluation. Overall Assessment = 100% (CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Department of Information Technology l Page 304

336 Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Project Management IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PMT4112 See above 7 12 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 1 x 45 min Content / Theory: Introduction to Project Management; Project Planning; Project Evaluation; Selection of project approaches; Effort Estimation; Activity Planning; Risk Management; Resource Allocation; Monitoring and Control; Managing Contracts; Managing people and organising teams; Project Quality Aspects. Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 60%. OA = 60%(EA) + 40%(CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Research Methodology IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration REM4110 See above 7 12 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 Mins none 1 x 45 min Content / Entry Rules To equip students with basic skills in research. Students will learn how to choose a research topic, how to discover new knowledge using different research techniques, and how to present research findings. Theory: Using Statistics; Surveys; Case Studies and Experiments; Overview of Research Methods; Formalities, Psychology, Ethics and Philosophy; Reporting. National Diploma (IT) in Information Technology Assessment and progression rules Examination (None): Continuous Evaluation. Overall Assessment = 100% (CA). To qualify for course credit students must obtain an overall assessment of 50%. Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Software Engineering IV Department of Information Technology l Page 305

337 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration SOE4111 See above 7 12 Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 1 x 3 hrs 1 x 45 min Content / 1. Introduction to Software Engineering 2. Methodologies: A Historical Perspective 3. Software Development Teams 4. Globally Distributed Software Development 5. Modelling in OOP 6. Requirements Analysis 7. Requirements Design 8. Re-usable Component. The course introduces learners to modern software development methodologies, e.g., RUP, Agile and Open Source Models. Strong emphasis is placed on teamwork. Assessment and progression rules Examination (Compulsory): One examination (EA). The contribution of the examination (EA) to the overall assessment (OA) is 40%. OA = 60% (CA) + 40% (EA). Exclusion from module A student will be excluded from the course after failing the module twice. A student excluded from a course may be re-admitted after presenting a similar course from another university for credit. Department of Information Technology l Page 306

338 8. DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL ARTS 8.1. INTRODUCTION & WELCOME BY THE HEAD OF DEPARTMENT Welcome to the Department of Visual Arts. I hope that you have decided on your career by now as you are close to the end of your FET-band journey to attaining your National Senior Certificate (NSC). I am certain that you will be very happy with your chosen career, particularly if you choose our Department. The Department of Visual Arts offers a wide range of highly acclaimed programmes and a variety of modules, both at undergraduate and graduate level. Our subject discipline is exciting and ever-changing to enable us to present the latest developments to our undergraduates. Our courses can be taken to Certificate, National Diploma or B Tech level and are delivered through an innovative mix of intensive lectures and tutorials. The Department has strong industrial links with companies both in the Eastern Cape Province and nationally and employment rates for our graduates are very high which all goes to show that our Programmes are desirable to employers. May I wish you every success in your endeavours as you apply to study at WSU and on behalf of the Faculty, the Department of Visual Arts welcomes you, and we look forward to meeting you at registration DEPARTMENT SITES AND THE NEW DEPARTMENT CONCEPT The Department of Visual Arts is made up of two Programmes, namely, Fashion and Fine Art. These Programmes offer undergraduate programmes at National Diploma (ND) as well as B Tech levels. The Programmes are offered at the Buffalo City Campuses at the Cambridge Street Site: Programmes in the Department Department Programmes Duration Site Fashion ND: Fashion 3years Cambridge Street Fine Art ND: Fine Art 3 years Cambridge Street B Tech Fine Art 1 year or 2 years Cambridge Street Merger of legacy institutions After the merger of the three legacy institutions in 2005, Departments offering the same Programmes at Cambridge Street delivery sites had to be consolidated to operate as a single unit. Department of Visual Arts l Page 307

339 Academic Focus of the Department Department of Visual Arts is one of Departments that together make up the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology. The Department has Programmes that apply science and technology focusing on fashion and fine art. It offers undergraduate and graduate programmes in the instructional offerings already mentioned DEPARTMENT VISION & MISSION Vision of the Department By 2016, the Department of Visual Arts will be a leading teaching and research, offering creative, innovative and cutting edge qualifications that integrate indigenous knowledge. We are emerging as a leading research and development Department, facilitating and enabling entrepreneurial development Mission of the Department The mission of the (WSU FSET) Department of Visual Arts is to: Develop highly skilled, entrepreneurial and innovative graduates in the fields fashion, art and design. Develop and extend relevant industry-aligned research leading to the creation of new concepts and products. Align our programmes and research to increase community participation, and to contribute towards building sustainable, meaningful skills, thus contributing to a sustainable regional and national economy DEPARTMENTAL STAFF Administrative Staff Academic Secretary Ms N Kula, N Dip Comm Admin (BT),BTech Management (BT)[BC] Machine Mechanic Mr H Williams (BT) [BC] FASHION PROGRAMME STAFF Head of Department Lecturer Lecturer Junior Lecturer Mr AS Sepeng, BTech Fashion (PTA Tech), N Dip Fashion (PTA Tech) Ms L Mclaren, BTech Post School Edu (TSA), BTech Fashion (PET), N Dip Fashion Design (CT) Ms M Akrasi-Boateng, ND: Fashion (Peninsula Technikon), B Tech Fashion (Natal Tech) Ms N Sipamla, N Dip Fashion (Natal Tech), HDE (Natal Univ) Department of Visual Arts l Page 308

340 Junior Lecturer Junior Lecturer Fashion Technician: Ms B Weyer, BTech Post School Edu (TSA), N Dip Clothing Design (PET) Ms B Malotana, ND: Fashion (ECT) BTech Fashion (P E Tech) Ms S Nodada, B Tech Fashion (Pta Tech), N Dip Fashion (Pta Tech) FINE ART PROGRAMME STAFF Head of Department Senior Lecturer Senior Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Junior Lecturer (Contract) Junior Lecturer Mr P Mbanya, N Dip Fine Art, B.Tech Fine Art (BT) Cum Laude. B. Tech Business. Admin (WSU) Dr J Steele, PHD History, Fort Hare University, MA Art History (Cum Laude)(UNISA), BA Hons Art History (Cum Laude) (UNISA), HED (UNISA), BA (Rhodes) Vacant Vacant Vacant Mr C Madikida, BFA (WITS) Ms H Osner, N Dip Fine Art (ELTC), NH Dip Fine Art (BT) Junior Lecturer (NDip PCO) Ms DA Leach, N Dip Fine Art, B Tech Fine Art (Cum Laude) (BT) Junior Lecturer Junior Lecturer (Contract) Lab Technician Mr L Ncokazi, N Dip Fine Art, B Tech Fine Art (Cum Laude) (BT) Mr S Ngcai, N Dip Fine Art, B Tech Fine Art (Cum Laude) Ms S Sotewu, N Dip Fine Art, B Tech Fine Art (Cum Laude) (BT) 8.5. FASHION PROGRAMME INFORMATION Introduction of the Programme If you wish to pursue an educational or career progression within the specialist fields of fashion, textiles, or design for performance then this three year National Diploma: Fashion course is ideal. You will be able to build upon your previous experience and establish a future direction. The course allows you to develop your intellectual awareness whilst building relevant practical skills Vision of the Programme Our vision is to develop students with the skills and knowledge to be entrepreneurs in their communities and to become professionals in the fashion industry with pride in their work. Department of Visual Arts l Page 309

341 Mission of the Programme We commit ourselves to: Developing and maintaining a relevant programme with a good balance between theory and practice. Providing the best affordable teaching to facilitate quality learning for our students. Creating maximum opportunities for staff to grow and develop their potential. Ensuring that facilities and support services in the department are of an acceptable standard. Establishing and maintain partnerships with commerce / industry/ the profession that we serve. Participating in community-based activities relevant to our discipline. Developing and maintaining an entrepreneurial approach in the Department and providing students with entrepreneurial skills to enable them to create their own employment. Cooperating as a team in a democratic and transparent way to the highest ethical standards. Making students aware of their culture and heritage and cultivate pride for their work. Empower students with wisdom and life skills. In living this mission we are guided by the values of professionalism and integrity Goals of the Programme This qualification aims to: o o o Enable learners to develop knowledge, understanding and applied skills of specialist fashion retail management. Encourage progression by assisting in the development of knowledge, understanding and skills that learners will need to access further or higher education or to enter employment. Encourage an evaluative approach to personal and professional development. Our goal is to develop students with the skills and knowledge to be entrepreneurs in their communities and to become professionals in the fashion industry with pride in their work Student Societies for the Department The Programme has one student society. The students at the Buffalo City campus Department of Visual Arts Fine Art and Fashion programmes joined forces in the Department of Visual Arts and form a strong society, called the Art, Design Society. The society is independently managed by the students with guidance from the SRC and the institutional management. There is an exciting yearly programme that is followed for the furtherance of educational activities of the students. These programmes enhance leadership and organisational qualities as well as help to foster other potential talents of students, while they express themselves freely in all aspects of their educational activities. Department of Visual Arts l Page 310

342 PROGRAMMES OFFERED Department Programmes offered Duration Delivery Sites Fashion ND: Fashion 3yrs Cambridge Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programmes are offered This programme is SAQA accredited and registered. Department of Visual Arts l Page 311

343 NATIONAL DIPLOMA: FASHION Entrepreneurship & Professional Development Of Students Students with an entrepreneurial spirit will find many opportunities within the Fashion industry for the establishment of their own business venture. These are not only as Freelance designers, but also as suppliers to Designer Emporiums or major retail chains who give entrepreneurs opportunities to develop their own design labels. Designers can also supply straight to the market through flea-markets or their own outlets. Various government programmes are in place to help and assist such young designers to become successful entrepreneurs Career Opportunities The National Diploma is studied by those who will be employed in a variety of jobs including: Patternmaker, Designer, Stylist as well as Production Assistants and Managers. A highly acclaimed programme, Diploma in Fashion, will provide you with a solid grounding in apparel industry knowledge, develop your conceptual and craft skills and equip you with a portfolio to support your career objectives. Completion of the diploma may provide entry with credit to the B Tech should you wish to further your study. The following are a few of the possible career options in the fashion industry: Designer either freelance or for a retail company. Stylist for a magazine such as Elle, for individual clients or a shop-front stylist for a company such as Woolworths or Foschini. Patternmaker freelance or for a company such as Foschini, Truworths Grader freelance or for a company such as Foschini, Truworths Illustrator freelance or for a magazine such as Cosmopolitan or for a fashion company such as Foschini. Costume Designer freelance or for a company fashion buyer freelance or for a company such as Edgars Purpose Of Qualification The purpose of this qualification is to provide the learner with fashion Designing/manufacturing skills to enable him/her to enter into the fashion industry. Projects are both theoretical and skills-based and students are given an opportunity to make garments with textiles and non-textile materials. The student s portfolio of work will provide the learner with access to the fashion designing environment. The National Diploma: Fashion has been developed with career progression and recognition by professional bodies in mind. It is essential that learners gain the maximum benefit from their programme of study. Department of Visual Arts l Page 312

344 Exit Level Outcomes Of The Programme Learners studying for the National Diploma: Fashion will be expected to develop the following skills during the programme of study: Synthesis of a range of concepts, knowledge and skills relating to fashion and textiles. Application of complex theories to practical realistic work situations in the fashion and textiles sector. Independence of approach to study and the generation of fashion and textiles evidence. Ability to engage with complex and/or unpredictable situations in fashion and textiles contexts. Ability to take responsibility to manage and direct their own and others activities. Insight and judgement in relation to the margins and consequences of error. Research and investigative skills. Responsiveness to change and ability to multi-task. Ability to innovate and work in a creative way Programme Characteristics Learning and Teaching Learners must pass all units on their programme of learning to be awarded a National Diploma: Fashion. This is a very intensive fashion design course which aims to produce highly skilled professionals for the challenges associated with fashion designers of the future. The individual lessons build upon each other so that the student can easily follow the whole course. The lessons require being active; they show how to analyse the market, how to find sources of information and how to get inspiration. The student will learn what professional fashion designers do and how they do it Basis of Programme Academic Structure The Programme is offered in terms of the following structures: Department of Education-NATED document South African Technikon Instructional Programmes-NATED Report of the Education-NATED document General Policy for Technikon Instructional Programmes-NATED Report Work Integrated Learning We have business people who advise us on certain curriculum elements, [Advisory Board]. Meetings with these business persons are held twice a year and their input in developing projects that learners undertake with them is invaluable. Department of Visual Arts l Page 313

345 During the course of the year lecturers organise a broad spectrum of site visits for each level of study to the clothing companies locally and sometimes nationally, with an aim to expose learners to practical demonstrations of the stages of the manufacturing. Sometimes students are invited to work during holidays for practical exposure. Students are given projects to complete while at the company to fulfil a certain aspect of the theory done in class. All these activities promote interaction between the university and business community to ensure that by the time the learners qualify they know what work opportunities they can venture into. Testimonies of this exercise are always positive PROGRAMME INFORMATION Minimum Admission Requirements National Senior Certificate Minimum Accumulated Point Score Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Other -NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40% - 49%) for English as a home language or first additional language level; It is recommended that the student should have done the following subjects: Technology, Design and Art -NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40% - 49%) for mathematical literacy or 2 (30-39%) for mathematics OR Accountancy for costing fabric and garments and promotion purposes. Grade 12/Matric A Senior Certificate or equivalent qualification with a minimum of: E symbol or (3-4)(HG) in English (Second Language) FET Colleges Graduates from FET Colleges with a N6 qualification in the related field, of which all N5 and N6 obtained a minimum of 50%, are allowed to submit their academic record and apply for the credits of first year of study in the ND: Fashion. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Consult HOD for details of admission requirements. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL is undertaken by WSU in line with the principles of the National Qualifications Framework (NQF). It is undertaken within the context of the University s commitment to broaden access to higher education and increase the number of graduates. RPL can accelerate progress through learning programmes and Department of Visual Arts l Page 314

346 contribute to the increased mobility of students across higher education institutions and other learning contexts. RPL takes at least three months to process depending on whether or not all the requirements have been submitted. RPL candidates/applicants need to gather all the evidence required by the Institution to prepare for the assessment. Secondly, WSU needs time to assess your application. Once approved, there are administrative procedures that the application must go through, before the successful RPL applicant can register as a student, therefore, candidates will have to adhere to the following deadline/s: * The deadline for the January following year intake is 1 September the previous year. Learners may provide a portfolio of their work upon application for the recognition of prior learning. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement [as per General Prospectus Rule G1.6] Selection criteria for new students The selection of new students is done by the HOD with the staff member s input, and entry requirement rules apply PROGRAMME RULES General Upon registration in this Programme, students should know that they agreeing to abide by the rules and regulations of not only Fashion Department but also of the Department of Visual Arts and the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology as well as of the Walter Sisulu University Class attendance Attendance is essential to your success in any educational Programme is the case for this programme. We require that students be punctual in all class attendances. A minimum of 80% attendance is required to qualify for final evaluation. Class register are taken in each class period in this Programme. Department of Visual Arts l Page 315

347 Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments Laboratory/studio assignments are also compulsory-pattern-making/construction. Arrangements should be made with the lecturers for excused laboratory/studio absences. Unexcused laboratory absences will result in a zero for that particular laboratory exercise Progression Rules A student is promoted to the next study level provided he/she has: Passed all the major subjects of the previous study level. Repeated only a maximum of two failed subjects from the previous level. A student who fails three (3) or more subjects or two (2) or more major subjects, at any level, will not be permitted to register for any subject at the next level. Carrying over to the next level of subjects, as stipulated above, shall be subject to the academic time-table permitting concurrent registration in the subjects. A student whose academic progress is unsatisfactory in the opinion of the Senate, may be refused re-registration. A student who fails a subject twice may not re-register for that subject. Must complete Work Integrated Learing at the end of the course when all year courses have been completed Exit Rules A Student will qualify to graduate when the minimum requirements are met: All major subjects and electives at the final year are passed satisfactorily and upon calculation of his/her credits they total up to the value of 360. A student who in the year of graduation has only one outstanding course to complete, and the course was done but failed the previous year, could be allowed to write a special exam. Students should have completed all their final year major subjects at WSU for them to graduate in the Programme. Students can only be credited by up to 50% of the number of courses done outside the Institution-WSU, for them to qualify to graduate at WSU, A maximum of three years plus two additional years is allowed, thereafter a student is excluded from the programme. It is compulsory to complete Work Integrated Learning before the student can qualify for graduation Completion Rules All courses and modules must be completed before one qualifies for graduation. Department of Visual Arts l Page 316

348 Exclusion Rules The minimum period is three years. However a maximum of five years is allowed. If the student does not graduate after the maximum period, he/she will not be allowed to re-pregister CURRICULUM STRUCTURE Course Code Credit Prerequisite Corequisite Design Studies I DSTU 1/0 (0.3) None None Technical Drawing I TEDR 1/0 6 (0.05) None None Creative Design I CRTD 1/0 12 (0,1) None None Fashion Illustration I FASI 1/0 12 (0.05) None None Life Drawing I LFDR 1/0 6 (0.05) None None Two and Three Dimensional Studies I TATD 1/0 6 (0.05) None None Applied Clothing Technology I APCT 1/0 6 (0.5) Pattern Technology I PATT 1/0 24 (0.2) None Garment Technology I Garment Technology I GRMT 1/0 24 (0.2) None Pattern Technology I Textiles I TEXT 1/0 6(0.05) None None Clothing Management and Technology I CMGT 1/0 6 (0.05) None None Theory of Clothing I THCL 1/0 (0.1) History of Clothing Design I HOCD 1/0 12 (0.1) None None Business Studies I BUST 1/0 4 (0.1) None None Computer End Use I COMP 1/0 4 (0.033) None None Communication I COMM (0.033) None None Introduction to Entrepreneurship I IENT 1/0 4 (0.033) None None Total to be earned at YR end 120 Level/Year 2 Design Studies 2 DSTU 2/0 8 (0.3) Technical Drawing 2 TEDR 2/0 8 (0.066) Technical Drawing 1 None Department of Visual Arts l Page 317

349 Creative Design 2 CRTD 2/0 12 (0.1) Creative Design 1 Technical Drawing 2 Fashion Illustration 2 FASI 2/0 8 (0.066) Fashion Illustration 1 None Two and Three Dimensional Studies 2 TATD 2/0 8 (0.066) Two and Three Dimensional Studies 1 None Applied Clothing Technology 2 APCT 2/0 (0.5) Pattern Technology II PATT 2/0 18 (0.15) Pattern Technology I Pattern Grading I PTNG 1/0 6 (0.05) Pattern Technology I Garment Technology II GRMT 2/0 21 (0.15) Garment Technology I Garment Technology II Pattern Technology II Pattern Technology II Textiles II TEXT 2/0 6 (0.05) Textiles I None Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing I Clothing Management and Technology II CADM 1/0 6 (0.05) Computer End Use I CMGT 2/0 6 (0.05) Clothing Management and Technology I Creative Design 2 None Theory of Clothing 2 THCL 2/0 (0.1) History of Clothing Design II HOCD 2/0 12 (0.1) History of Clothing Design I None Business Studies II BUST 2/0 6 (0.1) Computer End Use II COMP 2/0 4 (0.033) Computer End Use I Entrepreneurship I ENTR 1/0 8 (0.066) Introduction to Entrepreneurship I None None Total to be earned at YR end 120 Level/Year 3 Design Studies 3 DSTU 3/0 (0.3) Technical Drawing 3 TEDR 3/0 8 (0.068) Technical Drawing 2 Creative 3 Creative Design 3 CRTD 3/0 12 (0.1) Design Studies 2 None Fashion Illustration 3 FASI 3/0 8 (0.066) Design Studies 2 None Department of Visual Arts l Page 318

350 Two and Three Dimensional Studies 3 TATD 3/0 8 (0.066) Design Studies 2 None Applied Clothing Technology 3 APCT 3/0 (0.5) Pattern Technology III PATT 3/0 12 (0.175) Applied Clothing Technology 2 Creative Design III, Garment Technology III Pattern Grading II Garment Technology III Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing II Clothing Management and Technology III 0/2 PTNG 6 (0.05) Applied Clothing Technology 2 0/3GRMT 12 (0.175) Applied Clothing Technology 2 CADM 2/0 (0.05) Applied Clothing Technology 2 CMGT 3/0 6 (0.05) Clothing and Technology 2 None Pattern Technology III Creative Design 3 None Theory of Clothing III THCL 3/0 (0.1) History of Clothing Design III HOCD 3/0 12 (0.1) History of Clothing Design II None Business Studies III BUST 3/0 (0.1) Marketing I MRKT 1/0 6 (0.05) Business Studies II Professional Skills I PRFS 1/0 (0.05) Business Studies II None None Total to be earned at YR end ASSESSMENT The purpose of assessment is to ensure that effective learning of the content of each unit has taken place. Evidence of this learning, or the application of the learning etc., is required for each unit. The assessment of the evidence relates directly to the assessment criteria for each unit, supported by the generic grade descriptors. The process of assessment can aid effective learning by seeking and interpreting evidence to decide the stage that learners have reached in their learning, what further learning needs to take place and how best to do this. Summary of grades In order to achieve a pass all outcomes and associated assessment criteria should have been met In order to achieve a merit pass requirements achieved and all merit grade descriptors achieved In order to achieve a distinction pass and merit requirements achieved plus all distinction grade descriptors achieved Department of Visual Arts l Page 319

351 Award Of Qualification The National Diploma: Fashion qualification will be awarded after obtaining all the 360 credits, i.e. all subjects in the laid down curriculum and subject to all Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations. [also see Rule G12 of General Prospectus] Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees Articulation Vertical articulation B. TECH Fashion or Advanced Diploma: Fashion, or can be credited for some subjects at first and second year for a B-degree Fashion Horizontal articulation Horizontal Articulation can be done with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Fine Art, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification CORE SYLLABI OF SUBJECTS OFFERED Creative Design Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CRTD1/0 See above 6 12 (0.1) Semester Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 0 3 x 40min Content / Assessment and progression rules Introduction to colour. Media demonstrations. Skirts. Body dress. Trousers. Kiddies wear. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 320

352 Technical Drawing Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TEDR 1/0 See above &2 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Practicals: Accuracy of line detail of the fashion drawing. basic style variations of skirts dresses, collars, sleeves, cuffs, blouses, trousers and closers. Graphically recording clear representations for constructing patterns and constructional detail. Relationships of technical drawing to Pattern Technology. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Creative Design Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CRTD 1/0 See above 5a 0.1 1&2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Fashion Terminology. Practicals: Introduction to colour, Media demonstrations, Skirts, Bodices, Dresses, Trousers, Kiddies wear. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 321

353 Fashion Illustrated Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FASI 1/0 See above 5a &2 Years Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 mins Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Practicals: 9 Head figure, Fashion poses, Fleshing out figures, Colour wheel, Study of the face, Collage, Fabric rendering, Fashion illustration with fabric rendering, Copy fashion illustrators style. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Life Drawing Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration LFDR1/0 See above 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Practical s: Shoe realistic, Shoe stylized ink, Pencil drawing wooden figure, Drawing shapes, Fashion articles, Study of the face, Figure poses, Wool bale still life, Charcoal medium drawing, Oil/chalk drawing, free medium choice drawing. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 322

354 Two and Three Dimensional Studies 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TATD 1/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Practicals: Terminology, Introduction to 2+3D, Hats, handbags, Jewellery, Slippers Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Pattern Technology Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PATT 1/0 See above 5a 0.2 1&2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 6 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Understanding of human body and taking of measurements, Pattern Terms, and information required on patterns, Introduction to skirt lengths and styles, Different fits of the bodice, types of sleeves, types of pockets Practicals: Construction of Skirt Block, Style Adaptation using skirt block, Bodice Block Construction, Dart Manipulation, Front openings, Different kinds of pockets, Construction of a sleeve block, style adaptation for different kinds of sleeves, Kiddies Jeans and Pants Block constructions, Individual designs/style adaptation from Creative, working with teens block. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 323

355 Garment Technology 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration GARM 1/0 See above 5a 0.2 1&2 Practical per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Being able to identify the machine parts, different types of fabric and their textures. Practicals: threading of the machine, sewing of different stitches, sewing different seam allowances, Sewing different styles, stitching a complete garment. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Textile 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TEXT 1/0 See above 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Textile Fibres, Textile spinning, yarns, fabric construction techniques, including knitting, weaving, and felting. Textile care, Textile identification. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 x practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 324

356 Clothing management and technology 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMGT 1/0 See above 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Factory Terminology, Parts of the Machine, Clothing Factory Equipment, Knowledge of various stitch types, needle types, attachments, clothing terms & definitions, safety regulations etc. of pressing equipment used in a clothing factory, methods of pressing used & fusing equipment, Effectiveness of communication & staff relations, safety in the clothing factory, management hierarchy, how production takes place & the importance of work area Various qualities to become a successful designer. Simple exercises in fabric utilisation. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 x tests, 2 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. History of Costume 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration HOCD 1/0 See above 5a 0.1 1&2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression Theory: Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Byzantium, Medieval. Pre-French Revolution, nineteenth Century Historic Fashion. Practicals: Egyptian Influence on modern fashion. Greek Border patterns used as influence for t-shirt design, Roman Design, Byzantium Super humeral Design, Medieval Headgear, Pre-French Revolution Dolls, Nineteenth Century assignment. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 x tests, 2 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Department of Visual Arts l Page 325

357 rules Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Computer I Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration COMP 110 See above 5a Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory & Practicals: Basic Concepts of Information Technology, Using computers and managing files: Windows XP Professional, Word Processing: using Microsoft Word 2003, Spreadsheets: Using Microsoft Excel 2003, Presentations: Using Microsoft PowerPoint 2003, Information and Communication : MS Internet Explorer Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 x tests, 2 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Communication I Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration COMM 110 See above 5a Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression Theory & Practicals: Theory of communication and media, inter and intra personal communication, verbal and nonverbal communication, organisational communication, intercultural communication, mass media communication. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 x tests, 2 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Department of Visual Arts l Page 326

358 rules Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Introduction to Entrep I Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration IENT 1/0 See above 5a Pracs per Tutorial per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Entrepreneurship and small business perspective, Basic business concepts, Idea generation, and identification of a feasible business idea, Identifying your own business, Simplified business plan. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 x tests, 3 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TEDR 2/0 TECHNICAL DRAWING &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Practicals: Introduction to Technical Drawings, Study, Analyze and Understand the given design, Start tracing out a proportioned figure for technical drawings, Dressing up the specified figure according to the creative design provided, A final project to be finished in black fine liner with annotations. Technical Samples - Straight lines- Curved lines- Pockets- Pleats- Style/ Princess Lines Darts Technical layout Measuring of the distance in-between Reading of the design stipulated Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Department of Visual Arts l Page 327

359 Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Creative Design 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CRTD 2/0 CREATIVE DESIGN 2 5b 0.1 1&2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Practicals: Introduction to colour, Truworths competition, Menswear, Durban July Competition, Corsetry, Swimwear, Lingerie, Foschini Competition, Kiddies wear, Fashion Week, Tailoring, Range. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Fashion Illustration Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FASI 2/0 See above 5b &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Practicals: Charcoal/mixed media drawing, Magazine cover, Business stationary, Texture project, Self portrait, Stylizing self portrait, Collage self portrait, Quick sketching, Fabric collage/drawing, Theatre production character storyboard. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 328

360 Two and Three Dimenstional Studies 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TATD 2/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Practicals: Rings, Belts, Bangles, Bags, Necklace, Beadwork, Earrings, Scarves, Ties, Hair Pins Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Pattern Technology Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PATT 2/0 PATTERN TECHNOLOGY 2 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min 6 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: & Practicals: Pattern terminology, Pre-teen, Men s Formal Shirt Basic, Men s Trouser Basic Block, Corset & Semi-lined Panelled Two piece (Cami & Knickers) lingerie, Men s Tailored Waistcoat, Girls track suit age ( 5-6) Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 329

361 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PTGR 1/0 PATTERN GRADING &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min none Content / Practicals: Manual Grading, Block Grading Ladies grading and Men s Grading, Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Garment Technology Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration GARM 2/0 See above 5a &2 Practical per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 40 min Content / Practicals: Manual Grading, Block Grading Ladies grading and Men s Grading, Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Textile 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TEXT 2/0 See above 5a &2 Department of Visual Arts l Page 330

362 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Practicals: Textile terminology, Fabric Dyeing, Hand painting, Fabric Printing, Potato printing on a piece of fabric that will be made up into a men s sling bag in 2+3 D class. Silk Screening, Embroidery and beadwork, Appliqué, Weaving, Knitting Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Computer Aided Design Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CADM 1/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Practicals: How to start your Lectra system, Short Cut Keys, Sequence of work, F1 Menu s, Digitizing, Naming Pieces, F2 Menu s, F3 Menu s, Grading, Creating a Size Chart, Marker Making, Vigiprint Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 class tests, 8 practical assignments. 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Clothing management and technology 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMGT 2/0 5a &2 Department of Visual Arts l Page 331

363 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Factory Terminology, Flow, storage of raw materials,cutting roomequipment and systems. Manufacturers,suppliers and retailers, Production systems in the sewing room Quality assurance and warehouse, the role of the designer, importance of sample ranges, quality & time deadlines, Simple exercises in fabric utilisation. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 class tests, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. History of Costume 2 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration HOCD 2/0 See above 5b 0.1 1&2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: History of Costume, design and designers through the twentieth century: Decade per decade Practicals: Storyboard on Edwardian fashion. Dress up in twenties fashion, Museum lecture, 30 s depression linked to current recession, Make do and mend seminar, world war two movie design, paper dolls on Sophia town fashion, Character Design, Ethnic fashion and folk costume, Portfolio presentation. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Computer 2 Department of Visual Arts l Page 332

364 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration COMP 2/0 See above 5a Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: & Practicals: Word Processing, Excel, PowerPoint presentations Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Entrepreneurship 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration ENTR 1/0 See above 5a Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Writing a business plan, Funding a business Innovation and your business. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Technical Drawing 3 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TEDR 3/0 TECHNICAL DRAWING &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Department of Visual Arts l Page 333

365 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Advanced principles of Technical Drawing, Detail and components of garments, working drawings, Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Creative Design 3 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CRTD 3/0 CREATIVE DESIGN 3 5b &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Practicals: Evening wear, tailoring and specialisation ranges. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Fashion Illustrated Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration FASI 3/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Practicals: Facial and Self-portrait drawing, Stylization of self and figures, Flower sketching and inspirational designing, Positive and negative drawing, Fashion Illustration and Accessory drawing. Department of Visual Arts l Page 334

366 Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Pattern Technology Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PATT 3/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Interlinings and their uses in tailored garments. Types of interlinings, fusing processes, and selecting correct interlining. Practical: (Compulsory integrated projects from Creative, Pattern and Garment) Construction of a women s tailored jacket Block for different fits. Style Adaptation using the correct fit for a style given. Two-piece collars: single and double break lines collars and lapels. Two piece sleeve. Develop patterns and styling for tailored jacket and skirt using an existing patterns. Develop master patterns for specialised styles designed from the Creative class. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Garment Technology 3 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration GARM 3/0 See above &2 Practical per Tutorials per Number of s 6 x 40 min Content / Theory & Practicals: Evening wear, Tailoring, range according to own area of specialisation. Department of Visual Arts l Page 335

367 Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Pattern Grading Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PTGR 2/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min none Content / Assessment and progression rules Practicals: Manual Grading, Size, Body and Personal Measurement Charts, Developing Figures, Grading with Ratio s, ¼ and ½ scale grading, Ladies grading and Men s Grading, Stylized Grading Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Computer Aided Design Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CADM 2/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Practicals: Digitising, Size Tables, Men s Shirt, Grading, Gradpro, KaleidoStyle Season & Colour Palettes, Memory Manager, Inserting files and Scaling Objects, Creating and Drawing Vector Objects, Creating and Drawing Symmetry Objects, Reducing and Recolouring a scanned Image, Pattern and Motif, Adding text to documents, Printing. Portfolio Creation. Department of Visual Arts l Page 336

368 Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 8 assignments, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Clothing Management and Technology 3 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMGT 3/0 See above 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Design room management, The role of the designer, Suppliers and sourcing, The role of the merchandiser, The role of the buyer, The role of the coordinator Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 4 tests, 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. History of Costume 3 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration HOCD 3/0 See above &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment Theory: Traditional wear. Research Methodology, research problem statement, literature review, research design, presentations, research findings, recommendations, final presentations. Practicals: Own research topic researched. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 3 Assignments 2 x controlled tests. Department of Visual Arts l Page 337

369 and progression rules Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Marketing 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration MKTG 1/0 MARKETING 1 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Theory: Introduction to Fashion Marketing. Fashion Marketing Basics. The Functions of Marketing. The Fashion Cycle. The Design Process. Everyday Designers, Selling Fashion. Exploring Careers in Fashion Marketing Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 Class tests, 2 Assignments 2 x controlled tests. Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Professional Skills 1 Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration PRFS 1/0 See above 5a &2 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 40 min Content / Assessment and progression Theory: CV s, Resumes, Job descriptions, Task Allocation, HR, Funding aspects, bookkeeping for your small business. E-business. Fashion Show planning and other event management. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): 2 Class tests, 2 Assignments 2 x controlled tests. Department of Visual Arts l Page 338

370 rules Re-examination (Not compulsory): Students will be allowed to redo any unsatisfactory work during the year/semester. Department of Visual Arts l Page 339

371 FINE ART PROGRAMME Information about the Programme This Programme was established in 1994 with a vision to open up career paths to those who would like to use their creative talents, and implement dreams of becoming visual artists. The B Tech Programme in Fine Art was established in 1999 and since then it has consistently produced visual artists and works that are vibrant and unique to the region and country. We have constantly reviewed the direction of the Fine Art programme. In the beginning we worked with the publishing industry with the idea that education material particularly in the Eastern Cape would benefit from the creative enrichment of this collaboration. The Fine Art students have benefited from this experiential involvement. This direction changed to a more specific focus on storytelling, and then to our current identity which we refer to broadly as visual narrative. What is common to all of this development is that it relies on local resources, on local knowledge, and on content which is, valuable to the community of this region. This focus encourages a shared learning approach in which expertise is always questioned. The Programmes in Fine Art will provide the qualifying learner with the opportunity to develop and refine the skills needed to pursue a career in visual art, with specialisation in drawing, painting, printmaking or ceramics. The learner will be able to use this qualification as a basis for professional or commercial visual art in a diverse range of creative, industry and media contexts. Programme Qualifications offered Duration Delivery Sites Fine Art ND: Fine Art 3yrs Cambridge B Tech: Fine Art (Full time) 1 yr Cambridge B Tech: Fine Art (Part time) 2 yrs Cambridge Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programmes are offered Accredited by SAQA Vision of the Programme: To make relevant Arts Education Programmes accessible to the community, to offer a solid and focused foundation for a career path in visual arts, and to be a major regional role player in the development of the cultural industries. Department of Visual Arts l Page 340

372 Mission of the Programme: To offer a relevant Higher Education model in the regional context, leading to a sustainable Visual Arts role for the Fine Art graduate Goals of the Programme Our goals are to develop students with the skills and knowledge to be entrepreneurs in their communities and to become professionals in the fine art industry with pride in their work and encourage progression by assisting in the development of knowledge, understanding and skills that learners will need to access further or higher education or to enter, or provide, employment Student Societies in Programme Students in the Programme of Visual Arts joined forces and formed a strong student society, called Art, design society. The society is independently managed by the students with guidance from the SRC and the institutional policies. There is an exciting yearly programme that is followed for the furtherance of educational activities of the students. These programmes enhance leadership and organisational abilities /qualities as well as help to unleash other potential talents of students, as students are encouraged to express themselves freely in all aspects of their educational activities QUALIFICATIONS IN THE PROGRAMME 1. National Diploma: Fine Art 2. BTech: Fine Art Entrepreneurship & Professional Development Of Students Students with an entrepreneurial spirit will find many opportunities within the Fine Art industry for the establishment of their own business ventures. These are not only as freelance artists, but also as contributors in cultural tourism. Artists can also market their Artworks through Galleries or informal markets and arts festivals, or from their own studio outlets. Various government programmes are in place to assist such young artists to become successful entrepreneurs. Department of Visual Arts l Page 341

373 Career Opportunities The Professional Artist: For the graduate with an independent and determined spirit, seeking public and private commissions. Group solo, and touring exhibitions are an important part of this field. Publishing: Commercial and editorial publishers look for artists to assist with Design, Illustration and other visually-based activities. Publications: Community and commercial publications (booklets, brochures etc) are needed on a continual basis. The Fine Artist is an ideal contributor to these, especially in terms of concept and visual appearance. Art Education: Art teaching and lecturing is in demand at all levels i.e.: Pre-primary, Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Education. There is a great shortage of qualified Art Teachers in the Eastern Cape and elsewhere, and Learnership bursaries are currently obtainable by B.Tech graduates. Private Teaching: The private teacher offers a very lucrative set of skills for school and college applicants, portfolio development, hobby classes, children s lessons and specific skills training. Community Art Centres: Both public and private, the nationwide network is particularly sensitive to the community s hunger for creative fulfilment. Community Arts Centres and initiatives obviously welcome the contribution of the trained artist. Commercial Design: Fine Artists are well qualified for various needs in the following areas (among others), although in-house training may be required for specific positions: Graphic Design (illustrators, art directors, layout, creative concepts); Jewellery (design and production); Textiles (visual concepts and production); Fashion (illustration and visual concepts); Interior Design (illustration and visual concepts). Often the Fine Artist will act as a consultant for the above mentioned type of industry. Ceramics: This is an extremely popular section of Fine Art training. Graduates are suited to work in the pottery industry as well as the more specialised fields of tiles, décor and other purposemade production, including sculpture for public spaces. Art Therapy: In conjunction with health professionals, the Fine Art graduate is able to offer a perfect form of therapy for use with various personal and institutional applications. Correctional Services: These institutions offer a number of very successful Art Programmes that are facilitated by freelance Fine Artists. Arts and Culture Management: The Fine Art Programme provides a rich foundation for processional management in the private and public arena. Curatorship and Gallery Management: The very demanding requirements of gallery and museum Curatorship and Management are accommodated by Fine Art training, and many graduates find employment in the international gallery network. Department of Visual Arts l Page 342

374 Cultural Tourism: Both in terms of creating products that meet the tastes of tourists, and in the setting up of visiting sites by way of artist s galleries and centres for the tourist trade to include in their tours Purpose Of Qualification The purpose of this qualification is to provide a foundation for a variety of design-orientated fields, in that the learner gains competencies in the generic processes of various design specialisations. The qualification formalises sets of competencies and combinations of systems to help to accumulate expertise in this area of learning. Experiential knowledge is an important aspect of this qualification, as its application reaches across different fields, assisting in accelerating the learning of people who may have previously been denied opportunities in formal training or employment. An important part of achieving this qualification is for the learner to explore and experiment. The broad purpose for this qualification is to provide basic skills and knowledge that are required for becoming a fine artist. It provides the educational base required for eligibility for registration for further studies in fine arts. The qualification will enable learners to pursue different career paths within the culture and arts sector and contribute towards the economic sustainability and improvement of the design environment by being entrepreneurs Exit Level Outcomes of The Programme Exit level outcomes include problem-solving abilities and the acquisition of knowledge, skills and values associated with creativity. Outcomes include: Identifying, defining and solving problems Creative thinking Conceptualisation Effective practical application of theoretical knowledge to solve problems and produce effective visual communication. Fundamental and Core Exit Level Outcomes: Reflect on own and other`s work in context. Read and interpret visual images. Develop oneself for a design career. Produce a range of design works. Explore and communicate with a variety of mediums, media, processes and techniques. Use mathematics in practical applications. Department of Visual Arts l Page 343

375 Programme Characteristics Learning and teaching Learners must pass all units on their programme of learning to be awarded a National Diploma: Fine Art. This is a very intensive Fine Art course which aims to produce highly skilled professionals for the challenges associated with art in the future. The individual lessons build upon each other so that the student can easily follow the whole course. The lessons require being active; they show how to analyse the market; how to find sources of information; and how to get inspiration. The student will learn what artists do and how they do it, as they in turn become artists Basis of programme academic structure The Programme is offered in terms of the following structures: Department of Education-NATED document South African Technikon Instructional Programmes-NATED Report of the Education-NATED documentgeneral Policy for Technikon Instructional Programmes-NATED Report Work integrated Learning We have business people who advise us on certain curriculum elements, [Advisory Board]. Meetings with these business persons are held twice a year and their input in developing projects that learners undertake with them is invaluable. During the course of the year lecturers organise site visits for each level of study. The Grahamstown Art Festival is one of such visits organised, with an aim to expose learners to a variety of art-works. These activities promote interaction between the university and business community to ensure that by the time the learners qualify they know what work opportunities they can venture into. Department of Visual Arts l Page 344

376 PROGRAMME INFORMATION Minimum Admission Requirements and Access to the course National Senior Certificate APS Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory) Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Other 30 -NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40% - 49%) for English. Except in cases described in following Grade 12/Matric item As well as:- In exceptional cases an excellent portfolio of artworks and the passing of internal assessment/interview may enable talented artists to enter with an NSCrating of (2) in English. -Art and history Grade 12/Matric A Senior Certificate or equivalent qualification with a minimum of: E symbol or (3-4)(HG) in English (Second Language) FET Colleges Graduates from FET Colleges with a M6 qualification in the related field, of which all N5 and N6 obtained a minimum of 50%, are allowed to submit their academic record and apply for the relevant credits in first year of study in the ND: Fine Art, subject to institutional approval. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL is undertaken by WSU in line with the principles of the National Qualifications Framework (NQF). It is undertaken within the context of the University s commitment to broaden access to higher education and increase the number of graduates. RPL can accelerate progress through learning programmes and contribute to the increased mobility of students across higher education institutions and other learning contexts. RPL takes at least three months to process depending on whether or not all the requirements have been submitted. RPL candidates/applicants need to gather all the evidence required by the Institution to prepare for the assessment. Secondly, WSU needs time to assess your application. Once approved, there are administrative procedures that the application must go through, before the successful RPL applicant can register as a student. Department of Visual Arts l Page 345

377 International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement [as per General Prospectus Rule G1.6] Selection criteria for new students Students are expected to attend an evaluation interview and do a drawing assessment. Selection is subject to a panel decision Programmes Rules General Upon registration in this Programme, students should know that they agree to abide by the rules and regulations of not only the Fine Art Programme but also of the Department of Visual Arts and the Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology, as well as those of the Walter Sisulu University Class attendance Attendance is essential to your success in any educational Programme, so class registers are kept and we required that students be punctual at all scheduled lectures, group and individual critique sessions, as well as at other scheduled academic activities. At least 80% attendance and full participation in scheduled academic activities is expected. Non-compliance is likely to have a detrimental impact on final results Semester tests, laboratory work, site visits and assignments Studio assignments are also compulsory. All absences should be explained in writing, and handed to the lecturer concerned Progression Rules A student is promoted to the next study level provided he/she has: Passed all the subjects of the previous study level. Subject to time table, and WSU G7 rules, students must repeat failed subjects before progressing to the next level of that subject. Department of Visual Arts l Page 346

378 A student whose academic progress is unsatisfactory, according to WSU rules, may be refused re-registration. A student who fails a subject twice may not re-register for that subject (G7). After 360 credits for National Diploma have been achieved then it is possible to progress to BTech Fine Art, preference being given to students who have achieved an average of at least 65%. A student who progresses at a slower rate must take note of the Table below: At the end of academic period (year programme) Minimum credits for students whose progression is slower Note: Normal Progression At the end of academic period (year programme) Minimum credits for students on normal progression Credits refer to SAQA Credits: Academic Period refers to each year level that the student was enrolled: Exit Rules A Student will qualify to graduate when the minimum requirements are met: All major subjects and electives at the final year are passed satisfactorily and upon calculation of his/her credits they total up to the value of 3 NATED, (or 360 credits in the SAQA system). Students should have completed all their final year major subjects at WSU for them to graduate in the Programme. Students can only be credited by up to 50% of the number of courses done outside WSU for them to qualify to graduate at WSU. A maximum of three years plus two additional years is allowed. Thereafter a student is excluded from the programme Completion Rules All courses and modules must be completed before one qualifies for graduation Exclusion rules The minimum period is three years. However a maximum of five years is allowed. If the student does not graduate after the maximum period, he/she will not be allowed to re-register. Department of Visual Arts l Page 347

379 NATIONAL DIPLOMA FINE ART - PROGRAMME CURRICULUM AND STRUCTURE Courses Code Credit value Pre-requisite Co- requisite Two Dimensional Studies 1 2DIM NSC none Three Dimensional Studies 1 3DIM NSC none Art Theory 1 ARTT NSC none Communications 1 CMUN110 6 NSC none Drawing: Fine Art 1 DRAW NSC none Total credits for level 120 Art Theory 11 ARTT ARTT110 none Communications 11 CMUN210 6 CMUN110 none Drawing: Fine Art 11 DRAW DRAW110 none *Elective 1 CODE 36 2DIM110/3DIM110 none *Elective 2 CODE 36 2DIM110/3DIM110 none Total credits for level 120 Art Theory 111 ARTT ARTT210 none Communications 111 CMUN310 6 CMUN210 none Drawing: Fine Art 111 DRAW DRAW210 none *Elective 1 CODE 36 PMM21P0/ PAI 21P0/ CER21P0 *Elective 1 CODE 36 PMM21P0/ PAI 21P0/ CER21P0 none none Total credits for level 120 * Programme curriculum electives Department of Visual Arts l Page 348

380 Elective for Level 2 Painting 11 PAI21P0 36 2DIM110 none Printmaking 11 PMM21P0 36 2DIM110 none Ceramics: Fine Art 11 CER21P0 36 3DIM110 none Elective for Level 3 [Continue with previous choice] Painting 111 PAI31P0 36 PAI21PO none Printmaking 111 PMM31P0 36 PMM21PO none Ceramics: Fine Art 111 CER31P0 36 CER21PO none Assessment Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): All Courses in the Fine Arts Programme are subject to continuous assessment. There are no Tests or Examinations, although each project or assignment is assessed for year-end purposes. For Practical Subjects we have 3 Year Marks Portfolio Assessment sessions during the year, on a Term basis, as well as a Final Portfolio display for the end of year of assessment and mark. Each term mark for the first three terms, in the practical subjects, has a value, or weight, of 20%.The final portfolio, presented in the fourth term, has a weight of 40%. For Fine Art Theory and Communications there are three assessment sessions of equal weight. These sessions/modules do not necessarily work according to term dates. Specific details appear on the Time Tables. Summary of grades In order to achieve a pass all outcomes and associated assessment criteria should have been met. In order to achieve a merit pass, all merit grade descriptors, 65-74%, must be achieved In order to achieve a distinction pass all distinction grade descriptors, % must be achieved Award Of Qualification The National Diploma: Fine Art qualification will be awarded after obtaining all the 3 NATED credits (360 credits, New University Credits), i.e. in required subjects in the laid down curriculum, and subject to all Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations. [also see Rule G12 of General Prospectus] Department of Visual Arts l Page 349

381 Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees. Fees include some art materials, and selected educational trips CORE SYLLABI OF SUBJECTS OFFERED IN THE PROGRAMME Art theory I (Modules 1 3) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration ARTT110 See above consecutive modules within the year programme Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min (24 wks) 3 x 8 modules 180 Content / Assessment and progression rules Through seminars and assignments, student competence appropriate to this level of study will be further developed in the following areas: Knowledge and application of broad art historical principles, development of Knowledge about concepts in art and ability for explication and analysis of artworks; Knowledge of the relationship between art theory and studio practice in relation to a range of theoretical concerns. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Art theory II (Modules 1 3) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration ARTT210 See above consecutive modules within the year programme Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3 x 8 s = 24 s 180 Content / Through seminars and assignments, student competence appropriate to this level of study will be further developed in the following areas: Department of Visual Arts l Page 350

382 To link Art Theory I and II by being part of the progression from the introduction of art concepts to enablement towards research of own topics, and engagement with various methods of research. Various practical art creation methods and techniques are discussed so as to consolidate knowledge of the relationship between art theory and studio practice in relation to a range of theoretical concerns. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Art theory III (Modules 1 3) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration ARTT310 See above consecutive modules within the year programme Lectures per Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45 min 3x 8 s= Content / Assessment and progression rules Through seminars and assignments, student competence appropriate to this level of study will be further developed in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental research methodology; Application of retrieval, collation, investigative and interpretive skills; Knowledge of the relationship between art theory and studio practice in relation to a range of theoretical concerns. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Three Dimensional Studies Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration 3Dim11PO See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4x 45 min 5 x 45 min Content/ This subject encourages exploration of the inherent qualities of materials and their use to achieve expressive three-dimensional form, based on both perceptual and conceptual principles. Department of Visual Arts l Page 351

383 The course aims at developing the ability to manipulate form and space in a variety of media, and in the second semester, to assimilate content and articulate ideas. Its objective is also to develop a confidence and working knowledge of 3-dimensional media in preparation for more advanced levels of study, in the context of narrative expression. The focus is on the individual student and personal response to subject matter whether it is realistic, impressionistic, or abstract. This course is primarily concerned with developing a capacity to express ideas, and to manipulate various media with particular emphasis on clay. This component is focused on developing technical skills and creative interpretation, and encourages a narrative approach towards expression wherever possible. A number of hand-forming and wheel-based construction methods will be explored. Project briefs define technical approaches and media. Individual interpretation is combined with the selected use of reference, while a working knowledge of a broad range of media is encouraged, e.g.: clay, plaster of Paris, wire, wood, and simple mould construction. Different firing techniques will be introduced, discussed and considered, e.g.: wood firing, pit firing, paper firing and Raku. Different types of glazes will be introduced and practised during the year. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Ceremics: Fine Art II Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration CER21PO See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 5 x 45 min 5 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental technical proficiency within the ambit of aesthetic considerations of the discipline, within a narrative framework, by conceptualising and creating a range of utilitarian and sculptural works, combining techniques and media, founded upon research into past practices and application of that information into a contemporary context. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Department of Visual Arts l Page 352

384 Ceramics Fine Art III Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration CER31PO See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4x 45 min 5 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental technical proficiency within the ambit of aesthetic considerations of the discipline, based on development of a personal narrative exploration expressed as a composite body of work. In this process ideas about shape and space are explored by means of expanding upon skills in medium manipulation already acquired, so as to best express narrative ideas in a threedimensional way. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. 2D: Painting/2D Printmaking Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration 2DIM110 See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 6x 45 min 7 x 45 min nil Assessment and progression rules Theory: The subjects involve the exploration of the inherent qualities of materials and their use to achieve expressive 2-D form, based on perceptual and conceptual principles. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Department of Visual Arts l Page 353

385 Painting Fine Art II Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration PAI21PO See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental technical proficiency within the ambit of aesthetic considerations of the discipline, within a narrative framework, by conceptualising and creating a range of Painted works, combining techniques and media, founded upon research into past practices and application of that information into a contemporary context. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Painting: Fine Art III Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration PAI31PO PAINTING: FINE ART III year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental technical proficiency within the ambit of aesthetic considerations of the discipline, within a narrative framework, by conceptualising and creating a range of Painted works, combining techniques and media, founded upon research into past practices and application of that information into a contemporary context. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Department of Visual Arts l Page 354

386 Printmaking: Fine Art II Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration PMM21PO See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental technical proficiency within the ambit of aesthetic considerations of the discipline, within a narrative framework, by conceptualising and creating a range of Printed works, combining techniques and media, founded upon research into past practices and application of that information into a contemporary context. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Printmaking: Fine Art III Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration PMM31PO See above 6 36 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45 min 3 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental technical proficiency within the ambit of aesthetic considerations of the discipline, within a narrative framework, by conceptualising and creating a range of Printed works, combining techniques and media, founded upon research into past practices and application of that information into a contemporary context. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Department of Visual Arts l Page 355

387 Communication I Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMUN110 See above 6 6 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4x45min Content / Assessment and progression rules The course is aimed at competency in writing, thinking, oral and reading skills appropriate to a career in the arts. This course aims at introducing students to accepted academic writing and skills, such as learning to type an acceptable Art Theory I assignment, or an academic script. The course also aims at introducing the students to various methods related to researching information for an assignment and reading with insight. These include reading, thinking, writing, oral presentation and computer skills. Communications is oversubscribed with hours because the students are taught. Computer skills and word-processing skills which assists them in their Art Theory and Research Methods. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Communication II Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMUN210 See above 6 6 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3x45min Content / The course is aimed at competency in oral, reading and writing skills appropriate to a career in the arts. Students are taught a range of communication skills i.e.: oral, practical, visual, verbal and non-verbal forms of communicating (cartoons). Basic Business Plans, designing Business related documentation used in correspondence, including personal C.V s. All Communications II notes are to be found on the Internet on Webct a form of e- learning. Communications II is oversubscribed with hours but additional computer skills are Department of Visual Arts l Page 356

388 offered. Assessment and progression rules Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Communication III Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMUN310 See above 6 6 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3x45min Content / Assessment and progression rules Development through practice of competence appropriate to this level of study, in the following areas: Writing skills in the grammatical and creative contexts; basic computer skills in applications available and appropriate to the course; visual communication skills. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Drawing: Fine Art I Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration DRAW110 See above concurrent courses/lecturers within the year Programme Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45min 4x45min Content / Assessment Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Perceptual analysis of found objects and references; use of drawing materials; selection and use of visual elements and principles. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Department of Visual Arts l Page 357

389 and progression rules Rules Apply. Drawing Fine Art II (Modules 1-2) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration DRAW210 See above 5 24 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 4 x 45min 4 x 45min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Perceptual and conceptual analysis of found objects and references; use of drawing materials; selection and use of visual elements and principles. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Drawing: Fine Art III (Modules 1-2) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration DRAW310 See above 6 24 Year Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s 3 x 45min 3 x 45min nil Content / Assessment and progression rules Through studio practice to achieve appropriate levels of competence in the following areas: Student narrative-based themes are the foundations upon which perceptual and conceptual analysis of found objects and references are based, as well as for exploring use of drawing materials, and selection and use of visual elements and principles. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): Rules Apply. Department of Visual Arts l Page 358

390 BTECH FINE ART PROGRAMME Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programmes are offered Vision of the Programme To make relevant Arts Education Programmes accessible to the community, to offer a solid and focused foundation for a career path in visual arts, and to be a major regional role player in the development of the cultural industries Mission of the Programme To offer a relevant Higher Education model in the regional context, leading to a sustainable Visual Arts role for the Fine Art graduate Goals of the Programme Our goals are to develop students with the skills and knowledge to be entrepreneurs in their communities and to become professionals in the fine art industry with pride in their work and encourage progression by assisting in the development of knowledge, understanding and skills that learners will need to access further or higher education or to enter, or provide, employment Student Societies in Programme Students in the Programme of Visual Arts joined forces and formed a strong society of Technologists, called Art, design and Society [although the name is not finalised]. The society is independently managed by the students with guidance from the SRC and the Department. There is an exciting yearly programme that is followed for the furtherance of educational activities of the students. These programmes enhance leadership and organisational abilities /qualities as well as help to unleash other potential talents of students, as students are encouraged to express themselves freely in all aspects of their educational activities. Department of Visual Arts l Page 359

391 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development Of Students Students with an entrepreneurial spirit will find many opportunities within the Fine Art industry for the establishment of their own business ventures. These are not only as freelance artists, but also as contributors in cultural tourism. Artists can also market their Artworks through Galleries or informal markets and arts festivals, or from their own studio outlets. Various government programs are in place to assist such young artists to become successful entrepreneurs Career Opportunities: The Professional Artist: For the graduate with an independent and determined spirit, seeking public and private commissions. Group solo and touring exhibitions are an important part of this field. Publishing: Commercial and editorial publishers look for artists to assist with Design, Illustration and other visually-based activities. Publications: Community and commercial publications (booklets, brochures etc) are needed on a continual basis. The Fine Artist is an ideal contributor to these, especially in terms of concept and visual appearance. Art Education: Art teaching and lecturing is in demand at all levels i.e.: Pre-primary, Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Education. There is a great shortage of qualified Art Teachers in the Eastern Cape and elsewhere, and Learnership bursaries are currently obtainable by BTech graduates. Private Teaching: The private teacher offers a very lucrative set of skills for school and college applicants, portfolio development, hobby classes, children s lessons and specific skills training. Community Art Centres: Both public and private, the nationwide network is particularly sensitive to the community s hunger for creative fulfilment. Community Arts Centres and initiatives obviously welcome the contribution of the trained artist. Commercial Design: Fine Artists are well qualified for various needs in the following areas (among others), although in-house training may be required for specific positions: Graphic Design (illustrators, art directors, layout, creative concepts); Jewellery (design and production); Textiles (visual concepts and production); Fashion (illustration and visual concepts); Interior Design (illustration and visual concepts). Often the Fine Artist will act as a consultant for the above mentioned type of industry. Ceramics: This is an extremely popular section of Fine Art training. Graduates are suited to work in the pottery industry as well as the more specialised fields of tiles, décor and other purpose made production, including sculpture for public spaces. Art Therapy: In conjunction with health professionals, the Fine Art graduate is able to offer a perfect form of therapy for use with various personal and institutional applications. Department of Visual Arts l Page 360

392 Correctional Services: These institutions offer a number of very successful Art Programmes that are facilitated by freelance Fine Artists. Arts and Culture Management: The Fine Art Programme provides rich foundation for processional management in the private and public arena. Curatorship and Gallery Management: The very demanding requirements of gallery and museum Curatorship and Management are accommodated by Fine Art training, and many graduates find employment in the international gallery network. Cultural Tourism: Both in terms of creating products that meet the tastes of tourists, and in the setting up of visiting sites by way of artist s galleries and centres for the tourist trade to include in their tours Articulation Vertical articulation BTech Fine Art gives access to further study of Post Graduate qualifications such as PGCE [Post Graduate Certificate in Education], which gives entry to school teaching. BTech Fine Art also articulates to MTech Fine Art and Masters of Fine Art. Horizontal articulation Horizontal Articulation can be done with some Bachelor Degrees in Fine Art as well as with some Honours Fine Art, Advanced Diplomas in Fine Art, as well as with NQF Level 7 qualifications offered by WSU and other institutions Minimum Admission Requirements and Access to the Course An acceptable National Diploma or equivalent qualification. Application from other institutions will be required to present a portfolio of previous work. An average of 65% at National Diploma level is the general guide-line allowing consideration for admission. Application should include a substantial Research Project Proposal. Department of Visual Arts l Page 361

393 Minimum Admission Requirements and Access to the Course Selection Criteria Selection takes place according to proven creative ability and academic merit Class Attendance Attendance is essential to your success in any educational Programme, so class registers are kept and we required that students be punctual at all scheduled lectures, group and individual critique sessions, as well as at other scheduled academic activities. At least 80% attendance and full participation in scheduled academic activities is expected. Non-compliance is likely to have a detrimental impact on final results Subject Fees Subject Fees include a limited credit for art materials and equipment with the Art School Shop, which may need to be supplemented, depending on demand PROGRAMME CORE CURRICULUM Level IV: B. Tech Degree. One year Full-time (attending classes) or Two Year Part-Time. At the moment, only the Two Year Part-Time is recommended. 1 SUBJECT NAT. CODE F/T: P/T Pre-Requisite CREDIT 1 Elective IV CODE NDip 65% 84 1 Art Theory IV ARTT410/ ARTP410 NDip 65% 36 Electives for B Tech Degree 1 SUBJECT NAT. CODE F/T: P/T Pre-Requisite CREDIT 1 Ceramics: Fine Art IV CER410/CERP410 NDip 65% 84 1 Drawing : Fine Art IV DRAW410/DRAWP410 NDip 65% 84 1 Painting IV PAI410/PAI41P0 NDip 65% 84 1 Printmaking IV PMM410/PMM41PO NDip 65% 84 Department of Visual Arts l Page 362

394 Core Syallabi of Programme Courses Art Theory IV (B TECH) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration ARTTP410/ ARTT410 See above Year Part-Time Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Supervision: 2 x 45min 2 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Through seminars and tutorials, student competence appropriate to this level of study will be further developed in the following areas: Knowledge and application of fundamental research methodology; Application of retrieval, collation, investigative and interpretive skills; Knowledge of the relationship between art theory and studio practice in relation to a range of theoretical concerns, all put together into a Reflection on Practice Research Report which is assessed alongside the Practical work. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory): All Courses in the Fine Arts Programme are subject to continuous assessment. There are no Tests or examinations, although each project or assignment is assessed for year-end purposes. In the case of the BTech degree, all students now register on a part-time basis for a course duration of 2 years. Assessment of progress is maintained by way of ly scheduled group seminars or critiques, and by way of ly 1-on-1 supervision. Final assessment takes the form of a public exhibition of work completed for the Practical Elective, as well as simultaneous submission of a research document for the compulsory Art Theory component. In both cases, assessment is conducted by an internal panel of supervisors plus the external moderator duly appointed for this task. Drawing Fine Art IV (B TECH) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration DRAWP410 / DRAW410 See above Years Part-Time Department of Visual Arts l Page 363

395 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s nil Supervision: 2 x 45min 3 x 45 min Content/ Assessment and progression rules Development of creative conceptual and technical skills appropriate to this advanced level of study, with the aim of exhibiting a resolved body of Drawn artworks both for assessment and for exposure to a professional and public audience. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory) Rules as expressed in the Art Theory IV Apply Ceramics Fine Art IV (B TECH) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration CERP410 / CER410 See above Years Part-Time Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Supervision: 3 x 45min 2 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Development of creative conceptual and technical skills appropriate to this advanced level of study, with the aim of exhibiting a resolved body of Ceramic art works both for assessment and for exposure to a professional and public audience. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory); Rules as expressed in the Art Theory IV Apply Painting: Fine Art IV (B TECH) Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration PAIP410 / PAI410 See above Years Part-Time Department of Visual Arts l Page 364

396 Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s nil Supervision: 3 x 45min 2 x 45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Development of creative conceptual and technical skills appropriate to this advanced level of study, with the aim of exhibiting a resolved body of Painted artworks both for assessment and for exposure to a professional and public audience. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory); Rules as expressed in the Art Theory IV Apply Printmaking IV Subject Code Subject Name NQF Level Credits Duration PMMP410/ PMM410 See above Years Part-Time Pracs per Tutorials per Number of s Supervision: 3x45min 1x45 min Content / Assessment and progression rules Development of creative conceptual and technical skills appropriate to this advanced level of study, with the aim of exhibiting a resolved body of Printed work both for assessment and for exposure to a professional and public audience. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Compulsory); Rules as expressed in the Art Theory IV Apply Department of Visual Arts l Page 365

397 CONTACT DETAILS Mthatha Campus Nelson Mandela Drive Site: +27 (0) /2844 Zamukulungisa Site: +27 (0) Nkululekweni Site: +27 (0) /2844 Butterworth Campus Ibika Site: +27 (0) Buffalo City Campus Potsdam Site: +27 (0) College Street Site: +27 (0) Cambridge Street Site: +27 (0) Chiselhurst Site: +27 (0) Buffalo City Stadium Site: +27 (0) Heritage Building Site: +27 (0) Queenstown Campus Whittlesea Site: +27 (0)